VIDEO:
American People in Crisis Due to Homelessness and Poverty
Chuck Schumer Suggests DACA Amnesty Needed to Spike U.S. Population as Nation Hits Record 331.9M Residents
Senate Majority Chuck Schumer (D-NY) suggests an amnesty for millions of illegal aliens eligible and enrolled in the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) program is necessary to spike the United States population even as a record 331.9 million people reside in the U.S.
During a press conference this month, Schumer and other Senate Democrats urged ten Senate Republicans to back an amnesty for 3.3 million illegal aliens enrolled and eligible for Obama’s DACA program — providing them with green cards to remain permanently in the U.S. and, eventually, gain naturalized American citizenship.
As part of that plea, Schumer said an amnesty for millions of illegal aliens is necessary to drive up the U.S. population and low birth rates among Americans.
“… we have a population that is not reproducing on its own at the same level that it used to,” Schumer said. “The only way we’re going to have a great future in America is if we welcome and embrace immigrants, the DREAMers, and all of them.”
Schumer also said the Democrats’ “ultimate goal” is to provide amnesty to all 11 to 22 million illegal aliens living across the U.S.
Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer, accompanied by House and Senate Democrats, speaks during a news conference on Capitol Hill in Washington, Wednesday, Sept. 6, 2017. (AP Photo/Jose Luis Magana)
The suggestion comes as the U.S. population has increased to the highest total in history, hitting 331,893,745 residents in 2021, driven mostly by legal immigration. For comparison, the population in 1970 stood at 203 million residents.
At current legal immigration levels, whereby more than a million foreign nationals are given green cards annually, the nation’s foreign-born population is expected to hit 70 million by 2060. In 1970, the foreign-born population was fewer than ten million.
Likewise, Schumer’s claim that an amnesty for illegal aliens would boost low birth rates among Americans is unlikely as fertility rates among foreign-born Americans have dropped more rapidly than fertility rates among native-born Americans.
“The total fertility rate for all women (immigrant and native-born) in America in 2019 was 1.76. Excluding immigrants, it would be 1.69 — the rate for natives. The difference is .06 children, or a 4 percent increase in overall total fertility rate in the United States,” Center for Immigration Studies research shows, suggesting more immigration would have a minimal impact on the nation’s low birth rate.
Unmentioned by Democrats, as well as many Republican lawmakers, is crafting a national family agenda that would help boost American birth rates. Hungary’s government has implemented such an agenda, focusing on economic initiatives to make it less expensive for parents to raise children while working.
Since 2010, Hungary’s fertility rate has increased from 1.25 to 1.59 births per woman.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Email him at jbinder@breitbart.com. Follow him on Twitter here.
Senate Majority Chuck Schumer (D-NY) suggests an amnesty for millions of illegal aliens eligible and enrolled in the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) program is necessary to spike the United States population even as a record 331.9 million people reside in the U.S.
During a press conference this month, Schumer and other Senate Democrats urged ten Senate Republicans to back an amnesty for 3.3 million illegal aliens enrolled and eligible for Obama’s DACA program — providing them with green cards to remain permanently in the U.S. and, eventually, gain naturalized American citizenship.
As part of that plea, Schumer said an amnesty for millions of illegal aliens is necessary to drive up the U.S. population and low birth rates among Americans.
“… we have a population that is not reproducing on its own at the same level that it used to,” Schumer said. “The only way we’re going to have a great future in America is if we welcome and embrace immigrants, the DREAMers, and all of them.”
Schumer also said the Democrats’ “ultimate goal” is to provide amnesty to all 11 to 22 million illegal aliens living across the U.S.
Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer, accompanied by House and Senate Democrats, speaks during a news conference on Capitol Hill in Washington, Wednesday, Sept. 6, 2017. (AP Photo/Jose Luis Magana)
The suggestion comes as the U.S. population has increased to the highest total in history, hitting 331,893,745 residents in 2021, driven mostly by legal immigration. For comparison, the population in 1970 stood at 203 million residents.
At current legal immigration levels, whereby more than a million foreign nationals are given green cards annually, the nation’s foreign-born population is expected to hit 70 million by 2060. In 1970, the foreign-born population was fewer than ten million.
Likewise, Schumer’s claim that an amnesty for illegal aliens would boost low birth rates among Americans is unlikely as fertility rates among foreign-born Americans have dropped more rapidly than fertility rates among native-born Americans.
“The total fertility rate for all women (immigrant and native-born) in America in 2019 was 1.76. Excluding immigrants, it would be 1.69 — the rate for natives. The difference is .06 children, or a 4 percent increase in overall total fertility rate in the United States,” Center for Immigration Studies research shows, suggesting more immigration would have a minimal impact on the nation’s low birth rate.
Unmentioned by Democrats, as well as many Republican lawmakers, is crafting a national family agenda that would help boost American birth rates. Hungary’s government has implemented such an agenda, focusing on economic initiatives to make it less expensive for parents to raise children while working.
Since 2010, Hungary’s fertility rate has increased from 1.25 to 1.59 births per woman.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Email him at jbinder@breitbart.com. Follow him on Twitter here.
White House Sets Border Deal: 1 Million Illegals Per Year and $61 Billion for Ukraine
President Joe Biden’s border chief has a deal for the GOP: He will carefully cap illegal migration at one million a year if the GOP approves $61 billion for war in Ukraine, according to press reports.
The offer would double pre-2021 immigration numbers, but it is a “good faith offer,” said one of the four GOP negotiators told reporters.
“We’re at 11,000” illegal migrants per day or roughly 4 million migrants in a year, Sen. Thom Tillis told CBS on December 13, adding:
We’ve seen what the White House has sent over … We’ve got to get somewhere closer to … 2,000 [migrants] a day [or 700,000 a year], and let’s figure out how we get it done. But I think I’m going take it as a good faith offer, which is why I think we have to act in good faith and stay here [in Washington] until we get it negotiated.
Tillis is a long-standing supporter of the federal migration programs that deliver cheap labor to investors and companies.
He was picked by Sen. Mitch McConnell (R-KY) to help negotiate a deal that would curb Biden’s mass migration in exchange for $14 billion to help quietly move migrants into American housing and jobs — plus roughly $61 billion for the war in Ukraine.
But it is “not remotely possible” to get a deal done by Christmas, countered Sen. Lindsey Graham (R-SC).
“They’re using this to try to put something together — I’m not going take the bait,” Graham told PunchBowl News on December 14. Graham is another one of the four GOP negotiators and he is taking an unexpectedly pro-American stance in the talks.
The Washington Post reported on December 13:
President Joe Biden is not part of the talks, despite GOP pleading.
Instead, the Biden deputy who organized and funded the migrant flood is leading the talks, according to the Post:
Homeland Security Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas has been a lead negotiator for the administration for weeks. White House Deputy Chief of Staff Natalie Quillian and Shuwanza Goff, director of the White House office of legislative affairs, joined the talks in a more substantive way this week, lending them momentum.
GOP House legislators are not part of the talks, even though they have refused to fund the Ukraine war until the White House agrees to their H.R. 2 border stabilization bill.
Mayorkas is also offering GOP Senators to expand the reach of the fast-track “Expedited Removal” process and to detain new arrivals. But these powers are already in the law, and Mayorkas has long ignored both because he is a pro-migration zealot.
The offer to cap the daily inflow of migrants is being portrayed as a souped-up Title 42 process established during the coronavirus crash. When Mayorkas was confirmed in 2021, he immediately reduced enforcement of Title 42 at the border, so allowing many more migrants into U.S. communities.
Since then, Mayorkas worked hard to maximize the government-managed flow of migrants into the United States, despite the huge economic damage to ordinary Americans. He has repeatedly stated that he sympathizes with migrants, not the Americans who want their border laws to be enforced.
RELATED: Brownsville, TX Drone Footage Reveals LARGE Migrant Camp at U.S.-Mexico Border
NEWSNATION /TMX“I am, to a great extent, aligned with the expectations” of the immigrant community, the Cuban-born Mayorkas told an elite audience at the Aspen Institute on July 19. He has also lamented his limited ability to supply U.S. employers with cheaper foreign workers. “Regrettably, our legal immigration system is not designed to meet the needs of employers here in the United States,” he said in March 2023.
Yet establishment media outlets are portraying Mayorkas’ offer as “harsh” or a “pretty major concession” — even though they would do nothing to stop the millions of migrants who walk over Mayorkas’ loopholes in the border.
The loopholes include Mayorkas’ multiple parole pipelines, his asylum loopholes, and his tacit support for “gotaway” migrants who sneak past the unfinished border war and over the unguarded portions of the wall.
“Republicans are not so much being asked to compromise as to conspire in Biden’s lawbreaking,” responded Andrew McCarthy, a former federal prosecutor. In an article for National Review, he wrote:
Not petty lawbreaking but rather a betrayal of the core security duties of the presidency that is destroying the social welfare and law-enforcement capabilities of America’s border states and major cities. Given how boiling angry much of the country is over this issue, I don’t understand why Republicans aren’t driving a much harder bargain.
The four GOP Senators in the talks reportedly include Tillis, Graham, Tom Cotton (R-AR), and James Lankford (R-OK).
The only GOP Senator with mainstream views about migration is Cotton. The other three Senators are deemed “moderates” in D.C. because they favor the long-standing federal policy of allowing companies to hire cheap foreign migrants instead of paying market wages to American citizens.
Tillis, for example, recently told reporters that he wants to preserve Mayorkas’ quasi-legal policy of annually awarding two-year parole visas and work permits to roughly 350,000 migrants from Cuba, Haiti, Nicaragua, and Venezuela.
The policy is slated to add roughly 700,000 wage-cutting, rent-boosting foreign workers to the U.S. labor market. It operates alongside the H-2A and H-2B visa programs which annually bring in more than 300,000 foreign workers for a wide variety of jobs across the nation.
RELATED: NewsNation Drone Footage Shows El Paso Border Day Before Title 42 Ends
NEWSNATION / TMXBut Graham — the founding member of the 2013 “Gang of Eight” amnesty — is taking a surprisingly pro-American stance in 2023.
“I will not go back to South Carolina and try to explain why I helped Ukraine, Taiwan, and Israel and did nothing to secure our own border,” Graham told reporters last week. “I will help all of our allies, but we’ve got to help ourselves first,” he added.
That centrist position has been adopted by many other GOP Senators.
For the moment, Graham is shutting down Mayorkas’ offer and is rejecting the vote scheduled for next week by the Democrats’ pro-migration Senate Majority Leader, Sen. Chuck Schumer (D-NY).
“Another show vote on the supplemental —with inadequate or nonexistent border security measures — does not move the ball,” Graham told Punchbowl News. “I’m looking for outcomes, not timelines,” he said, adding, “There’s no legislative text.”
President Joe Biden’s border chief has a deal for the GOP: He will carefully cap illegal migration at one million a year if the GOP approves $61 billion for war in Ukraine, according to press reports.
The offer would double pre-2021 immigration numbers, but it is a “good faith offer,” said one of the four GOP negotiators told reporters.
“We’re at 11,000” illegal migrants per day or roughly 4 million migrants in a year, Sen. Thom Tillis told CBS on December 13, adding:
We’ve seen what the White House has sent over … We’ve got to get somewhere closer to … 2,000 [migrants] a day [or 700,000 a year], and let’s figure out how we get it done. But I think I’m going take it as a good faith offer, which is why I think we have to act in good faith and stay here [in Washington] until we get it negotiated.
Tillis is a long-standing supporter of the federal migration programs that deliver cheap labor to investors and companies.
He was picked by Sen. Mitch McConnell (R-KY) to help negotiate a deal that would curb Biden’s mass migration in exchange for $14 billion to help quietly move migrants into American housing and jobs — plus roughly $61 billion for the war in Ukraine.
But it is “not remotely possible” to get a deal done by Christmas, countered Sen. Lindsey Graham (R-SC).
“They’re using this to try to put something together — I’m not going take the bait,” Graham told PunchBowl News on December 14. Graham is another one of the four GOP negotiators and he is taking an unexpectedly pro-American stance in the talks.
The Washington Post reported on December 13:
President Joe Biden is not part of the talks, despite GOP pleading.
Instead, the Biden deputy who organized and funded the migrant flood is leading the talks, according to the Post:
Homeland Security Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas has been a lead negotiator for the administration for weeks. White House Deputy Chief of Staff Natalie Quillian and Shuwanza Goff, director of the White House office of legislative affairs, joined the talks in a more substantive way this week, lending them momentum.
GOP House legislators are not part of the talks, even though they have refused to fund the Ukraine war until the White House agrees to their H.R. 2 border stabilization bill.
Mayorkas is also offering GOP Senators to expand the reach of the fast-track “Expedited Removal” process and to detain new arrivals. But these powers are already in the law, and Mayorkas has long ignored both because he is a pro-migration zealot.
The offer to cap the daily inflow of migrants is being portrayed as a souped-up Title 42 process established during the coronavirus crash. When Mayorkas was confirmed in 2021, he immediately reduced enforcement of Title 42 at the border, so allowing many more migrants into U.S. communities.
Since then, Mayorkas worked hard to maximize the government-managed flow of migrants into the United States, despite the huge economic damage to ordinary Americans. He has repeatedly stated that he sympathizes with migrants, not the Americans who want their border laws to be enforced.
RELATED: Brownsville, TX Drone Footage Reveals LARGE Migrant Camp at U.S.-Mexico Border
NEWSNATION /TMX“I am, to a great extent, aligned with the expectations” of the immigrant community, the Cuban-born Mayorkas told an elite audience at the Aspen Institute on July 19. He has also lamented his limited ability to supply U.S. employers with cheaper foreign workers. “Regrettably, our legal immigration system is not designed to meet the needs of employers here in the United States,” he said in March 2023.
Yet establishment media outlets are portraying Mayorkas’ offer as “harsh” or a “pretty major concession” — even though they would do nothing to stop the millions of migrants who walk over Mayorkas’ loopholes in the border.
The loopholes include Mayorkas’ multiple parole pipelines, his asylum loopholes, and his tacit support for “gotaway” migrants who sneak past the unfinished border war and over the unguarded portions of the wall.
“Republicans are not so much being asked to compromise as to conspire in Biden’s lawbreaking,” responded Andrew McCarthy, a former federal prosecutor. In an article for National Review, he wrote:
Not petty lawbreaking but rather a betrayal of the core security duties of the presidency that is destroying the social welfare and law-enforcement capabilities of America’s border states and major cities. Given how boiling angry much of the country is over this issue, I don’t understand why Republicans aren’t driving a much harder bargain.
The four GOP Senators in the talks reportedly include Tillis, Graham, Tom Cotton (R-AR), and James Lankford (R-OK).
The only GOP Senator with mainstream views about migration is Cotton. The other three Senators are deemed “moderates” in D.C. because they favor the long-standing federal policy of allowing companies to hire cheap foreign migrants instead of paying market wages to American citizens.
Tillis, for example, recently told reporters that he wants to preserve Mayorkas’ quasi-legal policy of annually awarding two-year parole visas and work permits to roughly 350,000 migrants from Cuba, Haiti, Nicaragua, and Venezuela.
The policy is slated to add roughly 700,000 wage-cutting, rent-boosting foreign workers to the U.S. labor market. It operates alongside the H-2A and H-2B visa programs which annually bring in more than 300,000 foreign workers for a wide variety of jobs across the nation.
RELATED: NewsNation Drone Footage Shows El Paso Border Day Before Title 42 Ends
NEWSNATION / TMXBut Graham — the founding member of the 2013 “Gang of Eight” amnesty — is taking a surprisingly pro-American stance in 2023.
“I will not go back to South Carolina and try to explain why I helped Ukraine, Taiwan, and Israel and did nothing to secure our own border,” Graham told reporters last week. “I will help all of our allies, but we’ve got to help ourselves first,” he added.
That centrist position has been adopted by many other GOP Senators.
For the moment, Graham is shutting down Mayorkas’ offer and is rejecting the vote scheduled for next week by the Democrats’ pro-migration Senate Majority Leader, Sen. Chuck Schumer (D-NY).
“Another show vote on the supplemental —with inadequate or nonexistent border security measures — does not move the ball,” Graham told Punchbowl News. “I’m looking for outcomes, not timelines,” he said, adding, “There’s no legislative text.”
Watch: Arizona Border Town Remains Shut Amidst Uncontrolled Flow of Migrants
LUKEVILLE, Arizona — A warning sign has been placed at the entrance of the Organ Pipe National Monument area, recommending tourists refrain from entering the area due to ongoing Customs and Border Protection (CBP) operations. Nearby, the town of Lukeville is completely shut down and void of human presence. At the same time, Breitbart Texas witnessed a constant flow of mostly African migrants crossing the border wall and walking through the Organ Pipe National Monument, hoping to secure their freedom in the United States on Tuesday evening.
This Breitbart video shows signage placed by CBP at one entrance to the monument, cautioning travelers to stay out but offering no clue as to what lies ahead. After driving past the sign, Breitbart Texas observed CBP Office of Field Operations (OFO) personnel — those normally tasked with inspecting legitimate travelers and cargo at the port of entry shut down because of the migrant crossings — performing duties once reserved for Border Patrol agents.
The Lukeville port of entry nearby is completely void of any legitimate trade and travel. As Border Patrol personnel driving vans and buses shuttled migrants to a processing facility from the Organ Pipe National Monument reserve, a stream of mostly African migrants continued to cross the border unabated. The video shows a line of migrants stretching for as far as the eye can see, walking on a self-guided quest along the border wall, searching for Border Patrol agents to surrender to.
The migrants ultimately found OFO personnel instead. The CBP OFO staff from the shuttered port of entry corralled the migrants at a staging area and began loading them into the arriving vans to leave the desert area. The available transportation resources proved insufficient to move the hundreds of migrants Breitbart Texas watched.
The port in Lukeville has been closed for more than one week, rattling the few local business operators who rely on tourist travel for their livelihood. A convenience store, restaurant, and a duty-free shop were closed on Tuesday and will likely remain shuttered until the port reopens. The reopening date remains a mystery, according to an employee at the food mart fueling station in Why, Arizona. The store, 30 miles from Lukeville, provides services to local residents but relies heavily on cross-border travelers for revenue. According to an employee who spoke to Breitbart Texas, the store reduced the hours of operation and may close on certain days if business remains slow.
Arizona Governor Katie Hobbs (D) visited Lukeville over the weekend after sending a scathing letter to the White House on Friday criticizing the closure of the port of entry. Hobbs is demanding $512 million in federal funds to offset state expenses to cope with the migrant surge into her state. Hobbs described the closure of the port, writing, “The decision to close the Lukeville Port of Entry has led to an unmitigated humanitarian crisis in the area and has put Arizona’s safety and commerce at risk.”
Hobbs added, “Our ports of entry are essential to our state and our country’s economy, and it is vital that they be properly staffed and resourced to continue to fuel economic growth in the state.” Despite the governor’s pleas, the unabated flow of migrants continues, and the town of Lukeville remains shuttered.
The constant surge of migrants crossing into the United States at the Arizona border resulted in a simultaneous increase of migrants being released into the country to pursue asylum claims as Border Patrol-operated processing facilities in the region remain over capacity. As reported by Breitbart Texas, detention capacity and transportation issues have resulted in hundreds of migrants waiting days to be transported away from the border wall in Lukeville.
Randy Clark is a 32-year veteran of the United States Border Patrol. Prior to his retirement, he served as the Division Chief for Law Enforcement Operations, directing operations for nine Border Patrol Stations within the Del Rio, Texas, Sector. Follow him on Twitter @RandyClarkBBTX.
LUKEVILLE, Arizona — A warning sign has been placed at the entrance of the Organ Pipe National Monument area, recommending tourists refrain from entering the area due to ongoing Customs and Border Protection (CBP) operations. Nearby, the town of Lukeville is completely shut down and void of human presence. At the same time, Breitbart Texas witnessed a constant flow of mostly African migrants crossing the border wall and walking through the Organ Pipe National Monument, hoping to secure their freedom in the United States on Tuesday evening.
This Breitbart video shows signage placed by CBP at one entrance to the monument, cautioning travelers to stay out but offering no clue as to what lies ahead. After driving past the sign, Breitbart Texas observed CBP Office of Field Operations (OFO) personnel — those normally tasked with inspecting legitimate travelers and cargo at the port of entry shut down because of the migrant crossings — performing duties once reserved for Border Patrol agents.
The Lukeville port of entry nearby is completely void of any legitimate trade and travel. As Border Patrol personnel driving vans and buses shuttled migrants to a processing facility from the Organ Pipe National Monument reserve, a stream of mostly African migrants continued to cross the border unabated. The video shows a line of migrants stretching for as far as the eye can see, walking on a self-guided quest along the border wall, searching for Border Patrol agents to surrender to.
The migrants ultimately found OFO personnel instead. The CBP OFO staff from the shuttered port of entry corralled the migrants at a staging area and began loading them into the arriving vans to leave the desert area. The available transportation resources proved insufficient to move the hundreds of migrants Breitbart Texas watched.
The port in Lukeville has been closed for more than one week, rattling the few local business operators who rely on tourist travel for their livelihood. A convenience store, restaurant, and a duty-free shop were closed on Tuesday and will likely remain shuttered until the port reopens. The reopening date remains a mystery, according to an employee at the food mart fueling station in Why, Arizona. The store, 30 miles from Lukeville, provides services to local residents but relies heavily on cross-border travelers for revenue. According to an employee who spoke to Breitbart Texas, the store reduced the hours of operation and may close on certain days if business remains slow.
Arizona Governor Katie Hobbs (D) visited Lukeville over the weekend after sending a scathing letter to the White House on Friday criticizing the closure of the port of entry. Hobbs is demanding $512 million in federal funds to offset state expenses to cope with the migrant surge into her state. Hobbs described the closure of the port, writing, “The decision to close the Lukeville Port of Entry has led to an unmitigated humanitarian crisis in the area and has put Arizona’s safety and commerce at risk.”
Hobbs added, “Our ports of entry are essential to our state and our country’s economy, and it is vital that they be properly staffed and resourced to continue to fuel economic growth in the state.” Despite the governor’s pleas, the unabated flow of migrants continues, and the town of Lukeville remains shuttered.
The constant surge of migrants crossing into the United States at the Arizona border resulted in a simultaneous increase of migrants being released into the country to pursue asylum claims as Border Patrol-operated processing facilities in the region remain over capacity. As reported by Breitbart Texas, detention capacity and transportation issues have resulted in hundreds of migrants waiting days to be transported away from the border wall in Lukeville.
Randy Clark is a 32-year veteran of the United States Border Patrol. Prior to his retirement, he served as the Division Chief for Law Enforcement Operations, directing operations for nine Border Patrol Stations within the Del Rio, Texas, Sector. Follow him on Twitter @RandyClarkBBTX.
Latino Democrats Tout Migrants as Their Constituents
Democratic Latino politicians are demanding President Joe Biden protect the interests of foreign migrants, regardless of the huge civic and pocketbook damage to unhyphenated Americans, Latino-Americans, and legal immigrants.
“We are here to protect immigration as it is,” Rep. Nanette Barragan (D-CA), told an audience of legislators, activists, and media at a December 13 rally beside the Capitol.
The rally called on President Joe Biden to deny any significant concessions to GOP negotiators in the debate over his demand for $14 billion in emergency funds to accelerate and hide his migration flood, and funds for wartime aid for Israel and Ukraine.
Barragan said:
Let me put it a little differently. We’re here to call on President Biden and Majority Leader Chuck Schumer to reject the immigration and border bills at the hands of Republicans in the ongoing negotiations around the supplemental [emergency funding bill]
The event included multiple Democratic legislators who championed illegal migrants and future migrants — and rhetorically divorced their American constituents.
Almost none of the legislators mentioned the cost of migration to their many constituents — Latino and other — who lose wages, jobs, homes, status, and investments because desperate migrants must work for less.'
Since 2021, Biden’s deputies have admitted more than six million migrants, most of whom are Latino. This huge inflow is in addition to the annual inflow of legal immigrants and temporary visa workers. Overall, Biden is admitting roughly one migrant for every newborn American.
The Latino Democrats demanded an ethnic-politics seat at the negotiations as the quasi-official representatives of the migrants, most of whom are Latino.
“Not a single member of the CHC [Congressional Hispanic Caucus] was given a heads up that the administration would be proposing or considering these right-wing nonstarters,” said Sen. Bob Menendez (D-NJ). “That is a hard slap in the face to all the Latino and immigrant communities we represent.”
“These negotiations are taking place without a single CHC member at the table,” said Barragan. “That is completely unacceptable … We need to continue to push to have our seats.”
The Democrats obscured the difference between illegal and legal migrants, and many described the illegal migrants as members of their constituency.
“We’re here to make things better for our constituents,” said Rep. Greg Casar (D-TX). “That’s why we are telling President Biden and the Senate Democrats to hold strong … We can pass support for allies in Ukraine without throwing immigrant families under the bus.
The event was supported by Spanish-speaking migrants from Casa de Maryland, whose leader has faced severe criticism from Democrats for apparently backing Hamas’s war against Israel.
“We can make sure that this [migration] system works … that after they cross the border, they come to us for jobs and housing, and some transportation to get to their relatives in other parts of the country,” said Rep. Sylvia Garcia (D-TX).
“This is a movement to consult the most affected communities — immigrant and Latino communities and other communities across the country,” said Rep. Chuy Garcia (D-IL). “We have been excluded.”
Republicans want to “gut our immigration system at the expense of immigrants,” said Rep. Maxwell Frost (D-FL). “We believe that this country has a duty to help innocent migrants … We believe that all people, regardless of their status, should be treated with dignity and respect by virtue of being a human.”
“We’re not collateral damage, we’re not expendable,” said Rep. Raul Grijalva (D-Az).
On December 14, the New York Times profiled some of the migrants being welcomed by the Latino politicians:
Nearly 400,000 children have come to the United States since 2021 without their parents, and a majority have ended up working ….
A 16-year-old fell off a roof in Arkansas and shattered his back. A 15-year-old in Florida was burned all over after he slipped from a roof and onto a vat of hot tar. A child in Illinois stepped through a skylight and fractured his spine.
Some of the Latino politicians promised their support for Americans — but ignored the pocketbook impact caused by their flood of migrant workers and renters.
Republicans “view this as an issue that they can win on the political front … at the expense of people who are sacrificing so much to have their shot at their American dream,” said Rep. Robert Menendez (D-NJ). “We will win the future of this country that looks like us, that’s diverse like us. and it will be better for every single American.”
The Latino politicians also used the event to promote migrant workers as a benefit to employers and the nation’s economy, even as they ignored the impact of migration on Americans’ wages, jobs, housing, schools, and careers.
“Our country thrives because of immigrants,” said Rep. Veronica Escobar (D-TX). “I bet every one of my colleagues can tell you stories about CEOs and business owners and leaders of industry who come to us saying, ‘We need workers, we need a workforce.'”
Biden’s economic policy of Extraction Migration has pulled at least four million extra foreign workers, renters, and consumers into the nation’s communities.
That flood is urged and welcomed by business groups because it cuts Americans’ blue-collar wages and white-collar salaries. It also boosts profits by reducing marketplace pressure to invest in productivity-boosting technology, heartland states, and overseas markets.
The inflow also reduces economic pressure on the federal government to deal with Americans’ problems — homelessness, low wages, a shrinking middle class, slowing innovation, declining blue-collar life expectancy, spreading poverty, the rising death toll from drugs, and the spreading alienation among young people.
Democratic Latino politicians are demanding President Joe Biden protect the interests of foreign migrants, regardless of the huge civic and pocketbook damage to unhyphenated Americans, Latino-Americans, and legal immigrants.
“We are here to protect immigration as it is,” Rep. Nanette Barragan (D-CA), told an audience of legislators, activists, and media at a December 13 rally beside the Capitol.
The rally called on President Joe Biden to deny any significant concessions to GOP negotiators in the debate over his demand for $14 billion in emergency funds to accelerate and hide his migration flood, and funds for wartime aid for Israel and Ukraine.
Barragan said:
Let me put it a little differently. We’re here to call on President Biden and Majority Leader Chuck Schumer to reject the immigration and border bills at the hands of Republicans in the ongoing negotiations around the supplemental [emergency funding bill]
The event included multiple Democratic legislators who championed illegal migrants and future migrants — and rhetorically divorced their American constituents.
Almost none of the legislators mentioned the cost of migration to their many constituents — Latino and other — who lose wages, jobs, homes, status, and investments because desperate migrants must work for less.'
Since 2021, Biden’s deputies have admitted more than six million migrants, most of whom are Latino. This huge inflow is in addition to the annual inflow of legal immigrants and temporary visa workers. Overall, Biden is admitting roughly one migrant for every newborn American.
The Latino Democrats demanded an ethnic-politics seat at the negotiations as the quasi-official representatives of the migrants, most of whom are Latino.
“Not a single member of the CHC [Congressional Hispanic Caucus] was given a heads up that the administration would be proposing or considering these right-wing nonstarters,” said Sen. Bob Menendez (D-NJ). “That is a hard slap in the face to all the Latino and immigrant communities we represent.”
“These negotiations are taking place without a single CHC member at the table,” said Barragan. “That is completely unacceptable … We need to continue to push to have our seats.”
The Democrats obscured the difference between illegal and legal migrants, and many described the illegal migrants as members of their constituency.
“We’re here to make things better for our constituents,” said Rep. Greg Casar (D-TX). “That’s why we are telling President Biden and the Senate Democrats to hold strong … We can pass support for allies in Ukraine without throwing immigrant families under the bus.
The event was supported by Spanish-speaking migrants from Casa de Maryland, whose leader has faced severe criticism from Democrats for apparently backing Hamas’s war against Israel.
“We can make sure that this [migration] system works … that after they cross the border, they come to us for jobs and housing, and some transportation to get to their relatives in other parts of the country,” said Rep. Sylvia Garcia (D-TX).
“This is a movement to consult the most affected communities — immigrant and Latino communities and other communities across the country,” said Rep. Chuy Garcia (D-IL). “We have been excluded.”
Republicans want to “gut our immigration system at the expense of immigrants,” said Rep. Maxwell Frost (D-FL). “We believe that this country has a duty to help innocent migrants … We believe that all people, regardless of their status, should be treated with dignity and respect by virtue of being a human.”
“We’re not collateral damage, we’re not expendable,” said Rep. Raul Grijalva (D-Az).
On December 14, the New York Times profiled some of the migrants being welcomed by the Latino politicians:
Nearly 400,000 children have come to the United States since 2021 without their parents, and a majority have ended up working ….
A 16-year-old fell off a roof in Arkansas and shattered his back. A 15-year-old in Florida was burned all over after he slipped from a roof and onto a vat of hot tar. A child in Illinois stepped through a skylight and fractured his spine.
Some of the Latino politicians promised their support for Americans — but ignored the pocketbook impact caused by their flood of migrant workers and renters.
Republicans “view this as an issue that they can win on the political front … at the expense of people who are sacrificing so much to have their shot at their American dream,” said Rep. Robert Menendez (D-NJ). “We will win the future of this country that looks like us, that’s diverse like us. and it will be better for every single American.”
The Latino politicians also used the event to promote migrant workers as a benefit to employers and the nation’s economy, even as they ignored the impact of migration on Americans’ wages, jobs, housing, schools, and careers.
“Our country thrives because of immigrants,” said Rep. Veronica Escobar (D-TX). “I bet every one of my colleagues can tell you stories about CEOs and business owners and leaders of industry who come to us saying, ‘We need workers, we need a workforce.'”
Biden’s economic policy of Extraction Migration has pulled at least four million extra foreign workers, renters, and consumers into the nation’s communities.
That flood is urged and welcomed by business groups because it cuts Americans’ blue-collar wages and white-collar salaries. It also boosts profits by reducing marketplace pressure to invest in productivity-boosting technology, heartland states, and overseas markets.
The inflow also reduces economic pressure on the federal government to deal with Americans’ problems — homelessness, low wages, a shrinking middle class, slowing innovation, declining blue-collar life expectancy, spreading poverty, the rising death toll from drugs, and the spreading alienation among young people.
Internal DHS Memo: Border Walls Are Most Effective Way to Stop Illegal Immigration
Border walls are the most effective tool for stopping illegal immigration at the United States-Mexico border, an internal Department of Homeland Security (DHS) memo concludes.
The memo, conducted in June 2017 for then-Acting Customs and Border Protection (CBP) Commissioner Kevin McAleenan, was obtained and reviewed by the Immigration Reform Law Institute (IRLI) following a public records request.
According to IRLI officials, the internal memo examined 25 areas at the border and ultimately recommended the construction of a border wall in every area. Further, a border wall was found to be the most cost-effective tool for DHS to deter illegal immigration.
IRLI’s report states:
For every area of the Southwest border examined, the audit determined that a physical barrier was not only the best option for disrupting irregular migration, but also the most cost-effective, as compared to alternatives such as electronic sensors. [Emphasis added]
The memo directly contradicts President Joe Biden’s claims that border walls are a “waste of money” and “not a serious policy solution.”
“This is vindication to those who were disparaged by this administration for their support of physical barriers at the border,” IRLI Executive Director Dale Wilcox said in a statement.
While Biden canceled all border wall construction immediately after taking office in January 2021, his administration has planned to build an additional wall in Starr County, Texas, due to waves of illegal immigration in the region.
“A border wall system makes practical and financial sense,” Wilcox said:
Cancelling wall construction on day one of this administration was just the first in a series of catastrophic mistakes on immigration that have jeopardized the long-term health of this country. We need immigration policies that serve America, not the radical anti-borders activists that have far too much influence over this White House. [Emphasis added]
During former President Donald Trump’s tenure, his administration built about 370 miles of border wall — 80 miles of which were built in places along the border where no prior barrier existed. The remaining 290 miles of border wall were built to replace old barriers.
The overwhelming majority of the nearly 2,000-mile-long southern border — more than 60 percent — has no physical barrier separating the U.S. from Mexico.
Amidst record-setting illegal immigration levels under Biden, Americans now more than ever support a border wall. In October, a Fox News poll revealed that four out of seven registered voters supported the DHS building additional border wall.
“Americans, who are justifiably concerned about border security, should be asking themselves why Joe Biden and [Secretary of Homeland Security] Alejandro Mayorkas are so eager to prevent the construction of physical barriers on the southern border,” IRLI’s Director of Investigations Matt O’Brien said.
“… [W]alls have repeatedly been shown to be the cheapest and most effectual way to protect both national security and public safety,” he said.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Email him at jbinder@breitbart.com. Follow him on Twitter here.
Border walls are the most effective tool for stopping illegal immigration at the United States-Mexico border, an internal Department of Homeland Security (DHS) memo concludes.
The memo, conducted in June 2017 for then-Acting Customs and Border Protection (CBP) Commissioner Kevin McAleenan, was obtained and reviewed by the Immigration Reform Law Institute (IRLI) following a public records request.
According to IRLI officials, the internal memo examined 25 areas at the border and ultimately recommended the construction of a border wall in every area. Further, a border wall was found to be the most cost-effective tool for DHS to deter illegal immigration.
IRLI’s report states:
For every area of the Southwest border examined, the audit determined that a physical barrier was not only the best option for disrupting irregular migration, but also the most cost-effective, as compared to alternatives such as electronic sensors. [Emphasis added]
The memo directly contradicts President Joe Biden’s claims that border walls are a “waste of money” and “not a serious policy solution.”
“This is vindication to those who were disparaged by this administration for their support of physical barriers at the border,” IRLI Executive Director Dale Wilcox said in a statement.
While Biden canceled all border wall construction immediately after taking office in January 2021, his administration has planned to build an additional wall in Starr County, Texas, due to waves of illegal immigration in the region.
“A border wall system makes practical and financial sense,” Wilcox said:
Cancelling wall construction on day one of this administration was just the first in a series of catastrophic mistakes on immigration that have jeopardized the long-term health of this country. We need immigration policies that serve America, not the radical anti-borders activists that have far too much influence over this White House. [Emphasis added]
During former President Donald Trump’s tenure, his administration built about 370 miles of border wall — 80 miles of which were built in places along the border where no prior barrier existed. The remaining 290 miles of border wall were built to replace old barriers.
The overwhelming majority of the nearly 2,000-mile-long southern border — more than 60 percent — has no physical barrier separating the U.S. from Mexico.
Amidst record-setting illegal immigration levels under Biden, Americans now more than ever support a border wall. In October, a Fox News poll revealed that four out of seven registered voters supported the DHS building additional border wall.
“Americans, who are justifiably concerned about border security, should be asking themselves why Joe Biden and [Secretary of Homeland Security] Alejandro Mayorkas are so eager to prevent the construction of physical barriers on the southern border,” IRLI’s Director of Investigations Matt O’Brien said.
“… [W]alls have repeatedly been shown to be the cheapest and most effectual way to protect both national security and public safety,” he said.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Email him at jbinder@breitbart.com. Follow him on Twitter here.
GRAPHIC: Messages Indicate Sinaloa Cartel, CJNG Helping Gulf Cartel in Turf War
A message scrawled on a posterboard and left next to the bodies of eight murdered cartel gunmen points to a dangerous new alliance. The message reveals that a faction of the Sinaloa Cartel and the Cartel Jalisco New Generation (CJNG) are helping one side of the Gulf Cartel in an ongoing turf war.
This week, a group of gunmen dumped the bodies of their rivals and posterboards with threats in the city of San Fernando, Tamaulipas. Other gunmen took the bodies away before police could arrive leaving only blood on the floor where the bodies had been dumped.
A series of photographs and videos that were shared through Whatsapp messages and on social media are the only evidence left of the mass killing attributed to the Escorpiones faction of the Gulf Cartel. A narco-message left next to the bodies mentions MZ ( the Sinaloa Cartel faction led by Ismael “El Mayo” Zambada) and CJNG, claiming that they are not welcome in Tamaulipas and that their allies would not back them up.
The eight victims are believed to be gunmen siding with the Old School Zetas or with a group known as Sierra Fox that is based in San Fernando. That group is led by a man known as “Chuy 7.” It remains unclear if they were locals or if they were gunmen from other cartels and had been helping the San Fernando groups.
As Breitbart Texas has reported, the Old School Zetas and the Metros faction of the Gulf Cartel began fighting with the Escorpiones faction earlier this year over key territories. Since the fighting began, the Metros have been claiming to have the support of CJNG. Rumors began circulating in recent weeks that gunmen from Mayo Zambada’s group had also been wanting to enter Tamaulipas.
Despite the mass killing, on Wednesday morning, the Tamaulipas government posted on social media that the state had gone through 24 hours without a single murder. The outlandish claims come at a time when government officials have been working to minimize the appearance of violence while locals live in constant fear.
Editor’s Note: Breitbart Texas traveled to Mexico City and the states of Tamaulipas, Coahuila, and Nuevo León to recruit citizen journalists willing to risk their lives and expose the cartels silencing their communities. The writers would face certain death at the hands of the various cartels that operate in those areas including the Gulf Cartel and Los Zetas if a pseudonym were not used. Breitbart Texas’ Cartel Chronicles are published in both English and their original Spanish. This article was written by “Francisco Morales” and “J.C. Sanchez” from Tamaulipas.
THE DEMOCRAT PARTY'S BASES OF ILLEGALS FRONTED BY TAX-FUNDED LA RAZA/UNIDOUS, IS AGAINST ID FOR ILLEGALS TO VOTE DESPITE THE FACT MOST HAVE POCKETFULS OF FRAUDULENT I.D.S.
Perhaps even more, it matters because Mexico's politics seems to be the model for Democratic Party politics these days as rage over Trump dominates. In California, ballot-harvesting has been adopted as a legal practice, in what's a straight-out cultural appropriation of Mexican politics. If the Democrats are planning to make themselves the "perfect dictatorship" along the PRI model of one-party rule, starting in California and taking that style national, well, the unhappy question is, what else are they borrowing from Mexican politics as they (without saying so, of course) borrow from the Mexican Model? Yes, it sounds far-fetched. But we also know how implacably angry the Democrats still are at the election of Donald Trump and how they like to get away with things.
THE SURRENDER TO MEXICO:
If this subject interests you, and you want more information on the "La Raza" movement, check out this special report we produced last year on Academilla Semillas del Pueblo, a Mexican separatist school in California supported by the National Council of La Raza. It is truly eye-opening. JUDICIAL WATCH
THE RACIST MEX NEO-FASCIST PARTY OF LA RAZA 'The Race' NOW CALLS ITSELF UNIDOus.
McCain and Obama Lobby for La Raza Support
https://www.judicialwatch.org/30-mccain-and-obama-lobby-la-raza-support/
McCain and Obama Lobby for La Raza Support
TRAITOR BARACK OBAMA and the MEX FASCIST MOVEMENT of LA RAZA “The Race”
http://globalistbarackobama.blogspot.com/2018/09/james-walsh-barack-obamas.html
Reconquistas Muñoz, Solis present at Obama sovereignty sellout session ...Obama was joined at the meeting [about a push to amnesty millions of border-hopping job thieves] by Secretary of Labor Hilda Solis, Senior Advisor Valerie Jarrett, Assistant to the President for Legislative Affairs Phil Schiliro, and White House Director of Intergovernmental Affairs [and former 'Tan Klan' minion] Cecilia Muñoz...
"Of course none of this comes as any surprise considering that Obama's point person on illegal immigration, Cecilia Munoz, once worked for the ultra-radical National Council of La Raza [aka the Tan Klan], a racist group that is committed to staging a takeover of the American Southwest and returning it to Mexico...."
Jose Angel Gutierrez, professor, University of Texas, Arlington and founder of La Raza Unida political party screams at rallies: "We have an aging white America. They are dying. They are
shitting in their pants with fear! I love it! We have got to eliminate the gringo, and what I mean by that is if the worst comes to the worst, we have got to kill him!"
8. "The Race" bitterly protested common-sense voter ID provisions as an "absolute disgrace."
Sen. Cruz said this week the Corrupt Politicians Act is the most “dangerous piece of legislation before Congress.” He explained:
It is the single most dangerous piece of legislation before Congress. What I call H.R.1 is the ‘Corrupt Politicians Act.’ […] It’s the number one bill. It’s not about COVID; it’s not about vaccinations; it’s not about getting people back to work; it’s not about getting kids back to school. It is about ensuring that Democrats remain in power and control for the next 100 years. It is a radical bill. What does it do? It federalizes all elections. It strikes down every election reform protection at the state level. So photo ID laws — right now in a lot of states you’ve got to use photo ID to vote — ‘The Corrupt Politician Act’ strikes that down. It sets up automatic voter registration, which would result in millions of illegal immigrants, and criminals, and felons being able to vote. The Democrats believe if illegal immigrants and felons are voting, that benefits the Democrats and keeps them in power. Not only that, it mandates universal mail-in balloting, it mandates ballot harvesting. This is all designed to facilitate fraud.
Appearing Wednesday on MSNBC, former President Barack Obama senior advisor Valerie Jarrett said the federal government should make it “as easy as possible” for people to vote as Democrats continue to push a vote-by-mail option ahead of the 2020 election.
A message scrawled on a posterboard and left next to the bodies of eight murdered cartel gunmen points to a dangerous new alliance. The message reveals that a faction of the Sinaloa Cartel and the Cartel Jalisco New Generation (CJNG) are helping one side of the Gulf Cartel in an ongoing turf war.
This week, a group of gunmen dumped the bodies of their rivals and posterboards with threats in the city of San Fernando, Tamaulipas. Other gunmen took the bodies away before police could arrive leaving only blood on the floor where the bodies had been dumped.
A series of photographs and videos that were shared through Whatsapp messages and on social media are the only evidence left of the mass killing attributed to the Escorpiones faction of the Gulf Cartel. A narco-message left next to the bodies mentions MZ ( the Sinaloa Cartel faction led by Ismael “El Mayo” Zambada) and CJNG, claiming that they are not welcome in Tamaulipas and that their allies would not back them up.
The eight victims are believed to be gunmen siding with the Old School Zetas or with a group known as Sierra Fox that is based in San Fernando. That group is led by a man known as “Chuy 7.” It remains unclear if they were locals or if they were gunmen from other cartels and had been helping the San Fernando groups.
As Breitbart Texas has reported, the Old School Zetas and the Metros faction of the Gulf Cartel began fighting with the Escorpiones faction earlier this year over key territories. Since the fighting began, the Metros have been claiming to have the support of CJNG. Rumors began circulating in recent weeks that gunmen from Mayo Zambada’s group had also been wanting to enter Tamaulipas.
Despite the mass killing, on Wednesday morning, the Tamaulipas government posted on social media that the state had gone through 24 hours without a single murder. The outlandish claims come at a time when government officials have been working to minimize the appearance of violence while locals live in constant fear.
Editor’s Note: Breitbart Texas traveled to Mexico City and the states of Tamaulipas, Coahuila, and Nuevo León to recruit citizen journalists willing to risk their lives and expose the cartels silencing their communities. The writers would face certain death at the hands of the various cartels that operate in those areas including the Gulf Cartel and Los Zetas if a pseudonym were not used. Breitbart Texas’ Cartel Chronicles are published in both English and their original Spanish. This article was written by “Francisco Morales” and “J.C. Sanchez” from Tamaulipas.
THE DEMOCRAT PARTY'S BASES OF ILLEGALS FRONTED BY TAX-FUNDED LA RAZA/UNIDOUS, IS AGAINST ID FOR ILLEGALS TO VOTE DESPITE THE FACT MOST HAVE POCKETFULS OF FRAUDULENT I.D.S.
Perhaps even more, it matters because Mexico's politics seems to be the model for Democratic Party politics these days as rage over Trump dominates. In California, ballot-harvesting has been adopted as a legal practice, in what's a straight-out cultural appropriation of Mexican politics. If the Democrats are planning to make themselves the "perfect dictatorship" along the PRI model of one-party rule, starting in California and taking that style national, well, the unhappy question is, what else are they borrowing from Mexican politics as they (without saying so, of course) borrow from the Mexican Model? Yes, it sounds far-fetched. But we also know how implacably angry the Democrats still are at the election of Donald Trump and how they like to get away with things.
THE SURRENDER TO MEXICO:
If this subject interests you, and you want more information on the "La Raza" movement, check out this special report we produced last year on Academilla Semillas del Pueblo, a Mexican separatist school in California supported by the National Council of La Raza. It is truly eye-opening. JUDICIAL WATCH
THE RACIST MEX NEO-FASCIST PARTY OF LA RAZA 'The Race' NOW CALLS ITSELF UNIDOus.
McCain and Obama Lobby for La Raza Support
https://www.judicialwatch.org/30-mccain-and-obama-lobby-la-raza-support/
McCain and Obama Lobby for La Raza Support
TRAITOR BARACK OBAMA and the MEX FASCIST MOVEMENT of LA RAZA “The Race”
http://globalistbarackobama.blogspot.com/2018/09/james-walsh-barack-obamas.html
Reconquistas Muñoz, Solis present at Obama sovereignty sellout session ...Obama was joined at the meeting [about a push to amnesty millions of border-hopping job thieves] by Secretary of Labor Hilda Solis, Senior Advisor Valerie Jarrett, Assistant to the President for Legislative Affairs Phil Schiliro, and White House Director of Intergovernmental Affairs [and former 'Tan Klan' minion] Cecilia Muñoz...
"Of course none of this comes as any surprise considering that Obama's point person on illegal immigration, Cecilia Munoz, once worked for the ultra-radical National Council of La Raza [aka the Tan Klan], a racist group that is committed to staging a takeover of the American Southwest and returning it to Mexico...."
Jose Angel Gutierrez, professor, University of Texas, Arlington and founder of La Raza Unida political party screams at rallies: "We have an aging white America. They are dying. They are
shitting in their pants with fear! I love it! We have got to eliminate the gringo, and what I mean by that is if the worst comes to the worst, we have got to kill him!"
8. "The Race" bitterly protested common-sense voter ID provisions as an "absolute disgrace."
Sen. Cruz said this week the Corrupt Politicians Act is the most “dangerous piece of legislation before Congress.” He explained:
It is the single most dangerous piece of legislation before Congress. What I call H.R.1 is the ‘Corrupt Politicians Act.’ […] It’s the number one bill. It’s not about COVID; it’s not about vaccinations; it’s not about getting people back to work; it’s not about getting kids back to school. It is about ensuring that Democrats remain in power and control for the next 100 years. It is a radical bill. What does it do? It federalizes all elections. It strikes down every election reform protection at the state level. So photo ID laws — right now in a lot of states you’ve got to use photo ID to vote — ‘The Corrupt Politician Act’ strikes that down. It sets up automatic voter registration, which would result in millions of illegal immigrants, and criminals, and felons being able to vote. The Democrats believe if illegal immigrants and felons are voting, that benefits the Democrats and keeps them in power. Not only that, it mandates universal mail-in balloting, it mandates ballot harvesting. This is all designed to facilitate fraud.
Appearing Wednesday on MSNBC, former President Barack Obama senior advisor Valerie Jarrett said the federal government should make it “as easy as possible” for people to vote as Democrats continue to push a vote-by-mail option ahead of the 2020 election.
Republicans Introduce Plan
an to Verify U.S. Citizenship for Mail-In Voters
Republicans on the Senate Committee on Rules and Administration, led by Sen. Katie Britt (R-AL), have introduced legislation that would give states the power to verify the American citizenship of applicants registering to vote via mail.
This week, Britt and fellow Republicans introduced the “Citizen Ballot Protection Act” which would give states the ability to more accurately verify that only American citizens are being approved for voter registrations.
Britt said the legislation is necessary as several blue states, counties, and cities pass ordinances opening voting rights to foreign nationals — at least for municipal elections.
“Voting in our country is a sacred right that must solely be limited to American citizens. To allow States to uphold this principle should be simple commonsense,” Britt said:
We are seeing certain cities across our nation begin to openly allow noncitizens to vote in local elections. This effectively disenfranchises hardworking American citizens, insults those American citizens who came to our country legally and took the time and effort to go through the citizenship process, and undermines faith in our entire electoral system — which is a cornerstone of our nation that we cannot allow to crumble. [Emphasis added]
It should not be controversial that states have the legal right to prevent noncitizens — including illegal migrants and official representatives of foreign adversaries — from voting in state and federal elections. I’m proud to work with Representative Palmer and my Senate colleagues to ensure that we pass this legislation and stand up for the right of Americans – and only Americans – to vote in American elections. [Emphasis added]
The legislation would amend the National Voting Rights Act to allow states to require proof of citizenship for those applicants registering to vote in state and federal elections by mail.
Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-KY) as well as Sens. Deb Fischer (R-NE), Ted Cruz (R-TX), Shelley Moore Capito (R-WV.), Roger Wicker (R-MS.), Cindy Hyde-Smith (R-MS), and Bill Hagerty (R-TN) are co-sponsoring the bill.
Last week, Rep. Nicole Malliotakis (R-NY) accused New York City officials of attempting to register to vote newly arrived border crossers and illegal aliens living in city shelters.
That accusation came after New York City Democrats sought to give municipal voting rights to nearly a million foreign nationals living across the city in 2021. That effort, though, was struck down last year by the New York Supreme Court.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Email him at jbinder@breitbart.com. Follow him on Twitter here.
Obama Funds the Mexican Fascist Party of LA RAZA “The Race”
FIFTEEN THINGS YOU SHOULD KNOW
ABOUT LA RAZA “THE RACE”
by Michelle Malkin
Only in America could critics of a group called "The Race" be labeled racists. Such is the triumph of left-wing identity chauvinists, whose aggressive activists and supine abettors have succeeded in redefining all opposition as "hate."
Both Barack Obama and John McCain will speak this week in San Diego at the annual conference of the National Council of La Raza, the Latino organization whose name is Spanish for, yes, "The Race." Can you imagine Obama and McCain paying homage to a group of white people who called themselves that? No matter. The presidential candidates and the media have legitimized "The Race" as a mainstream ethnic lobbying group and marginalized its critics as intolerant bigots. The unvarnished truth is that the group is a radical ethnic nationalist outfit that abuses your tax dollars and milks PC politics to undermine our sovereignty.
Here are 15 things you should know about "The Race":
15. "The Race" supports driver's licenses for illegal aliens.
14."The Race" demands in-state tuition discounts for illegal alien students that are not available to law-abiding U.S. citizens and law-abiding legal immigrants.
13. "The Race" vehemently opposes cooperative immigration enforcement efforts between local, state and federal authorities.
12. "The Race" opposes a secure fence on the southern border.
11. "The Race" joined the American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee in a failed lawsuit attempt to prevent the feds from entering immigration information into a key national crime database -- and to prevent local police officers from accessing the data.
10. "The Race" opposed the state of Oklahoma's tough immigration-enforcement-first laws, which cut off welfare to illegal aliens, put teeth in employer sanctions and strengthened local-federal cooperation and information sharing.
9. "The Race" joined other open-borders, anti-assimilationists and sued to prevent Proposition 227, California's bilingual education reform ballot initiative, from becoming law.
8. "The Race" bitterly protested common-sense voter ID provisions as an "absolute disgrace."
7. "The Race" has consistently opposed post-9/11 national security measures at every turn.
6. Former "Race" president Raul Yzaguirre, Hillary Clinton's Hispanic outreach adviser, said this: "U.S. English is to Hispanics as the Ku Klux Klan is to blacks." He was referring to U.S. English, the nation's oldest, largest citizens' action group dedicated to preserving the unifying role of the English language in the United States. "The Race" also pioneered Orwellian open-borders Newspeak and advised the Mexican government on how to lobby for illegal alien amnesty while avoiding the terms "illegal" and "amnesty."
5. "The Race" gives mainstream cover to a poisonous subset of ideological satellites, led by Movimiento Estudiantil Chicano de Aztlan, or Chicano Student Movement of Aztlan (MEChA). The late GOP Rep. Charlie Norwood rightly characterized the organization as "a radical racist group … one of the most anti-American groups in the country, which has permeated U.S. campuses since the 1960s, and continues its push to carve a racist nation out of the American West."
4. "The Race" is currently leading a smear campaign against staunch immigration enforcement leaders and has called for TV and cable news networks to keep immigration enforcement proponents off the airwaves -- in addition to pushing for Fairness Doctrine policies to shut up their foes. The New York Times reported that current "Race" president Janet Murguia believes "hate speech" should "not be tolerated, even if such censorship were a violation of First Amendment rights."
3. "The Race" sponsors militant ethnic nationalist charter schools subsidized by your public tax dollars (at least $8 million in federal education grants). The schools include Aztlan Academy in Tucson, Ariz., the Mexicayotl Academy in Nogales, Ariz., Academia Cesar Chavez Charter School in St. Paul, Minn., and La Academia Semillas del Pueblo in Los Angeles, whose principal inveighed: "We don't want to drink from a White water fountain, we have our own wells and our natural reservoirs and our way of collecting rain in our aqueducts. We don't need a White water fountain … ultimately the White way, the American way, the neo liberal, capitalist way of life will eventually lead to our own destruction."
2. "The Race" has perfected the art of the PC shakedown at taxpayer expense, pushing relentlessly to lower home loan standards for Hispanic borrowers, reaping millions in federal "mortgage counseling" grants, seeking special multimillion-dollar earmarks and partnering with banks that do business with illegal aliens.
1. "The Race" thrives on ethnic supremacy -- and the elite sheeple's unwillingness to call it what it is. As historian Victor Davis Hanson observes: "[The] organization's very nomenclature 'The National Council of La Raza' is hate speech to the core. Despite all the contortions of the group, Raza (as its Latin cognate suggests) reflects the meaning of 'race' in Spanish, not 'the people' -- and that's precisely why we don't hear of something like 'The National Council of the People,' which would not confer the buzz notion of ethnic, racial and tribal chauvinism."
The fringe is the center. The center is the fringe. Viva La Raza.
DO YOU REALLY WANT NARCOMEX ELECTING ALL FUTURE PRESIDENTS? DO YOU THINK THAT WILL BENEFIT LEGALS?
Latino Democrats Tout Migrants as Their Constituents
Democratic Latino politicians are demanding President Joe Biden protect the interests of foreign migrants, regardless of the huge civic and pocketbook damage to unhyphenated Americans, Latino-Americans, and legal immigrants.
“We are here to protect immigration as it is,” Rep. Nanette Barragan (D-CA), told an audience of legislators, activists, and media at a December 13 rally beside the Capitol.
The rally called on President Joe Biden to deny any significant concessions to GOP negotiators in the debate over his demand for $14 billion in emergency funds to accelerate and hide his migration flood, and funds for wartime aid for Israel and Ukraine.
Republicans on the Senate Committee on Rules and Administration, led by Sen. Katie Britt (R-AL), have introduced legislation that would give states the power to verify the American citizenship of applicants registering to vote via mail.
This week, Britt and fellow Republicans introduced the “Citizen Ballot Protection Act” which would give states the ability to more accurately verify that only American citizens are being approved for voter registrations.
Britt said the legislation is necessary as several blue states, counties, and cities pass ordinances opening voting rights to foreign nationals — at least for municipal elections.
“Voting in our country is a sacred right that must solely be limited to American citizens. To allow States to uphold this principle should be simple commonsense,” Britt said:
We are seeing certain cities across our nation begin to openly allow noncitizens to vote in local elections. This effectively disenfranchises hardworking American citizens, insults those American citizens who came to our country legally and took the time and effort to go through the citizenship process, and undermines faith in our entire electoral system — which is a cornerstone of our nation that we cannot allow to crumble. [Emphasis added]
It should not be controversial that states have the legal right to prevent noncitizens — including illegal migrants and official representatives of foreign adversaries — from voting in state and federal elections. I’m proud to work with Representative Palmer and my Senate colleagues to ensure that we pass this legislation and stand up for the right of Americans – and only Americans – to vote in American elections. [Emphasis added]
The legislation would amend the National Voting Rights Act to allow states to require proof of citizenship for those applicants registering to vote in state and federal elections by mail.
Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-KY) as well as Sens. Deb Fischer (R-NE), Ted Cruz (R-TX), Shelley Moore Capito (R-WV.), Roger Wicker (R-MS.), Cindy Hyde-Smith (R-MS), and Bill Hagerty (R-TN) are co-sponsoring the bill.
Last week, Rep. Nicole Malliotakis (R-NY) accused New York City officials of attempting to register to vote newly arrived border crossers and illegal aliens living in city shelters.
That accusation came after New York City Democrats sought to give municipal voting rights to nearly a million foreign nationals living across the city in 2021. That effort, though, was struck down last year by the New York Supreme Court.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Email him at jbinder@breitbart.com. Follow him on Twitter here.
Obama Funds the Mexican Fascist Party of LA RAZA “The Race”
FIFTEEN THINGS YOU SHOULD KNOW
ABOUT LA RAZA “THE RACE”
by Michelle Malkin
Only in America could critics of a group called "The Race" be labeled racists. Such is the triumph of left-wing identity chauvinists, whose aggressive activists and supine abettors have succeeded in redefining all opposition as "hate."
Both Barack Obama and John McCain will speak this week in San Diego at the annual conference of the National Council of La Raza, the Latino organization whose name is Spanish for, yes, "The Race." Can you imagine Obama and McCain paying homage to a group of white people who called themselves that? No matter. The presidential candidates and the media have legitimized "The Race" as a mainstream ethnic lobbying group and marginalized its critics as intolerant bigots. The unvarnished truth is that the group is a radical ethnic nationalist outfit that abuses your tax dollars and milks PC politics to undermine our sovereignty.
Here are 15 things you should know about "The Race":
15. "The Race" supports driver's licenses for illegal aliens.
14."The Race" demands in-state tuition discounts for illegal alien students that are not available to law-abiding U.S. citizens and law-abiding legal immigrants.
13. "The Race" vehemently opposes cooperative immigration enforcement efforts between local, state and federal authorities.
12. "The Race" opposes a secure fence on the southern border.
11. "The Race" joined the American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee in a failed lawsuit attempt to prevent the feds from entering immigration information into a key national crime database -- and to prevent local police officers from accessing the data.
10. "The Race" opposed the state of Oklahoma's tough immigration-enforcement-first laws, which cut off welfare to illegal aliens, put teeth in employer sanctions and strengthened local-federal cooperation and information sharing.
9. "The Race" joined other open-borders, anti-assimilationists and sued to prevent Proposition 227, California's bilingual education reform ballot initiative, from becoming law.
8. "The Race" bitterly protested common-sense voter ID provisions as an "absolute disgrace."
7. "The Race" has consistently opposed post-9/11 national security measures at every turn.
6. Former "Race" president Raul Yzaguirre, Hillary Clinton's Hispanic outreach adviser, said this: "U.S. English is to Hispanics as the Ku Klux Klan is to blacks." He was referring to U.S. English, the nation's oldest, largest citizens' action group dedicated to preserving the unifying role of the English language in the United States. "The Race" also pioneered Orwellian open-borders Newspeak and advised the Mexican government on how to lobby for illegal alien amnesty while avoiding the terms "illegal" and "amnesty."
5. "The Race" gives mainstream cover to a poisonous subset of ideological satellites, led by Movimiento Estudiantil Chicano de Aztlan, or Chicano Student Movement of Aztlan (MEChA). The late GOP Rep. Charlie Norwood rightly characterized the organization as "a radical racist group … one of the most anti-American groups in the country, which has permeated U.S. campuses since the 1960s, and continues its push to carve a racist nation out of the American West."
4. "The Race" is currently leading a smear campaign against staunch immigration enforcement leaders and has called for TV and cable news networks to keep immigration enforcement proponents off the airwaves -- in addition to pushing for Fairness Doctrine policies to shut up their foes. The New York Times reported that current "Race" president Janet Murguia believes "hate speech" should "not be tolerated, even if such censorship were a violation of First Amendment rights."
3. "The Race" sponsors militant ethnic nationalist charter schools subsidized by your public tax dollars (at least $8 million in federal education grants). The schools include Aztlan Academy in Tucson, Ariz., the Mexicayotl Academy in Nogales, Ariz., Academia Cesar Chavez Charter School in St. Paul, Minn., and La Academia Semillas del Pueblo in Los Angeles, whose principal inveighed: "We don't want to drink from a White water fountain, we have our own wells and our natural reservoirs and our way of collecting rain in our aqueducts. We don't need a White water fountain … ultimately the White way, the American way, the neo liberal, capitalist way of life will eventually lead to our own destruction."
2. "The Race" has perfected the art of the PC shakedown at taxpayer expense, pushing relentlessly to lower home loan standards for Hispanic borrowers, reaping millions in federal "mortgage counseling" grants, seeking special multimillion-dollar earmarks and partnering with banks that do business with illegal aliens.
1. "The Race" thrives on ethnic supremacy -- and the elite sheeple's unwillingness to call it what it is. As historian Victor Davis Hanson observes: "[The] organization's very nomenclature 'The National Council of La Raza' is hate speech to the core. Despite all the contortions of the group, Raza (as its Latin cognate suggests) reflects the meaning of 'race' in Spanish, not 'the people' -- and that's precisely why we don't hear of something like 'The National Council of the People,' which would not confer the buzz notion of ethnic, racial and tribal chauvinism."
The fringe is the center. The center is the fringe. Viva La Raza.
DO YOU REALLY WANT NARCOMEX ELECTING ALL FUTURE PRESIDENTS? DO YOU THINK THAT WILL BENEFIT LEGALS?
Latino Democrats Tout Migrants as Their Constituents
Democratic Latino politicians are demanding President Joe Biden protect the interests of foreign migrants, regardless of the huge civic and pocketbook damage to unhyphenated Americans, Latino-Americans, and legal immigrants.
“We are here to protect immigration as it is,” Rep. Nanette Barragan (D-CA), told an audience of legislators, activists, and media at a December 13 rally beside the Capitol.
The rally called on President Joe Biden to deny any significant concessions to GOP negotiators in the debate over his demand for $14 billion in emergency funds to accelerate and hide his migration flood, and funds for wartime aid for Israel and Ukraine.
A State-by-State Look at Noncitizen Voting
Very recently, the Heartland Institute and Rasmussen Reports released the shocking results of their survey of 1,085 national likely voters. Of the ten questions asked, I think the most disturbing responses were related to these:
- “During the 2020 election, did you cast a mail-in ballot in a state where you were no longer a permanent resident?” (17% said, “Yes.”).
- “During the 2020 election, did a friend, family member, or organization, such as a political party, offer to pay or reward you for voting?” (8% said, “Yes.”).
- “Do you know a friend, family member, co-worker, or other acquaintance who has admitted to you that he or she filled out a ballot on behalf of another person?” (11% said, “Yes.”).
Those results are bad enough, but I’d like to expand them to include two groups that probably did not respond to the survey: noncitizens and dead people. I could be wrong about the noncitizens, but I am certain I am correct with regard to our lately departed friends.
In 2018, at an event with Senator Elizabeth Warren, Georgia gubernatorial candidate Stacey Abrams told supporters that a “blue wave” would carry her to victory in her competition with Brian Kemp. That wave, she emphasized, would include both documented and undocumented voters.
It may seem shocking that a major candidate would advocate the recruitment of illegal voters, but Abrams was simply saying out loud what many politicians seem to welcome.
The impact of noncitizens on the Electoral College
Noncitizens have significantly impacted our elections for decades, in more ways than one. Let’s start with the impact of noncitizens on the Electoral College. The Kaiser Family Foundation estimates that noncitizens constitute 6.5 percent of the U.S. population. If that estimate is correct, we can calculate exactly how many of the electoral votes are assigned to that illegal element of our population. The number is 29.
Who gets those 29 electoral votes? Primarily, they are awarded to certain Democrat “sanctuary” states and to border states. Those include Arizona, California, Florida, Maryland, Massachusetts, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, Rhode Island, Texas, and the State of Washington, along with Washington, D.C. Of course, with Biden’s open border policy, the 29 noncitizen electors will rise sharply after the next Census. In a close election, those noncitizen “electors” could change the presidential election results.
Noncitizens who vote in Texas
In early 2019, the Texas secretary of state compiled a list of about 95,000 people who appeared to be noncitizens yet had also registered to vote in one or more elections. In addition, the secretary found 58,000 noncitizens who might have actually voted. It was not a final list: the goal was simply to make inquiries. But the Republican secretary of state did not understand that sensitive Democrat voters might find those questions intimidating. Soon, multiple lawsuits were filed (claiming voter intimidation), and a quick judicial decision shut down the process.
As a result of the court’s ruling, the Texas secretary of state was forced to modify his procedures, and he made modifications that seriously undermined efforts to investigate noncitizen voting.
Here is how the new Texas system works: the only people who can be investigated are those who register to vote and subsequently confess to the Texas Department of Public Safety that they are not citizens. In effect, the voter has to volunteer that he may have committed a felony.
Despite the crazy new rules, the Texas secretary of state has identified nearly 12,000 noncitizens who may have registered to vote — in just the four Texas counties studied.
Georgia — 80,000 complaints
In 2021, Georgia passed a law that gave citizens the right to lodge election-related challenges against fellow voters in their own counties. These challenges could be made for a variety of reasons — not just lack of citizenship. Since that time, 80,000 challenges have been filed. CBS News seems to be upset about these “intimidating” challenges, yet 12,000 have already been upheld. That number is higher than Biden’s winning margin in the 2020 Georgia election.
Nevada — Noncitizen voters
In response to allegations made by President Trump and Nevada GOP legislators, the Nevada secretary of state did some investigating of election irregularities — several months after the 2020 election. One of the issues she investigated concerned noncitizen voters.
The secretary asked the Nevada Department of Motor Vehicles to identify individuals who had “presented an immigration document” during the previous five years. That method led to a list of 110,163 potential noncitizens, of which 5,320 were active voters. As the secretary correctly pointed out, some of the 5,320 voters may have become naturalized citizens during the five-year period. On the other hand, there are two significant reasons why the 5,320 estimate may be far too small.
- If the secretary had used a 15-year look-back period (instead of five), it is likely that the number of potential noncitizens would have been substantially higher.
- Many noncitizens do not even present their immigration papers when applying for a driver’s license. Those people would be totally excluded from the secretary’s analysis.
Wisconsin — No effort made to block noncitizen voting
Do you know how many noncitizens voted in Wisconsin during the 2020 election? The number is unknowable because the Wisconsin Elections Commission failed to comply with requirements of federal law.
Section 21083 of the Help America Vote Act requires that states remove the names of noncitizens from their computerized lists of qualified voters. Wisconsin did not do that for the 2020 election.
According to the Wisconsin special counsel, who audited the election, “Wisconsin election officials failed to prevent noncitizens from voting in the 2020 Presidential election — casting doubt on the election result.”
For that reason alone, we cannot say with any confidence that the election in Wisconsin was fair and legal.
Nationwide — Voting by 300,000 deceased people
Starting in 2019, the Public Interest Legal Foundation (PILF) engaged in a huge project to determine the accuracy of the nation’s voter registration records. In September 2020, it issued a disturbing report.
Here are some of the findings: The organization found 349,773 deceased voter registrants across 41 states, 43,760 duplicate registrants who cast two votes each in 2016, and 37,889 duplicate registrants who cast two votes each in 2018. Most of the duplicate registrants were mail-in voters.
As a result of these findings, PILF reached these conclusions:
What does this report show? It appears there are hundreds of thousands of undetected dead registrants, dead registrants casting ballots, registrants with multiple registrations within the same state and different states, people voting twice across state lines, and many registered at improper commercial addresses like casinos, gas stations, and restaurants.
The PILF conclusions are not really surprising. Way back in 2012, the highly respected Pew Research Center estimated that there was a huge number of registration errors, throughout several states. It stated:
- Approximately 24 million — one of every eight — voter registrations in the United States are no longer valid or are significantly inaccurate.
- More than 1.8 million deceased individuals are listed as voters.
- Approximately 2.75 million people have registrations in more than one state.
Arizona gives us the best evidence of noncitizen voting
Thanks to policies adopted in Arizona, we have a fairly good idea of the size and growth of the noncitizen voting problem. To accommodate a Supreme Court ruling that blocked officials from requiring proof of citizenship, Arizona began using two different registration forms a few years ago. The Arizona state form requires proof of citizenship, and it enables the user to vote in any election: federal, state, or local. The other form is called the “federal only” form because it enables a person to vote only in federal elections.
We can guess at the number of noncitizen voters in Arizona by assessing the meteoric growth in the use of the federal only registration form, which is primarily used by noncitizens.
In 2018, there were around 11,900 federal only voters. Two years later, Just the News reported that the number grew to 36,500, and by October 2022, there were 43,200 Arizonans registered with the federal only form. That is a 360% increase in just four years — an amazing growth rate for a form that is of limited use to the voter.
At that rate, we can expect over 50,000 Arizona federal-only voters by 2024.
Joe Fried is an Ohio-based CPA who has performed and reviewed hundreds of certified financial audits. He is the author of the book Debunked? and a new book called How Elections Are Stolen. It outlines 23 problems that must be fixed before the 2024 elections. More information can be found at https://joefriedcpa.substack.com (a permanently free subscription).
Image: cagdesign via Pixabay, Pixabay License.
Very recently, the Heartland Institute and Rasmussen Reports released the shocking results of their survey of 1,085 national likely voters. Of the ten questions asked, I think the most disturbing responses were related to these:
- “During the 2020 election, did you cast a mail-in ballot in a state where you were no longer a permanent resident?” (17% said, “Yes.”).
- “During the 2020 election, did a friend, family member, or organization, such as a political party, offer to pay or reward you for voting?” (8% said, “Yes.”).
- “Do you know a friend, family member, co-worker, or other acquaintance who has admitted to you that he or she filled out a ballot on behalf of another person?” (11% said, “Yes.”).
Those results are bad enough, but I’d like to expand them to include two groups that probably did not respond to the survey: noncitizens and dead people. I could be wrong about the noncitizens, but I am certain I am correct with regard to our lately departed friends.
In 2018, at an event with Senator Elizabeth Warren, Georgia gubernatorial candidate Stacey Abrams told supporters that a “blue wave” would carry her to victory in her competition with Brian Kemp. That wave, she emphasized, would include both documented and undocumented voters.
It may seem shocking that a major candidate would advocate the recruitment of illegal voters, but Abrams was simply saying out loud what many politicians seem to welcome.
The impact of noncitizens on the Electoral College
Noncitizens have significantly impacted our elections for decades, in more ways than one. Let’s start with the impact of noncitizens on the Electoral College. The Kaiser Family Foundation estimates that noncitizens constitute 6.5 percent of the U.S. population. If that estimate is correct, we can calculate exactly how many of the electoral votes are assigned to that illegal element of our population. The number is 29.
Who gets those 29 electoral votes? Primarily, they are awarded to certain Democrat “sanctuary” states and to border states. Those include Arizona, California, Florida, Maryland, Massachusetts, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, Rhode Island, Texas, and the State of Washington, along with Washington, D.C. Of course, with Biden’s open border policy, the 29 noncitizen electors will rise sharply after the next Census. In a close election, those noncitizen “electors” could change the presidential election results.
Noncitizens who vote in Texas
In early 2019, the Texas secretary of state compiled a list of about 95,000 people who appeared to be noncitizens yet had also registered to vote in one or more elections. In addition, the secretary found 58,000 noncitizens who might have actually voted. It was not a final list: the goal was simply to make inquiries. But the Republican secretary of state did not understand that sensitive Democrat voters might find those questions intimidating. Soon, multiple lawsuits were filed (claiming voter intimidation), and a quick judicial decision shut down the process.
As a result of the court’s ruling, the Texas secretary of state was forced to modify his procedures, and he made modifications that seriously undermined efforts to investigate noncitizen voting.
Here is how the new Texas system works: the only people who can be investigated are those who register to vote and subsequently confess to the Texas Department of Public Safety that they are not citizens. In effect, the voter has to volunteer that he may have committed a felony.
Despite the crazy new rules, the Texas secretary of state has identified nearly 12,000 noncitizens who may have registered to vote — in just the four Texas counties studied.
Georgia — 80,000 complaints
In 2021, Georgia passed a law that gave citizens the right to lodge election-related challenges against fellow voters in their own counties. These challenges could be made for a variety of reasons — not just lack of citizenship. Since that time, 80,000 challenges have been filed. CBS News seems to be upset about these “intimidating” challenges, yet 12,000 have already been upheld. That number is higher than Biden’s winning margin in the 2020 Georgia election.
Nevada — Noncitizen voters
In response to allegations made by President Trump and Nevada GOP legislators, the Nevada secretary of state did some investigating of election irregularities — several months after the 2020 election. One of the issues she investigated concerned noncitizen voters.
The secretary asked the Nevada Department of Motor Vehicles to identify individuals who had “presented an immigration document” during the previous five years. That method led to a list of 110,163 potential noncitizens, of which 5,320 were active voters. As the secretary correctly pointed out, some of the 5,320 voters may have become naturalized citizens during the five-year period. On the other hand, there are two significant reasons why the 5,320 estimate may be far too small.
- If the secretary had used a 15-year look-back period (instead of five), it is likely that the number of potential noncitizens would have been substantially higher.
- Many noncitizens do not even present their immigration papers when applying for a driver’s license. Those people would be totally excluded from the secretary’s analysis.
Wisconsin — No effort made to block noncitizen voting
Do you know how many noncitizens voted in Wisconsin during the 2020 election? The number is unknowable because the Wisconsin Elections Commission failed to comply with requirements of federal law.
Section 21083 of the Help America Vote Act requires that states remove the names of noncitizens from their computerized lists of qualified voters. Wisconsin did not do that for the 2020 election.
According to the Wisconsin special counsel, who audited the election, “Wisconsin election officials failed to prevent noncitizens from voting in the 2020 Presidential election — casting doubt on the election result.”
For that reason alone, we cannot say with any confidence that the election in Wisconsin was fair and legal.
Nationwide — Voting by 300,000 deceased people
Starting in 2019, the Public Interest Legal Foundation (PILF) engaged in a huge project to determine the accuracy of the nation’s voter registration records. In September 2020, it issued a disturbing report.
Here are some of the findings: The organization found 349,773 deceased voter registrants across 41 states, 43,760 duplicate registrants who cast two votes each in 2016, and 37,889 duplicate registrants who cast two votes each in 2018. Most of the duplicate registrants were mail-in voters.
As a result of these findings, PILF reached these conclusions:
What does this report show? It appears there are hundreds of thousands of undetected dead registrants, dead registrants casting ballots, registrants with multiple registrations within the same state and different states, people voting twice across state lines, and many registered at improper commercial addresses like casinos, gas stations, and restaurants.
The PILF conclusions are not really surprising. Way back in 2012, the highly respected Pew Research Center estimated that there was a huge number of registration errors, throughout several states. It stated:
- Approximately 24 million — one of every eight — voter registrations in the United States are no longer valid or are significantly inaccurate.
- More than 1.8 million deceased individuals are listed as voters.
- Approximately 2.75 million people have registrations in more than one state.
Arizona gives us the best evidence of noncitizen voting
Thanks to policies adopted in Arizona, we have a fairly good idea of the size and growth of the noncitizen voting problem. To accommodate a Supreme Court ruling that blocked officials from requiring proof of citizenship, Arizona began using two different registration forms a few years ago. The Arizona state form requires proof of citizenship, and it enables the user to vote in any election: federal, state, or local. The other form is called the “federal only” form because it enables a person to vote only in federal elections.
We can guess at the number of noncitizen voters in Arizona by assessing the meteoric growth in the use of the federal only registration form, which is primarily used by noncitizens.
In 2018, there were around 11,900 federal only voters. Two years later, Just the News reported that the number grew to 36,500, and by October 2022, there were 43,200 Arizonans registered with the federal only form. That is a 360% increase in just four years — an amazing growth rate for a form that is of limited use to the voter.
At that rate, we can expect over 50,000 Arizona federal-only voters by 2024.
Joe Fried is an Ohio-based CPA who has performed and reviewed hundreds of certified financial audits. He is the author of the book Debunked? and a new book called How Elections Are Stolen. It outlines 23 problems that must be fixed before the 2024 elections. More information can be found at https://joefriedcpa.substack.com (a permanently free subscription).
Image: cagdesign via Pixabay, Pixabay License.
Photo ID Required to Enter Businesses - But, Not to Vote - Due to DC Mayor Bowser’s New Mandate
By Craig Bannister | January 12, 2022 | 12:58pm EST
D.C. Mayor Muriel Bowser
(Screenshot)
Democrat D.C. Mayor Muriel Bowser’s new COVID mandate requires people to show photo proof of identification in order to enter businesses – but, the Nation’s Capital does not require photo identification to vote, except in rare cases.
“Somehow, the Left wants you to believe it is racist to ask for photo identification to vote, but not discriminatory to ask for photo ID in order to enter restaurants, bars, movie theaters, or gyms in the name of COVID-19 safety,” The Daily Wire reports:
“On Saturday [Jan. 15, 2022], Democratic Mayor Muriel Bowser’s vaccine mandate is set to go into effect in Washington, requiring nearly every business and entertainment venue located in the nation’s capital to verify that patrons are vaccinated against COVID-19 with at least one shot. As part of that mandate for patrons over the age of 18, customers will have to show photo ID as proof their name matches the vaccination card they present for entry. Despite that, the District does not require photo identification for most voters with two exceptions.”
“Before patrons can access the indoor portion of the business, a business is required to check the patron’s proof of vaccination,” the D.C. government website detailing the mandate explains.
“Remember that starting Saturday you will need these three things before heading out: 1. Proof of vaccination (12 years +), 2. Proof of vaccination and Photo ID (18 years +), 3. Mask,” Mayor Bowser tweeted Tuesday.
The following types of businesses will be required to check vaccination status:
• Indoor food and drink establishments, such as:
o Restaurants
o Nightclubs
o Taverns
o Food halls/courts
o Breweries, wineries, and distillery tasting rooms
o Seated dining halls, restaurants, and cafes in museums, libraries, hotels, and other
public venues
• Indoor cultural and entertainment establishments, such as:
o Concert, live entertainment venues
o Sporting venues
o Movie theaters
o Pool and billiard halls
o Bowling alleys
o Cigar bars
o Hookah bars
o Adult entertainment venues
• Indoor exercise and recreational facilities, such as:
o Gyms
o Fitness Studios
• Indoor event and meeting establishments, such as:
o Hotel meeting rooms
o Banquet halls
o Conference center meeting facilities
o Event/banquet halls in museums and libraries
o Convention centers
o Auditoriums
o Shared work facilities when hosting events
• Any other indoor establishment designated by the Director of the DC Department of
Health
“In the past Democratic Party leaders and others in the media have suggested that requiring ID to vote is tantamount to enacting ‘New Jim Crow’ laws because they argue black Americans are less likely to have voter ID than their white counterparts,” The Daily Wire notes, citing comments by President Joe Biden and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU).
Last August, CNSNews.com reported that 81% of all voters nationally, including 77% of Black voters, support laws requiring voters to provide a photo I.D.
People entering the establishment to use the bathroom room or pick up a to-go item are exempt from the proof of vaccination/identification mandate, as long as they were “a well-fitted face covering.”
By Craig Bannister | January 12, 2022 | 12:58pm EST
D.C. Mayor Muriel Bowser
(Screenshot)
Democrat D.C. Mayor Muriel Bowser’s new COVID mandate requires people to show photo proof of identification in order to enter businesses – but, the Nation’s Capital does not require photo identification to vote, except in rare cases.
“Somehow, the Left wants you to believe it is racist to ask for photo identification to vote, but not discriminatory to ask for photo ID in order to enter restaurants, bars, movie theaters, or gyms in the name of COVID-19 safety,” The Daily Wire reports:
“On Saturday [Jan. 15, 2022], Democratic Mayor Muriel Bowser’s vaccine mandate is set to go into effect in Washington, requiring nearly every business and entertainment venue located in the nation’s capital to verify that patrons are vaccinated against COVID-19 with at least one shot. As part of that mandate for patrons over the age of 18, customers will have to show photo ID as proof their name matches the vaccination card they present for entry. Despite that, the District does not require photo identification for most voters with two exceptions.”
“Before patrons can access the indoor portion of the business, a business is required to check the patron’s proof of vaccination,” the D.C. government website detailing the mandate explains.
“Remember that starting Saturday you will need these three things before heading out: 1. Proof of vaccination (12 years +), 2. Proof of vaccination and Photo ID (18 years +), 3. Mask,” Mayor Bowser tweeted Tuesday.
The following types of businesses will be required to check vaccination status:
• Indoor food and drink establishments, such as:
o Restaurants
o Nightclubs
o Taverns
o Food halls/courts
o Breweries, wineries, and distillery tasting rooms
o Seated dining halls, restaurants, and cafes in museums, libraries, hotels, and other
public venues
• Indoor cultural and entertainment establishments, such as:
o Concert, live entertainment venues
o Sporting venues
o Movie theaters
o Pool and billiard halls
o Bowling alleys
o Cigar bars
o Hookah bars
o Adult entertainment venues
• Indoor exercise and recreational facilities, such as:
o Gyms
o Fitness Studios
• Indoor event and meeting establishments, such as:
o Hotel meeting rooms
o Banquet halls
o Conference center meeting facilities
o Event/banquet halls in museums and libraries
o Convention centers
o Auditoriums
o Shared work facilities when hosting events
• Any other indoor establishment designated by the Director of the DC Department of
Health“In the past Democratic Party leaders and others in the media have suggested that requiring ID to vote is tantamount to enacting ‘New Jim Crow’ laws because they argue black Americans are less likely to have voter ID than their white counterparts,” The Daily Wire notes, citing comments by President Joe Biden and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU).
Last August, CNSNews.com reported that 81% of all voters nationally, including 77% of Black voters, support laws requiring voters to provide a photo I.D.
People entering the establishment to use the bathroom room or pick up a to-go item are exempt from the proof of vaccination/identification mandate, as long as they were “a well-fitted face covering.”
Voter ID Requirements Make Sense
By Terence P. Jeffrey | January 12, 2022 | 4:15am EST
Government-issued photo identification is required at polling places in Virginia. (Photo by ANDREW CABALLERO-REYNOLDS/AFP via Getty Images)
A young man who looks like a teenager walks into a liquor store and pulls a bottle of cheap whiskey off a shelf.
He puts it down at the checkout counter and pulls out his wallet.
The clerk at the counter looks at him skeptically. "Can I see your ID?" he asks.
"Yes," says the young man, who instantly takes his driver's license out of his wallet and hands it to the clerk.
The driver's license indicates to the clerk that the customer in front of him had turned 21 two months ago. He sells him the cheap whiskey.
Then another young man walks into the store. He grabs a bottle of very expensive champagne and puts it on the counter.
Once again, the clerk asks the young man if he has an ID.
"No," says the young man.
"Then I can't sell you this champagne," says the clerk.
"You have got to be kidding me," says the young man. "I am 22 years old."
"Then prove it," says the clerk.
"I left my driver's license at home," says the young man.
"Then go get it," says the clerk.
"No, I'll go buy my champagne somewhere else," says the young man, who leaves the store in disgust.
This second hypothetical young man, however, was only 19, which made him old enough to vote but not old enough to buy champagne.
If it were up to the Democrats in the U.S. House of Representatives, neither of these young men — or anyone else — would need to show an ID to vote.
Last March, 220 of the 221 Democrats in the House — but not one Republican — voted to pass the "For the People Act."
The introduction to the bill claimed it had the following purpose: "To expand Americans' access to the ballot box, reduce the influence of big money in politics, strengthen ethics rules for public servants, and implement other anti-corruption measures for the purpose of fortifying our democracy, and for other purposes."
"Congress also finds that States and localities have eroded access to the right to vote through restrictions on the right to vote including excessively onerous voter identification requirements," said the bill.
One section of the bill carried this title: "Permitting use of sworn written statement to meet identification requirements for voting."
"Except as provided in subsection (c)," it says, "if a State has in effect a requirement that an individual present identification as a condition of receiving and casting a ballot in an election for Federal office, the State shall permit the individual to meet the requirement — (A) in the case of an individual who desires to vote in person, by presenting the appropriate State or local election official with a sworn written statement, signed by the individual under penalty of perjury, attesting to the individual's identity and attesting that the individual is eligible to vote in the election; or (B) in the case of an individual who desires to vote by mail, by submitting with the ballot the statement described in subparagraph (A)."
"The Commission," the bill said, "shall develop a pre-printed version of the statement described in paragraph (1)(A) which includes a blank space for an individual to provide a name and signature for use by election officials in States which are subject to paragraph (1)."
So, if this bill were to become law, a person could simply sign a pre-printed government form and drop a ballot in a mailbox without presenting anyone with an identification.
Sen. Amy Klobuchar (D-Minnesota) has offered a slightly stricter bill in the Senate. It is called the "Freedom to Vote Act."
One part of this bill is headlined: "Voter Identification and Allowable Alternatives." It says in part: "If a State or local jurisdiction has a voter identification requirement, the State or local jurisdiction — (A) shall treat any applicable identifying document as meeting such voter identification requirement."
"The term 'applicable identifying document' means, with respect to any individual, any document issued to such individual containing the individual's name," it says.
It then stipulates that this document can only have expired within the past four years. "The term 'applicable identifying documents,'" says the bill, "shall include any of the following (so long as that document has not expired or, if expired, expired no earlier than four years before the date of presentation)."
Some of the "applicable identifying documents" then listed in the bill are completely reasonable: "A driver's license or an identification card issued by a State, the Federal Government, or a State or federally recognized Tribal government."
Some are more dubious: "A bank card or debit card."
So, if this bill became law, a debit card that expired in 2021 would be a valid identification for someone voting in 2024.
It is not unreasonable in the 21st century to require people who want to vote to demonstrate that they are legally eligible to do so by presenting a valid form of identification.
(Terence P. Jeffrey is the editor-in-chief of CNSNews.com.)
https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2021/03/20/ted-cruz-conservatives-to-hold-west-virginia-rally-against-corrupt-politicians-act/
By Terence P. Jeffrey | January 12, 2022 | 4:15am EST
Government-issued photo identification is required at polling places in Virginia. (Photo by ANDREW CABALLERO-REYNOLDS/AFP via Getty Images)
A young man who looks like a teenager walks into a liquor store and pulls a bottle of cheap whiskey off a shelf.
He puts it down at the checkout counter and pulls out his wallet.
The clerk at the counter looks at him skeptically. "Can I see your ID?" he asks.
"Yes," says the young man, who instantly takes his driver's license out of his wallet and hands it to the clerk.
The driver's license indicates to the clerk that the customer in front of him had turned 21 two months ago. He sells him the cheap whiskey.
Then another young man walks into the store. He grabs a bottle of very expensive champagne and puts it on the counter.
Once again, the clerk asks the young man if he has an ID.
"No," says the young man.
"Then I can't sell you this champagne," says the clerk.
"You have got to be kidding me," says the young man. "I am 22 years old."
"Then prove it," says the clerk.
"I left my driver's license at home," says the young man.
"Then go get it," says the clerk.
"No, I'll go buy my champagne somewhere else," says the young man, who leaves the store in disgust.
This second hypothetical young man, however, was only 19, which made him old enough to vote but not old enough to buy champagne.
If it were up to the Democrats in the U.S. House of Representatives, neither of these young men — or anyone else — would need to show an ID to vote.
Last March, 220 of the 221 Democrats in the House — but not one Republican — voted to pass the "For the People Act."
The introduction to the bill claimed it had the following purpose: "To expand Americans' access to the ballot box, reduce the influence of big money in politics, strengthen ethics rules for public servants, and implement other anti-corruption measures for the purpose of fortifying our democracy, and for other purposes."
"Congress also finds that States and localities have eroded access to the right to vote through restrictions on the right to vote including excessively onerous voter identification requirements," said the bill.
One section of the bill carried this title: "Permitting use of sworn written statement to meet identification requirements for voting."
"Except as provided in subsection (c)," it says, "if a State has in effect a requirement that an individual present identification as a condition of receiving and casting a ballot in an election for Federal office, the State shall permit the individual to meet the requirement — (A) in the case of an individual who desires to vote in person, by presenting the appropriate State or local election official with a sworn written statement, signed by the individual under penalty of perjury, attesting to the individual's identity and attesting that the individual is eligible to vote in the election; or (B) in the case of an individual who desires to vote by mail, by submitting with the ballot the statement described in subparagraph (A)."
"The Commission," the bill said, "shall develop a pre-printed version of the statement described in paragraph (1)(A) which includes a blank space for an individual to provide a name and signature for use by election officials in States which are subject to paragraph (1)."
So, if this bill were to become law, a person could simply sign a pre-printed government form and drop a ballot in a mailbox without presenting anyone with an identification.
Sen. Amy Klobuchar (D-Minnesota) has offered a slightly stricter bill in the Senate. It is called the "Freedom to Vote Act."
One part of this bill is headlined: "Voter Identification and Allowable Alternatives." It says in part: "If a State or local jurisdiction has a voter identification requirement, the State or local jurisdiction — (A) shall treat any applicable identifying document as meeting such voter identification requirement."
"The term 'applicable identifying document' means, with respect to any individual, any document issued to such individual containing the individual's name," it says.
It then stipulates that this document can only have expired within the past four years. "The term 'applicable identifying documents,'" says the bill, "shall include any of the following (so long as that document has not expired or, if expired, expired no earlier than four years before the date of presentation)."
Some of the "applicable identifying documents" then listed in the bill are completely reasonable: "A driver's license or an identification card issued by a State, the Federal Government, or a State or federally recognized Tribal government."
Some are more dubious: "A bank card or debit card."
So, if this bill became law, a debit card that expired in 2021 would be a valid identification for someone voting in 2024.
It is not unreasonable in the 21st century to require people who want to vote to demonstrate that they are legally eligible to do so by presenting a valid form of identification.
(Terence P. Jeffrey is the editor-in-chief of CNSNews.com.)
https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2021/03/20/ted-cruz-conservatives-to-hold-west-virginia-rally-against-corrupt-politicians-act/
Ted Cruz, Conservatives to Hold West Virginia Rally Against H.R. 1, the ‘Corrupt Politicians Act’
Sen. Ted Cruz (R-TX) and conservative activists will hold a rally at the West Virginia state capitol Saturday against the “Corrupt Politicians Act.”
The Council for National Policy Act will host a rally at the Charleston, West Virginia state capitol at 1:00 P.M. Eastern.
The rally will feature conservative leaders to rally against H.R. 1/S.1, the For the People Act, which the leaders refer to as the “Corrupt Politicians Act.” The legislation already passed the House. The rally will feature:
· Sen. Ted Cruz;
· Eric Berger, co-founder of FreeRoots;
· Jake Hoffman, president and CEO of Rally Forge;
· Ken Blackwell, board member of CNP Action and former Ohio secretary of state;
· Kelly Shackelford, chairman of CNP Action, and president and CEO of First Liberty Institute;
· Mike Thompson, senior vice president of CRC Advisors.
The rally precedes a hearing on the bill held by the Senate Rules Committee on March 24.
The rally would presumably work to lobby Sen. Joe Manchin (D-WV), a moderate Democrat and swing vote in the 50-50 split Senate.
Manchin’s support or opposition to the Corrupt Politicians Act could help pass or tank the legislation as it works its way through the Senate.
The Corrupt Politicians Act is 791-pages long and would enact a massive transformation of America’s electoral system.
The legislation would:
· Federalize control over congressional elections;
· Declare that standard state and local maintenance of elections systems, such as purging ineligible voters from voter rolls, limiting vote-by-mail, requiring voter ID, and establishing rules against felons voting, would erode the right to vote;
· Restrict lawsuits against the rules in H.R. 1 to the federal court system, which is, coincidentally, favorable to Democrats;
· Establish online and automatic voter registration;
· Protect illegal immigrants from prosecution if they vote;
· Establish same-day voter registration;
· Register minors to vote;
· Mandate early voting;
· Establish nationwide vote-by-mail without a voter ID; and
· Allow ballots to be counted ten days after Election Day.
Sen. Cruz said this week the Corrupt Politicians Act is the most “dangerous piece of legislation before Congress.” He explained:
It is the single most dangerous piece of legislation before Congress. What I call H.R.1 is the ‘Corrupt Politicians Act.’ […] It’s the number one bill. It’s not about COVID; it’s not about vaccinations; it’s not about getting people back to work; it’s not about getting kids back to school. It is about ensuring that Democrats remain in power and control for the next 100 years. It is a radical bill. What does it do? It federalizes all elections. It strikes down every election reform protection at the state level. So photo ID laws — right now in a lot of states you’ve got to use photo ID to vote — ‘The Corrupt Politician Act’ strikes that down. It sets up automatic voter registration, which would result in millions of illegal immigrants, and criminals, and felons being able to vote. The Democrats believe if illegal immigrants and felons are voting, that benefits the Democrats and keeps them in power. Not only that, it mandates universal mail-in balloting, it mandates ballot harvesting. This is all designed to facilitate fraud.
Follow Breitbart News for more coverage of this hearing.
Sean Moran is a congressional reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter @SeanMoran3.
Sen. Ted Cruz (R-TX) and conservative activists will hold a rally at the West Virginia state capitol Saturday against the “Corrupt Politicians Act.”
The Council for National Policy Act will host a rally at the Charleston, West Virginia state capitol at 1:00 P.M. Eastern.
The rally will feature conservative leaders to rally against H.R. 1/S.1, the For the People Act, which the leaders refer to as the “Corrupt Politicians Act.” The legislation already passed the House. The rally will feature:
· Sen. Ted Cruz;
· Eric Berger, co-founder of FreeRoots;
· Jake Hoffman, president and CEO of Rally Forge;
· Ken Blackwell, board member of CNP Action and former Ohio secretary of state;
· Kelly Shackelford, chairman of CNP Action, and president and CEO of First Liberty Institute;
· Mike Thompson, senior vice president of CRC Advisors.
The rally precedes a hearing on the bill held by the Senate Rules Committee on March 24.
The rally would presumably work to lobby Sen. Joe Manchin (D-WV), a moderate Democrat and swing vote in the 50-50 split Senate.
Manchin’s support or opposition to the Corrupt Politicians Act could help pass or tank the legislation as it works its way through the Senate.
The Corrupt Politicians Act is 791-pages long and would enact a massive transformation of America’s electoral system.
The legislation would:
· Federalize control over congressional elections;
· Declare that standard state and local maintenance of elections systems, such as purging ineligible voters from voter rolls, limiting vote-by-mail, requiring voter ID, and establishing rules against felons voting, would erode the right to vote;
· Restrict lawsuits against the rules in H.R. 1 to the federal court system, which is, coincidentally, favorable to Democrats;
· Establish online and automatic voter registration;
· Protect illegal immigrants from prosecution if they vote;
· Establish same-day voter registration;
· Register minors to vote;
· Mandate early voting;
· Establish nationwide vote-by-mail without a voter ID; and
· Allow ballots to be counted ten days after Election Day.
Sen. Cruz said this week the Corrupt Politicians Act is the most “dangerous piece of legislation before Congress.” He explained:
It is the single most dangerous piece of legislation before Congress. What I call H.R.1 is the ‘Corrupt Politicians Act.’ […] It’s the number one bill. It’s not about COVID; it’s not about vaccinations; it’s not about getting people back to work; it’s not about getting kids back to school. It is about ensuring that Democrats remain in power and control for the next 100 years. It is a radical bill. What does it do? It federalizes all elections. It strikes down every election reform protection at the state level. So photo ID laws — right now in a lot of states you’ve got to use photo ID to vote — ‘The Corrupt Politician Act’ strikes that down. It sets up automatic voter registration, which would result in millions of illegal immigrants, and criminals, and felons being able to vote. The Democrats believe if illegal immigrants and felons are voting, that benefits the Democrats and keeps them in power. Not only that, it mandates universal mail-in balloting, it mandates ballot harvesting. This is all designed to facilitate fraud.
Follow Breitbart News for more coverage of this hearing.
Sean Moran is a congressional reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter @SeanMoran3.
Exclusive Excerpt — Michelle Malkin: ‘Open Borders, Inc: Who’s Funding America’s Destruction?’
The following is an exclusive excerpt from Michelle Malkin’s new book, Open Borders, Inc: Who’s Funding America’s Destruction?, available Tuesday, September 10.
***
The Illegal Alien Shelter Network Operating in Plain Sight from Central America, across Mexico, and into the U.S.
To fully appreciate the manufacturing of the 2018–2019 invasions of our southern border, you must first understand this: Pueblo Sin Fronteras is just one cog in the well-oiled, illegal-alien caravan-generating machine. Let’s start with what open-borders advocates themselves call their “Underground Railroad” of migrant safe houses that extend across Central America, through Mexico, and up and into the U.S… This sprawling network of aid stations has been in place for years, bolstered by global interests, left-wing activists, and religious institutions that advocate for illegal aliens…
In 2012, for example, the United Nations’ International Organization for Migration (IOM) in Mexico signed “cooperation agreements” with three migrant shelters along Mexico’s southern border to support their work assisting “irregulars” traveling through the Mexican states of Chiapas and Oaxaca on their way to the U.S. The IOM pact guaranteed supplies of medicine, hygiene products, construction materials, as well as therapy services and legal training at the previously mentioned Hermanos en el Camino shelter, along with the Catholic-run Hogar de la Misericordia shelter and Jesus el Buen Pastor del Pobre y el Migrante shelter. IOM extended similar aid to nine other migrant shelters in the northern and central parts of Mexico, from Chihuahua, Sonora, and Tamaulipas along the northern border to San Luis Potosi, Veracruz, and Tlaxcala in the center of the country…
On the southern border of Mexico in Chiapas, the city of Tapachula is the first entry point for Central Americans headed to the U.S. There, the Fray MatÃas de Córdova Human Rights Center provides “comprehensive support” to illegal alien travelers, including legal consultations, monitoring detention centers, and offering “online resources, art and
social activities, job training, and basic social services to migrants.”…
Also in Tapachula, the Jesuit Refugee Service (JRS) opens its churches and pastoral centers to provide shelter, monetary aid, voluntary aid, and emergency assistance. Its team of lawyers, psychologists, social workers, and Jesuit clergy spread from Tapachula to Comalapa and Mexico City. JRS staff served as Sherpas for the 2018 caravan marchers and liaisons with the U.N. High Commissioner for Refugees (UNCHR)…
There’s no shortage of travel guides through the expansive network of Catholic volunteers. JRS is part of a binational coalition called the Kino Border Initiative (KBI) stationed in Nogales, Arizona, and Nogales, Sonora, Mexico, since 2009. Along with JRS, the partners who provide “direct humanitarian assistance and accompaniment” with migrants on the trespassing path are: the California Province of the Society of Jesus, the Missionary Sisters of the Eucharist, the Mexican Province of the Society of Jesus, the Diocese of Tucson and the Diocese of Nogales…
Médecins Sans Frontiéres (MSF)/Doctors Without Borders facilitates illegal immigration at our southern doorstep as well as across the Mediterranean Sea, as you’ll see in chapter two. Since 2012, the group boasts, its activists have been providing medical care and mental health care in Mexico to migrants and refugees from Honduras, Guatemala, and El Salvador moving along the migratory route up through Mexico toward the U.S. MSF personnel are on the scene at migrant shelters and mobile clinics that parallel La Bestia railway lines. In addition, the organization opened a comprehensive health center in Mexico City in 2016 for caravan participants. Psychologists, medical doctors, and social workers are at the ready, along with staff who provide a full range of caravan concierge services: “guidance, information on the migrant route and legal rights,” plus “referrals to second and third level medical and mental health service providers.” MSF workers treat “dehydration, skin infections, fatigue, acute stress, anxiety and depression,” injuries from traveling on top of freight trains, and “injuries from violent incidents.” …
The Mexico City region hosts a multitude of casas de migrantes. The El Samaritano migrant house provides meals, baths, medical care, and phone services. It is conveniently located along the train tracks, and has become an inevitable magnet for narcotics and human trafficking. “We will be here until the last migrant passes through,” El Samaritano’s Sister Rosa Bogado vowed to a Miami Herald reporter. At Casa Mambré, a special LGBTQI unit houses transgender migrants who receive separate shelter and psychotherapy services. Casa Tochán (which means “our house” in Nahuatl) teaches guests how to do woodwork and sell artisan crafts. Families bunking at CAFEMIN (Casa de Acogida, Formación y Empoderamiento de la Mujer y Internacional y Nacional, or “House for Shelter, Training and Empowerment of International and National Women”) bake bread and receive asylum advice. Casa del Migrante de Saltillo is gated and has “stunning” mountain views and close proximity to the train tracks. It provides three free meals a day and sells additional snacks and calling cards. Canada, the Netherlands, and the European Union provide donations to the migrant shelter.
Next up: Yelp ratings and TripAdvisor reviews for illegal alien shelters? (I say this only half tongue in cheek. There is already a site called Contratados.org, which is billed as a Yelp or TripAdvisor-style tool that “lets migrant workers rate their experience of recruiters or employers online, by voicemail or by text message.”)
Michelle Malkin is the author of Open Borders, Inc. She is a wife, mother, American conservative blogger and syndicated columnist, political commentator, and #1 New York Times
bestselling author.
***
The Illegal Alien Shelter Network Operating in Plain Sight from Central America, across Mexico, and into the U.S.
To fully appreciate the manufacturing of the 2018–2019 invasions of our southern border, you must first understand this: Pueblo Sin Fronteras is just one cog in the well-oiled, illegal-alien caravan-generating machine. Let’s start with what open-borders advocates themselves call their “Underground Railroad” of migrant safe houses that extend across Central America, through Mexico, and up and into the U.S… This sprawling network of aid stations has been in place for years, bolstered by global interests, left-wing activists, and religious institutions that advocate for illegal aliens…
In 2012, for example, the United Nations’ International Organization for Migration (IOM) in Mexico signed “cooperation agreements” with three migrant shelters along Mexico’s southern border to support their work assisting “irregulars” traveling through the Mexican states of Chiapas and Oaxaca on their way to the U.S. The IOM pact guaranteed supplies of medicine, hygiene products, construction materials, as well as therapy services and legal training at the previously mentioned Hermanos en el Camino shelter, along with the Catholic-run Hogar de la Misericordia shelter and Jesus el Buen Pastor del Pobre y el Migrante shelter. IOM extended similar aid to nine other migrant shelters in the northern and central parts of Mexico, from Chihuahua, Sonora, and Tamaulipas along the northern border to San Luis Potosi, Veracruz, and Tlaxcala in the center of the country…
On the southern border of Mexico in Chiapas, the city of Tapachula is the first entry point for Central Americans headed to the U.S. There, the Fray MatÃas de Córdova Human Rights Center provides “comprehensive support” to illegal alien travelers, including legal consultations, monitoring detention centers, and offering “online resources, art and
social activities, job training, and basic social services to migrants.”…
Also in Tapachula, the Jesuit Refugee Service (JRS) opens its churches and pastoral centers to provide shelter, monetary aid, voluntary aid, and emergency assistance. Its team of lawyers, psychologists, social workers, and Jesuit clergy spread from Tapachula to Comalapa and Mexico City. JRS staff served as Sherpas for the 2018 caravan marchers and liaisons with the U.N. High Commissioner for Refugees (UNCHR)…
There’s no shortage of travel guides through the expansive network of Catholic volunteers. JRS is part of a binational coalition called the Kino Border Initiative (KBI) stationed in Nogales, Arizona, and Nogales, Sonora, Mexico, since 2009. Along with JRS, the partners who provide “direct humanitarian assistance and accompaniment” with migrants on the trespassing path are: the California Province of the Society of Jesus, the Missionary Sisters of the Eucharist, the Mexican Province of the Society of Jesus, the Diocese of Tucson and the Diocese of Nogales…
Médecins Sans Frontiéres (MSF)/Doctors Without Borders facilitates illegal immigration at our southern doorstep as well as across the Mediterranean Sea, as you’ll see in chapter two. Since 2012, the group boasts, its activists have been providing medical care and mental health care in Mexico to migrants and refugees from Honduras, Guatemala, and El Salvador moving along the migratory route up through Mexico toward the U.S. MSF personnel are on the scene at migrant shelters and mobile clinics that parallel La Bestia railway lines. In addition, the organization opened a comprehensive health center in Mexico City in 2016 for caravan participants. Psychologists, medical doctors, and social workers are at the ready, along with staff who provide a full range of caravan concierge services: “guidance, information on the migrant route and legal rights,” plus “referrals to second and third level medical and mental health service providers.” MSF workers treat “dehydration, skin infections, fatigue, acute stress, anxiety and depression,” injuries from traveling on top of freight trains, and “injuries from violent incidents.” …
The Mexico City region hosts a multitude of casas de migrantes. The El Samaritano migrant house provides meals, baths, medical care, and phone services. It is conveniently located along the train tracks, and has become an inevitable magnet for narcotics and human trafficking. “We will be here until the last migrant passes through,” El Samaritano’s Sister Rosa Bogado vowed to a Miami Herald reporter. At Casa Mambré, a special LGBTQI unit houses transgender migrants who receive separate shelter and psychotherapy services. Casa Tochán (which means “our house” in Nahuatl) teaches guests how to do woodwork and sell artisan crafts. Families bunking at CAFEMIN (Casa de Acogida, Formación y Empoderamiento de la Mujer y Internacional y Nacional, or “House for Shelter, Training and Empowerment of International and National Women”) bake bread and receive asylum advice. Casa del Migrante de Saltillo is gated and has “stunning” mountain views and close proximity to the train tracks. It provides three free meals a day and sells additional snacks and calling cards. Canada, the Netherlands, and the European Union provide donations to the migrant shelter.
Next up: Yelp ratings and TripAdvisor reviews for illegal alien shelters? (I say this only half tongue in cheek. There is already a site called Contratados.org, which is billed as a Yelp or TripAdvisor-style tool that “lets migrant workers rate their experience of recruiters or employers online, by voicemail or by text message.”)
Michelle Malkin is the author of Open Borders, Inc. She is a wife, mother, American conservative blogger and syndicated columnist, political commentator, and #1 New York Times
bestselling author.
SEAN MORAN
Who Really Benefits From Illegal Immigration? | Victor Davis Hanson
THE NEXT MEXICAN INVASION IS AT HAND:
"Mexican president candidate Andrés Manuel López Obrador called for mass immigration to the United States, declaring it a "human right". We will defend all the (Mexican) invaders in the American," Obrador said, adding that immigrants "must leave their towns and find a life, job, welfare, and free medical in the United States."
http://mexicanoccupation.blogspot.com/2018/07/mexican-president-andres-manuel-lopez.html
"Fox’s Tucker Carlson noted Thursday that Obrador has previously proposed granting AMNESTY TO MEXICAN DRUG CARTELS. “America is now Mexico’s social safety net, and that’s a very good deal for the Mexican ruling class,” Carlson added."
"Many Americans forget is that our country is located against a socialist failed state that is promising to descend even further into chaos – not California, the other one. And the Mexicans, having reached the bottom of the hole they have dug for themselves, just chose to keep digging by electing a new leftist presidente who wants to surrender to the cartels and who thinks that Mexicans have some sort of “human right” to sneak into the U.S. and demographically reconquer it." KURT SCHLICHTER
"Many Americans forget is that our country is located against a socialist failed state that is promising to descend even further into chaos – not California, the other one. And the Mexicans, having reached the bottom of the hole they have dug for themselves, just chose to keep digging by electing a new leftist presidente who wants to surrender to the cartels and who thinks that Mexicans have some sort of “human right” to sneak into the U.S. and demographically reconquer it." KURT SCHLICHTER
Billionaire Mexicans tell their poor to JUMP U.S. OPEN BORDERS and LOOT THE STUPID GRINGO… and loot they do!
Billions of dollars are sucked out of America from Mexico’s looting!
http://mexicanoccupation.blogspot.com/2017/08/narcomex-biggest-exports-to-us-are.html
1) Mexico ended legal immigration 100 years ago, except for Spanish blood.
2) Mexico is the 17th richest nation but pays the 220th lowest minimum wage to force their subjects to invade the USA. The expands territory for Mexicans, spreads the Spanish language, and culture and genotypes, while earning 17% of Mexico's gross GDP as Foreign Remittance Income.
Mexico: Where Is Your Shame?
At a demonstration Wednesday in Mexico City against Arizona's law.
ASSOCIATED PRESS
Immigration: Mexico's government gloated triumphantly after a federal judge's injunction blocked Arizona's immigration law. But it's no victory for Mexico. In fact, Mexico's leaders ought to be mortified.
As radical immigration activists crowed with glee and the Obama administration claimed victory, Mexico's government joined the applause.
Calling Judge Susan Bolton's injunction Wednesday "a step in the right direction," Mexican Foreign Minister Patricia Espinosa declared: "The government of Mexico would like to express its recognition for the determination demonstrated by the federal government of the United States and the actions of the civil organizations that organized lawsuits against the SB 1070 law."
In reality, it ought to be ashamed. Supposedly framed as an issue of federal power pre-empting state power, it's hardly Mexico's business. But Mexico made a big show of saying its interest was in protecting its nationals from the dreadful racism of Arizona that its own citizens, curiously enough, keep fleeing to.
Espinosa said her government was busy collecting data on civil rights violations and her department had issued an all-out travel warning to Mexican nationals about Arizona.
That's where Mexico's hypocrisy is just too much.
First, Mexico encourages illegal immigration to the U.S. Oh, it says it doesn't, but it prints comic book guides for would-be illegal immigrants and provides ID cards for illegals once they get here. In Arizona alone, Mexico keeps five consulates busy.
That's not out of love for its own citizens, but because Mexicans send cash back to Mexico that helps finance the government.
Instead of selling its wasteful state-owned oil company or getting rid of red tape to create jobs in Mexico, Mexico spends the hard currency from remittances. It fails to look at why its citizens leave.
According to the Heritage Foundation-Wall Street Journal 2010 Index of Economic Freedom, Mexico's big problem is — no shock — government corruption, where it ranks below the world average.
That's where Mexico's cartels come in.
Mexico's encouragement of illegal immigration undercuts its valiant war against its smuggling cartels. The cartels' prowess and firepower have made them the only ones who can smuggle effectively across the border. U.S. law enforcers say they now control human-smuggling on our southern border.
Feed them immigrants and they grow more cash-rich — and right now, immigrant smuggling is about a third of the cartels' income.
Mass graves and car bombings are signs of criminal organizations getting bigger, and more powerful. Juarez, which has lost 5,000 people this year, bleeds because cartels fight over not just who gets the drug routes, but who gets the illegal-immigrant smuggling routes, too.
Aside from the cartel mayhem in Mexico, the bodies are piling up in the Arizona desert and U.S. Border Patrol rescues of abandoned illegals left to die have risen.
It's not the desert's fault, and it's certainly not Uncle Sam's fault, as activists claim. No, it's the fact that Mexicans are encouraged to emigrate. Criminal cartels don't fear abandoning their human cargo in the desert, as long as Mexico does nothing and blames Uncle Sam.
Hearing Mexico's government now cheer the Arizona ruling, which will only encourage more illegal immigration, gives the country's regime a pretty inhuman face.
If Mexico had any decency, it would do all it could to discourage illegal immigration and keep a respectful silence about Arizona.
It needs U.S. support for its war on cartels. Instead of insulting American citizens, Mexico should confront directly the reasons why its people are so desperate to leave, and do all in its power to destroy the cartels that are slowly killing the nation. That includes defunding the murderous gangs by halting illegal immigration.
Billionaire Mexicans tell their poor to JUMP U.S. OPEN BORDERS and LOOT THE STUPID GRINGO… and loot they do!
Billions of dollars are sucked out of America from Mexico’s looting!
http://mexicanoccupation.blogspot.com/2017/08/narcomex-biggest-exports-to-us-are.html
1) Mexico ended legal immigration 100 years ago, except for Spanish blood.
2) Mexico is the 17th richest nation but pays the 220th lowest minimum wage to force their subjects to invade the USA. The expands territory for Mexicans, spreads the Spanish language, and culture and genotypes, while earning 17% of Mexico's gross GDP as Foreign Remittance Income.
Mexico: Where Is Your Shame?
At a demonstration Wednesday in Mexico City against Arizona's law.
ASSOCIATED PRESS
Immigration: Mexico's government gloated triumphantly after a federal judge's injunction blocked Arizona's immigration law. But it's no victory for Mexico. In fact, Mexico's leaders ought to be mortified.
As radical immigration activists crowed with glee and the Obama administration claimed victory, Mexico's government joined the applause.
Calling Judge Susan Bolton's injunction Wednesday "a step in the right direction," Mexican Foreign Minister Patricia Espinosa declared: "The government of Mexico would like to express its recognition for the determination demonstrated by the federal government of the United States and the actions of the civil organizations that organized lawsuits against the SB 1070 law."
In reality, it ought to be ashamed. Supposedly framed as an issue of federal power pre-empting state power, it's hardly Mexico's business. But Mexico made a big show of saying its interest was in protecting its nationals from the dreadful racism of Arizona that its own citizens, curiously enough, keep fleeing to.
Espinosa said her government was busy collecting data on civil rights violations and her department had issued an all-out travel warning to Mexican nationals about Arizona.
That's where Mexico's hypocrisy is just too much.
First, Mexico encourages illegal immigration to the U.S. Oh, it says it doesn't, but it prints comic book guides for would-be illegal immigrants and provides ID cards for illegals once they get here. In Arizona alone, Mexico keeps five consulates busy.
That's not out of love for its own citizens, but because Mexicans send cash back to Mexico that helps finance the government.
Instead of selling its wasteful state-owned oil company or getting rid of red tape to create jobs in Mexico, Mexico spends the hard currency from remittances. It fails to look at why its citizens leave.
According to the Heritage Foundation-Wall Street Journal 2010 Index of Economic Freedom, Mexico's big problem is — no shock — government corruption, where it ranks below the world average.
That's where Mexico's cartels come in.
Mexico's encouragement of illegal immigration undercuts its valiant war against its smuggling cartels. The cartels' prowess and firepower have made them the only ones who can smuggle effectively across the border. U.S. law enforcers say they now control human-smuggling on our southern border.
Feed them immigrants and they grow more cash-rich — and right now, immigrant smuggling is about a third of the cartels' income.
Mass graves and car bombings are signs of criminal organizations getting bigger, and more powerful. Juarez, which has lost 5,000 people this year, bleeds because cartels fight over not just who gets the drug routes, but who gets the illegal-immigrant smuggling routes, too.
Aside from the cartel mayhem in Mexico, the bodies are piling up in the Arizona desert and U.S. Border Patrol rescues of abandoned illegals left to die have risen.
It's not the desert's fault, and it's certainly not Uncle Sam's fault, as activists claim. No, it's the fact that Mexicans are encouraged to emigrate. Criminal cartels don't fear abandoning their human cargo in the desert, as long as Mexico does nothing and blames Uncle Sam.
Hearing Mexico's government now cheer the Arizona ruling, which will only encourage more illegal immigration, gives the country's regime a pretty inhuman face.
If Mexico had any decency, it would do all it could to discourage illegal immigration and keep a respectful silence about Arizona.
It needs U.S. support for its war on cartels. Instead of insulting American citizens, Mexico should confront directly the reasons why its people are so desperate to leave, and do all in its power to destroy the cartels that are slowly killing the nation. That includes defunding the murderous gangs by halting illegal immigration.
Mexico’s President Says Biden Responsible for Migrant Surge at Border
ILDEFONSO ORTIZ and BRANDON DARBY
Expectations created by President Joe Biden about better treatment for migrants led to the current border surge, said Mexico’s President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador (AMLO).
During his daily news conference, AMLO spoke about the ongoing border crisis and said the increase in migrants entering Mexico and heading to the U.S. is partly due to the expectations created by President Biden.
AMLO: “Expectations were created that with the Government of President Biden there would be a better treatment of migrants. And this has caused Central American migrants, and also from our country, wanting to cross the border thinking that it is easier to do so” pic.twitter.com/TNrZQamuWK
— José DÃaz-Briseño (@diazbriseno) March 23, 2021
“Expectations were created that with the Government of President Biden there would be a better treatment of migrants. And this has caused Central American migrants, and also from our country, wanting to cross the border thinking that it is easier to do so,” AMLO said.
The statements come one day after Mexico’s military confirmed the deployment of 8,700 soldiers to curb the growing number of migrants traveling through the country.
Ildefonso Ortiz is an award-winning journalist with Breitbart Texas. He co-founded Breitbart Texas’ Cartel Chronicles project with Brandon Darby and senior Breitbart management. You can follow him on Twitter and on Facebook. He can be contacted at Iortiz@breitbart.com.
Brandon Darby is the managing director and editor-in-chief of Breitbart Texas. He co-founded Breitbart Texas’ Cartel Chronicles project with Ildefonso Ortiz and senior Breitbart management. Follow him on Twitter and Facebook. He can be contacted at bdarby@breitbart.com.
Mexico’s president says he will share with President Joe Biden his willingness to find a way to legalize the flow of migrants from Central America and Mexico as a way to meet American labor needs.
“I have a teleconference with Biden on Monday and we are going to talk about that topic,” President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador (AMLO) said this weekend during one of his news conferences. “Let’s fix the migratory flow, legalizing it, to give guarantees to the workers so they don’t risk their lives, and that their human rights are protected.”
During the conference, AMLO said the U.S. would need about 600,000 to 800,000 laborers per year for economic growth. The Mexican politician brought up the Bracero program when the U.S. provided migrant farmworkers with permits during World War II.
The topic of the migrant workflow had not been previously discussed publicly by the Foreign Relations Ministry or the Interior Secretariat ahead of the virtual meeting between Lopez Obrador and Biden.
The issue comes as Mexican authorities see a dramatic rise in human smuggling activities as thousands of Central American migrants continue to make their way north. Mexican officials predicted a dramatic rise in migratory flows at the start of 2021 due to work shortages from the pandemic and recent natural disasters that shook Central America. Officials in Mexico did not publicly discuss the political effect that a Biden Administration would have on the matter.
Mexican authorities have found several large groups of migrants at hotels or being moved in tractor-trailers in recent weeks. Officials are also seeing a spike in ransom kidnappings where cartel-connected human smugglers hold migrants to further extort their families.
Ildefonso Ortiz is an award-winning journalist with Breitbart Texas. He co-founded Breitbart Texas’ Cartel Chronicles project with Brandon Darby and senior Breitbart management. You can follow him on Twitter and on Facebook. He can be contacted at Iortiz@breitbart.com.
Brandon Darby is the managing director and editor-in-chief of Breitbart Texas. He co-founded Breitbart Texas’ Cartel Chronicles project with Ildefonso Ortiz and senior Breitbart management. Follow him on Twitter and Facebook. He can be contacted at bdarby@breitbart.com.
ILDEFONSO ORTIZ and BRANDON DARBY
Expectations created by President Joe Biden about better treatment for migrants led to the current border surge, said Mexico’s President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador (AMLO).
During his daily news conference, AMLO spoke about the ongoing border crisis and said the increase in migrants entering Mexico and heading to the U.S. is partly due to the expectations created by President Biden.
AMLO: “Expectations were created that with the Government of President Biden there would be a better treatment of migrants. And this has caused Central American migrants, and also from our country, wanting to cross the border thinking that it is easier to do so” pic.twitter.com/TNrZQamuWK
— José DÃaz-Briseño (@diazbriseno) March 23, 2021
“Expectations were created that with the Government of President Biden there would be a better treatment of migrants. And this has caused Central American migrants, and also from our country, wanting to cross the border thinking that it is easier to do so,” AMLO said.
The statements come one day after Mexico’s military confirmed the deployment of 8,700 soldiers to curb the growing number of migrants traveling through the country.
Ildefonso Ortiz is an award-winning journalist with Breitbart Texas. He co-founded Breitbart Texas’ Cartel Chronicles project with Brandon Darby and senior Breitbart management. You can follow him on Twitter and on Facebook. He can be contacted at Iortiz@breitbart.com.
Brandon Darby is the managing director and editor-in-chief of Breitbart Texas. He co-founded Breitbart Texas’ Cartel Chronicles project with Ildefonso Ortiz and senior Breitbart management. Follow him on Twitter and Facebook. He can be contacted at bdarby@breitbart.com.
Mexico’s president says he will share with President Joe Biden his willingness to find a way to legalize the flow of migrants from Central America and Mexico as a way to meet American labor needs.
“I have a teleconference with Biden on Monday and we are going to talk about that topic,” President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador (AMLO) said this weekend during one of his news conferences. “Let’s fix the migratory flow, legalizing it, to give guarantees to the workers so they don’t risk their lives, and that their human rights are protected.”
During the conference, AMLO said the U.S. would need about 600,000 to 800,000 laborers per year for economic growth. The Mexican politician brought up the Bracero program when the U.S. provided migrant farmworkers with permits during World War II.
The topic of the migrant workflow had not been previously discussed publicly by the Foreign Relations Ministry or the Interior Secretariat ahead of the virtual meeting between Lopez Obrador and Biden.
The issue comes as Mexican authorities see a dramatic rise in human smuggling activities as thousands of Central American migrants continue to make their way north. Mexican officials predicted a dramatic rise in migratory flows at the start of 2021 due to work shortages from the pandemic and recent natural disasters that shook Central America. Officials in Mexico did not publicly discuss the political effect that a Biden Administration would have on the matter.
Mexican authorities have found several large groups of migrants at hotels or being moved in tractor-trailers in recent weeks. Officials are also seeing a spike in ransom kidnappings where cartel-connected human smugglers hold migrants to further extort their families.
Ildefonso Ortiz is an award-winning journalist with Breitbart Texas. He co-founded Breitbart Texas’ Cartel Chronicles project with Brandon Darby and senior Breitbart management. You can follow him on Twitter and on Facebook. He can be contacted at Iortiz@breitbart.com.
Brandon Darby is the managing director and editor-in-chief of Breitbart Texas. He co-founded Breitbart Texas’ Cartel Chronicles project with Ildefonso Ortiz and senior Breitbart management. Follow him on Twitter and Facebook. He can be contacted at bdarby@breitbart.com.
White House Deal with Mexico: More Migrants, Less Video
A White House official has signed a border management deal with
Mexico to minimize the visibility of accelerating mass illegal
migration once officials lift the Title 42 barrier that now protects
Americans.
The deal is not intended to block labor migration into Americans’ workplaces and neighborhoods, said Rosemary Jenks, the director of Government Relations for NumbersUSA: “It’s all designed to mask what is the intended goal of the Biden administration — which is to bring in as many people as possible.”
The administration’s same-day announcement that it sending 1,500 troops to the border “is all part of that distraction,” she added. The troops will be “pushing paper and stocking warehouses” to help Biden’s border agents and its progressive non-profit register more migrants for flights and bus trips to Americans’ cities and towns.
The deal with Mexico cooperation helps Biden’s deputies quietly funnel the chaotic and growing flood of illegal, job-seeking migrants through hidden side doors in the border, she said:
You no longer have videos of hundreds of people streaming across the Rio Grande [because] people are being flown in on taxpayer dollars, [and] poor people are coming through the ports of entry — again, with no legal right to be there — so that it doesn’t look like chaos …. [But] the end result is exactly the same: A massive number of people with no right to be here coming into the United States, using taxpayer dollars, taking taxpayer-funded services, competing for housing, competing for jobs, all of the rest of it.
Officials are already inviting up to 30,000 migrants per month to fly from four countries into airports around the United States. They are also helping to bus roughly 25,000 migrants from shelters in Mexico to border sites for quiet catch-and-release processing.
“It is stunning, the lawlessness of this administration,” she added. “They just create these programs out of whole cloth … — these people are making their own laws and nobody’s stopping them.”
The Biden policies are facing legal review in a federal court in Texas, and the U.S. Supreme Court is expected to issue a decision by June.
Understandably, Mexico is using its power over the border flow to extract rewards from the U.S. government, she said.
“Mexico has power over the United States,” said Jenks. “Mexico is letting all of these people in through its borders, and it’s doing that very intentionally [because it has the power to] stop it, or … increase the flow.”
For example, Mexico steered up to 30,000 Haitian migrants to the Del Rio crossing in Texas in September 2021. The event was a shock to the Biden administration because the migrant flood was broadcast on the evening TV news to the many Americans who do not monitor political news.
“Mexico has no reason to agree to this [deal] if they’re not getting something of equal value or more value in exchange –I just don’t know what that is,” Jenks said.
The deal “consolidates Mexico’s role as the lynchpin in the US’ migration containment strategy,” said Mexican journalist, José DÃaz Briseño.
The strategy is sometimes called. “border externalization,” because it allows White House officials — and their business allies — to quietly sign deals with foreign countries instead of openly negotiating with a divided Congress and hostile voters.
Mexico’s president, Lopez Obrador, is using his power over the U.S. border to minimize U.S. protests while he expands authoritarian rule in Mexico, said a tweet by author David Frum.
Obarado has long sought to swap border cooperation in exchange for more Mexicans and Latinos getting U.S. jobs that otherwise would go to Americans.
The White House’s official statement revealed little about the deal.
For example, it said, “Mexico will continue to accept back migrants on humanitarian grounds” without revealing the monthly cap on return. The current cap is just 30,000, which is far below the monthly arrival of more than 180,000 in April.
The statement does not discuss curbs on the flow of drugs into the United States, which now kill roughly 100,000 Americans each year.
The statement does not talk about the rising flood of global migrants from Chile, Colombia, India, China, Brazil, Cameroon, Nepal, Russia, and more than 150 other countries. Under Biden’s policies, very few migrants from those countries are being sent home. This passive policy ensures that successful migrants will summon many more migrants from their home countries.
Biden’s deputies want to import more foreigners for the jobs and homes that would otherwise go to Americans. For example, the pro-migration border chief, Alejandro Mayorkas, said on April 21:
Our model is as follows: Build lawful pathways, cut out the smugglers who exploit these vulnerable individuals. Build lawful pathways, give individuals an opportunity to reach the United States safely in an orderly way to avail themselves of the humanitarian relief our laws provide.
The White House statement did say that U.S. officials also plan to import another 100,000 poor migrants from Central America. The lucky migrants are the left-behind children of migrants who illegally sneaked into the U.S. economy.
The new pipeline comes after officials announced they would open two pipelines from Colombia and Panama, even as they expand many other inflows of migrants and visa workers.
“Everything that the Biden administration does has the effect of bringing more people into the United States who should not be here and do not have a right to be here,” said Jenks
In 1990, Congress set current immigration levels at about one million per year, alongside a flow of temporary workers for favored interest groups, including farmers, resort operators, and Fortune 500 companies. Those high caps provide roughly one immigrant for every four U.S. births but helped limit the migration-imposed damage to Americans’ national labor and housing markets.
Biden’s cooperation with other countries, and the establishment media, helped minimize the public recognition and response to Biden’s population policy. “They got away with [an inflow of] 4.5, to 6 million people over the last two years,” she said.
Despite the massive inflow, Biden’s deputies and their allies are portraying his border policies as a return to the l0w migraiton rules set by President Donald Trump and his deputies.
Extraction Migration
The federal government has long operated an unpopular economic policy of Extraction Migration. This colonialism-like policy extracts vast amounts of human resources from needy countries, reduces beneficial trade, and uses the imported workers, renters, and consumers to grow Wall Street and the economy.
The migrant inflow has successfully forced down Americans’ wages and also boosted rents and housing prices. The inflow has also pushed many native-born Americans out of careers in a wide variety of business sectors and contributed to the rising death rate of poor Americans.
The lethal policy also sucks jobs and wealth from heartland states by subsidizing coastal investors with a flood of low-wage workers, high-occupancy renters, and government-aided consumers.
The population inflow also reduces the political clout of native-born Americans, because the population replacement allows elites to divorce themselves from the needs and interests of ordinary Americans.
In many speeches, Mayorkas says he is building a mass migration system to deliver workers to wealthy employers and investors and “equity” to poor foreigners. The nation’s border laws are subordinate to elite opinion about “the values of our country,” Mayorkas claims.
Migration — and especially, labor migration — is unpopular among swing voters. A 54 percent majority of Americans say Biden is allowing a southern border invasion, according to an August 2022 poll commissioned by the left-of-center National Public Radio (NPR). The 54 percent “Invasion” majority included 76 percent of Republicans, 46 percent of independents, and even 40 percent of Democrats.
A White House official has signed a border management deal with
Mexico to minimize the visibility of accelerating mass illegal
migration once officials lift the Title 42 barrier that now protects
Americans.
The deal is not intended to block labor migration into Americans’ workplaces and neighborhoods, said Rosemary Jenks, the director of Government Relations for NumbersUSA: “It’s all designed to mask what is the intended goal of the Biden administration — which is to bring in as many people as possible.”
The administration’s same-day announcement that it sending 1,500 troops to the border “is all part of that distraction,” she added. The troops will be “pushing paper and stocking warehouses” to help Biden’s border agents and its progressive non-profit register more migrants for flights and bus trips to Americans’ cities and towns.
The deal with Mexico cooperation helps Biden’s deputies quietly funnel the chaotic and growing flood of illegal, job-seeking migrants through hidden side doors in the border, she said:
You no longer have videos of hundreds of people streaming across the Rio Grande [because] people are being flown in on taxpayer dollars, [and] poor people are coming through the ports of entry — again, with no legal right to be there — so that it doesn’t look like chaos …. [But] the end result is exactly the same: A massive number of people with no right to be here coming into the United States, using taxpayer dollars, taking taxpayer-funded services, competing for housing, competing for jobs, all of the rest of it.
Officials are already inviting up to 30,000 migrants per month to fly from four countries into airports around the United States. They are also helping to bus roughly 25,000 migrants from shelters in Mexico to border sites for quiet catch-and-release processing.
“It is stunning, the lawlessness of this administration,” she added. “They just create these programs out of whole cloth … — these people are making their own laws and nobody’s stopping them.”
The Biden policies are facing legal review in a federal court in Texas, and the U.S. Supreme Court is expected to issue a decision by June.
Understandably, Mexico is using its power over the border flow to extract rewards from the U.S. government, she said.
“Mexico has power over the United States,” said Jenks. “Mexico is letting all of these people in through its borders, and it’s doing that very intentionally [because it has the power to] stop it, or … increase the flow.”
For example, Mexico steered up to 30,000 Haitian migrants to the Del Rio crossing in Texas in September 2021. The event was a shock to the Biden administration because the migrant flood was broadcast on the evening TV news to the many Americans who do not monitor political news.
“Mexico has no reason to agree to this [deal] if they’re not getting something of equal value or more value in exchange –I just don’t know what that is,” Jenks said.
The deal “consolidates Mexico’s role as the lynchpin in the US’ migration containment strategy,” said Mexican journalist, José DÃaz Briseño.
The strategy is sometimes called. “border externalization,” because it allows White House officials — and their business allies — to quietly sign deals with foreign countries instead of openly negotiating with a divided Congress and hostile voters.
Mexico’s president, Lopez Obrador, is using his power over the U.S. border to minimize U.S. protests while he expands authoritarian rule in Mexico, said a tweet by author David Frum.
Obarado has long sought to swap border cooperation in exchange for more Mexicans and Latinos getting U.S. jobs that otherwise would go to Americans.
The White House’s official statement revealed little about the deal.
For example, it said, “Mexico will continue to accept back migrants on humanitarian grounds” without revealing the monthly cap on return. The current cap is just 30,000, which is far below the monthly arrival of more than 180,000 in April.
The statement does not discuss curbs on the flow of drugs into the United States, which now kill roughly 100,000 Americans each year.
The statement does not talk about the rising flood of global migrants from Chile, Colombia, India, China, Brazil, Cameroon, Nepal, Russia, and more than 150 other countries. Under Biden’s policies, very few migrants from those countries are being sent home. This passive policy ensures that successful migrants will summon many more migrants from their home countries.
Biden’s deputies want to import more foreigners for the jobs and homes that would otherwise go to Americans. For example, the pro-migration border chief, Alejandro Mayorkas, said on April 21:
Our model is as follows: Build lawful pathways, cut out the smugglers who exploit these vulnerable individuals. Build lawful pathways, give individuals an opportunity to reach the United States safely in an orderly way to avail themselves of the humanitarian relief our laws provide.
The White House statement did say that U.S. officials also plan to import another 100,000 poor migrants from Central America. The lucky migrants are the left-behind children of migrants who illegally sneaked into the U.S. economy.
The new pipeline comes after officials announced they would open two pipelines from Colombia and Panama, even as they expand many other inflows of migrants and visa workers.
“Everything that the Biden administration does has the effect of bringing more people into the United States who should not be here and do not have a right to be here,” said Jenks
In 1990, Congress set current immigration levels at about one million per year, alongside a flow of temporary workers for favored interest groups, including farmers, resort operators, and Fortune 500 companies. Those high caps provide roughly one immigrant for every four U.S. births but helped limit the migration-imposed damage to Americans’ national labor and housing markets.
Biden’s cooperation with other countries, and the establishment media, helped minimize the public recognition and response to Biden’s population policy. “They got away with [an inflow of] 4.5, to 6 million people over the last two years,” she said.
Despite the massive inflow, Biden’s deputies and their allies are portraying his border policies as a return to the l0w migraiton rules set by President Donald Trump and his deputies.
Extraction Migration
The federal government has long operated an unpopular economic policy of Extraction Migration. This colonialism-like policy extracts vast amounts of human resources from needy countries, reduces beneficial trade, and uses the imported workers, renters, and consumers to grow Wall Street and the economy.
The migrant inflow has successfully forced down Americans’ wages and also boosted rents and housing prices. The inflow has also pushed many native-born Americans out of careers in a wide variety of business sectors and contributed to the rising death rate of poor Americans.
The lethal policy also sucks jobs and wealth from heartland states by subsidizing coastal investors with a flood of low-wage workers, high-occupancy renters, and government-aided consumers.
The population inflow also reduces the political clout of native-born Americans, because the population replacement allows elites to divorce themselves from the needs and interests of ordinary Americans.
In many speeches, Mayorkas says he is building a mass migration system to deliver workers to wealthy employers and investors and “equity” to poor foreigners. The nation’s border laws are subordinate to elite opinion about “the values of our country,” Mayorkas claims.
Migration — and especially, labor migration — is unpopular among swing voters. A 54 percent majority of Americans say Biden is allowing a southern border invasion, according to an August 2022 poll commissioned by the left-of-center National Public Radio (NPR). The 54 percent “Invasion” majority included 76 percent of Republicans, 46 percent of independents, and even 40 percent of Democrats.
California State Senate Passes Bill to Give Illegal Migrants Unemployment Checks
40Marcio Jose Sanchez / Associated Press
5 Jun 202360
3:00
California’s State Senate passed a bill last week to give unemployed illegal migrants $300 weekly unemployment checks for up to 20 weeks, despite the fact that the state faces a $32 billion budget deficit.
As Breitbart News reported last month:
California’s fiscus has fallen in the space of one year from a surplus of $100 billion, partly based on federal cash for coronavirus relief, to a staggering deficit of $32 billion.
In his revised budget, Gov. Gavin Newsom (D) cautioned legislators to maintain “prudence.” But under SB 227, “excluded” workers who are in the country illegally would be able to receive $300 per week in benefits.
…
California’s unemployment insurance program is already controversial, having lost $30 billion in fraudulent claims during the pandemic. The state recently defaulted on a federal loan to cover a shortfall in benefits.
Now, the Washington Free Beacon reports, the bill, SB 227, proposed by State Sen. MarÃa Elena Durazo (D-Agoura Hills), has passed the State Senate and moves to the Assembly, with heavy potential implications:
Under SB 227, unemployment fund officials would be barred from asking for claimants’ social security number eligibility or contacting past or present employers to verify their job status. Instead, applicants would self-attest that they meet the requirements for the weekly checks: having earned at least $1,300 or worked at least 93 hours over three months. Acceptable documentation would include tax returns, transaction logs on payment apps, and receipts that show a commuting pattern.
The State Senate passed the measure just months after Gov. Gavin Newsom (D.) said the undocumented migrant influx could “break” California.
…
The Golden State already offers free health coverage and driver’s licenses to illegal immigrants. More than two million illegal immigrants live in California.
Joel B. Pollak is Senior Editor-at-Large at Breitbart News and the host of Breitbart News Sunday on Sirius XM Patriot on Sunday evenings from 7 p.m. to 10 p.m. ET (4 p.m. to 7 p.m. PT). He is the author of the new biography, Rhoda: ‘Comrade Kadalie, You Are Out of Order’. He is also the author of the recent e-book, Neither Free nor Fair: The 2020 U.S. Presidential Election. He is a winner of the 2018 Robert Novak Journalism Alumni Fellowship. Follow him on Twitter at @joelpollak.
40Marcio Jose Sanchez / Associated Press
5 Jun 202360
3:00
California’s State Senate passed a bill last week to give unemployed illegal migrants $300 weekly unemployment checks for up to 20 weeks, despite the fact that the state faces a $32 billion budget deficit.
As Breitbart News reported last month:
California’s fiscus has fallen in the space of one year from a surplus of $100 billion, partly based on federal cash for coronavirus relief, to a staggering deficit of $32 billion.
In his revised budget, Gov. Gavin Newsom (D) cautioned legislators to maintain “prudence.” But under SB 227, “excluded” workers who are in the country illegally would be able to receive $300 per week in benefits.
…
California’s unemployment insurance program is already controversial, having lost $30 billion in fraudulent claims during the pandemic. The state recently defaulted on a federal loan to cover a shortfall in benefits.
Now, the Washington Free Beacon reports, the bill, SB 227, proposed by State Sen. MarÃa Elena Durazo (D-Agoura Hills), has passed the State Senate and moves to the Assembly, with heavy potential implications:
Under SB 227, unemployment fund officials would be barred from asking for claimants’ social security number eligibility or contacting past or present employers to verify their job status. Instead, applicants would self-attest that they meet the requirements for the weekly checks: having earned at least $1,300 or worked at least 93 hours over three months. Acceptable documentation would include tax returns, transaction logs on payment apps, and receipts that show a commuting pattern.
The State Senate passed the measure just months after Gov. Gavin Newsom (D.) said the undocumented migrant influx could “break” California.
…
The Golden State already offers free health coverage and driver’s licenses to illegal immigrants. More than two million illegal immigrants live in California.
Joel B. Pollak is Senior Editor-at-Large at Breitbart News and the host of Breitbart News Sunday on Sirius XM Patriot on Sunday evenings from 7 p.m. to 10 p.m. ET (4 p.m. to 7 p.m. PT). He is the author of the new biography, Rhoda: ‘Comrade Kadalie, You Are Out of Order’. He is also the author of the recent e-book, Neither Free nor Fair: The 2020 U.S. Presidential Election. He is a winner of the 2018 Robert Novak Journalism Alumni Fellowship. Follow him on Twitter at @joelpollak.
The Atlantic Magazine: The Feds Use Migration to Cut Wages
35AP Photo/Christian Chavez
6 Jun 20230
7:00
The federal government uses immigration to suppress Americans’ salaries and wages, according to an article in the Atlantic, which is a very pro-migration and establishment magazine.
The federal policymakers believe that “labor is just another commodity, like wood or oil, and Americans are best off when it is plentiful and cheap,” the June 2 article says.
Author Oren Cass, the founder of the mainstream American Compass think-tank, wrote:
American public policy has largely managed to keep things that way. Over the past 50 years, as both parties supported the entry of millions of unskilled immigrants and the offshoring of entire industries, America’s per capita gross domestic product more than doubled after adjusting for inflation. Productivity of labor rose by a similar amount, and corporate profits per capita nearly tripled. Yet over the same time period, the average inflation-adjusted hourly earnings of the typical worker rose by less than 1 percent.
The massive distortion is revealed by the declining share of new wealth that goes to employees since about 1970.
Amid migration, technological centralization, and outsourcing to China, U.S. employees’ share of new wealth dropped 10 points from 1970 to 2014 — from 51.6 percent to 41.9 percent — according to the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis.
Employees’ share jumped 1 point up under President Donald Trump’s lower-migration policy. But their share seems to be declining again under President Joe Biden’s easy migration rules.
A May 4 report from Cass’ American Compass showed how migration allows investors to minimize pay to workers:
From 1972 to 2022, real corporate profits per capita rose 185%. GDP per capita rose 141%. Productivity rose 135%. The average hourly wage for production and nonsupervisory workers rose 1%. How is that even possible?
It is possible because employers will tend to raise wages under one, and only one, condition: when they cannot hire the workers they need at the existing wage. All of labor economics turns on that simple fact.
This post-1970 economic shift has moved many trillions of dollars from wage earners to investors from 1970 to 2023, thrilling investors and their allies.
The establishment’s cheap-labor bubble burst in 2020 when the coronavirus crash blocked the supply of new migrant workers. The resulting shortfall allowed many Americans to change jobs in search of higher wages.
Cass wrote:
In the coronavirus pandemic’s aftermath, for the first time in a long time, many employers are discovering that they can’t fill jobs at the low wages they’re accustomed to offering. “We hear from businesses every day that the worker shortage is their top challenge,” Neil Bradley, chief policy officer at U.S. Chamber of Commerce, said last May. This is the precise circumstance under which wages might finally rise. Instead, the business community is looking to government to get them out of a jam, and leaders on both sides of the aisle seem only too eager to help.
The article carried an online headline, “A Labor Shortage is a Great Problem to Have.”
WATCH: Rep. Lee: “No Border Security Bill Until GOP OKs Even More Migrants”:
@USHouseJudiciaryGOP / YouTube
0 seconds of 1 minute, 39 secondsVolume 90%
But now President Joe Biden and his deputies are dramatically opening the inflow of foreign workers via legal, quasi-legal, and illegal migration routes.
“Immigration is a [policy] lever,” Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo told Axios.com in December 2022. “We’re down a million immigrants a year — that’s a workforce that we need.”
“There are businesses around this country that are desperate for workers [and] there are … desperate workers in foreign countries that are looking for jobs in the United States, ” Biden’s border chief, Alejandro Mayorkas, said on May 11.
“We’re working with the State Department on and DHS [Department of Homeland Security] … to make it easier for [college-graduate migrants] that have these skill sets that we think can really contribute to implementing these new policies, that we can bring them in faster,” White House official Katie Tobin said on May 15.
Cass continued:
This is a grave mistake—politically, economically, and morally. If employers are struggling to find workers, they should offer better pay and conditions. If that comes at the expense of some profits, or requires some prices to rise, well, that’s how markets are supposed to work. In most other contexts, capitalism’s proponents celebrate how the market creates incentives for businesses to solve problems. In that respect, a labor shortage is a great problem to have. Only by challenging employers to improve job quality and boost productivity will we find out what the market’s awesome power can achieve for American workers and their families.
Cass, however, did not offer a term to describe the federal government’s policy of lowering wages via migration.
WATCH: GOP Rep. Hunt — Democrats’ Migration Pushes Americans into Poverty:
@USHouseJudiciaryGOP / YouTube
0 seconds of 5 minutes, 4 secondsVolume 90%
Extraction Migration
The federal government has long operated an unpopular economic policy of Extraction Migration. This colonialism-like policy extracts vast amounts of human resources from needy countries, reduces beneficial trade, and uses the imported workers, renters, and consumers to grow Wall Street and the economy.
The migrant inflow has successfully forced down Americans’ wages and also boosted rents and housing prices. The inflow has also pushed many native-born Americans out of careers in a wide variety of business sectors and contributed to the rising death rate of poor Americans.
The lethal policy also sucks jobs and wealth from heartland states by subsidizing coastal investors with a flood of low-wage workers, high-occupancy renters, and government-aided consumers.
The population inflow also reduces the political clout of native-born Americans, because the population replacement allows elites to divorce themselves from the needs and interests of ordinary Americans.
Migration — and especially, labor migration — is unpopular among swing voters. A 54 percent majority of Americans say Biden is allowing a southern border invasion, according to an August 2022 poll commissioned by the left-of-center National Public Radio (NPR). The 54 percent “Invasion” majority included 76 percent of Republicans, 46 percent of independents, and even 40 percent of Democrats.
WAR ON THE AMERICAN WORKER FOR CHEAPER WAGES. IS THAT WHAT HAPPENED TO THE AMERICAN MIDDLE CLASS?
35AP Photo/Christian Chavez
6 Jun 20230
7:00
The federal government uses immigration to suppress Americans’ salaries and wages, according to an article in the Atlantic, which is a very pro-migration and establishment magazine.
The federal policymakers believe that “labor is just another commodity, like wood or oil, and Americans are best off when it is plentiful and cheap,” the June 2 article says.
Author Oren Cass, the founder of the mainstream American Compass think-tank, wrote:
American public policy has largely managed to keep things that way. Over the past 50 years, as both parties supported the entry of millions of unskilled immigrants and the offshoring of entire industries, America’s per capita gross domestic product more than doubled after adjusting for inflation. Productivity of labor rose by a similar amount, and corporate profits per capita nearly tripled. Yet over the same time period, the average inflation-adjusted hourly earnings of the typical worker rose by less than 1 percent.
The massive distortion is revealed by the declining share of new wealth that goes to employees since about 1970.
Amid migration, technological centralization, and outsourcing to China, U.S. employees’ share of new wealth dropped 10 points from 1970 to 2014 — from 51.6 percent to 41.9 percent — according to the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis.
Employees’ share jumped 1 point up under President Donald Trump’s lower-migration policy. But their share seems to be declining again under President Joe Biden’s easy migration rules.
A May 4 report from Cass’ American Compass showed how migration allows investors to minimize pay to workers:
From 1972 to 2022, real corporate profits per capita rose 185%. GDP per capita rose 141%. Productivity rose 135%. The average hourly wage for production and nonsupervisory workers rose 1%. How is that even possible?
It is possible because employers will tend to raise wages under one, and only one, condition: when they cannot hire the workers they need at the existing wage. All of labor economics turns on that simple fact.
This post-1970 economic shift has moved many trillions of dollars from wage earners to investors from 1970 to 2023, thrilling investors and their allies.
The establishment’s cheap-labor bubble burst in 2020 when the coronavirus crash blocked the supply of new migrant workers. The resulting shortfall allowed many Americans to change jobs in search of higher wages.
Cass wrote:
In the coronavirus pandemic’s aftermath, for the first time in a long time, many employers are discovering that they can’t fill jobs at the low wages they’re accustomed to offering. “We hear from businesses every day that the worker shortage is their top challenge,” Neil Bradley, chief policy officer at U.S. Chamber of Commerce, said last May. This is the precise circumstance under which wages might finally rise. Instead, the business community is looking to government to get them out of a jam, and leaders on both sides of the aisle seem only too eager to help.
The article carried an online headline, “A Labor Shortage is a Great Problem to Have.”
WATCH: Rep. Lee: “No Border Security Bill Until GOP OKs Even More Migrants”:
@USHouseJudiciaryGOP / YouTube
0 seconds of 1 minute, 39 secondsVolume 90%
But now President Joe Biden and his deputies are dramatically opening the inflow of foreign workers via legal, quasi-legal, and illegal migration routes.
“Immigration is a [policy] lever,” Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo told Axios.com in December 2022. “We’re down a million immigrants a year — that’s a workforce that we need.”
“There are businesses around this country that are desperate for workers [and] there are … desperate workers in foreign countries that are looking for jobs in the United States, ” Biden’s border chief, Alejandro Mayorkas, said on May 11.
“We’re working with the State Department on and DHS [Department of Homeland Security] … to make it easier for [college-graduate migrants] that have these skill sets that we think can really contribute to implementing these new policies, that we can bring them in faster,” White House official Katie Tobin said on May 15.
Cass continued:
This is a grave mistake—politically, economically, and morally. If employers are struggling to find workers, they should offer better pay and conditions. If that comes at the expense of some profits, or requires some prices to rise, well, that’s how markets are supposed to work. In most other contexts, capitalism’s proponents celebrate how the market creates incentives for businesses to solve problems. In that respect, a labor shortage is a great problem to have. Only by challenging employers to improve job quality and boost productivity will we find out what the market’s awesome power can achieve for American workers and their families.
Cass, however, did not offer a term to describe the federal government’s policy of lowering wages via migration.
WATCH: GOP Rep. Hunt — Democrats’ Migration Pushes Americans into Poverty:
@USHouseJudiciaryGOP / YouTube
0 seconds of 5 minutes, 4 secondsVolume 90%
Extraction Migration
The federal government has long operated an unpopular economic policy of Extraction Migration. This colonialism-like policy extracts vast amounts of human resources from needy countries, reduces beneficial trade, and uses the imported workers, renters, and consumers to grow Wall Street and the economy.
The migrant inflow has successfully forced down Americans’ wages and also boosted rents and housing prices. The inflow has also pushed many native-born Americans out of careers in a wide variety of business sectors and contributed to the rising death rate of poor Americans.
The lethal policy also sucks jobs and wealth from heartland states by subsidizing coastal investors with a flood of low-wage workers, high-occupancy renters, and government-aided consumers.
The population inflow also reduces the political clout of native-born Americans, because the population replacement allows elites to divorce themselves from the needs and interests of ordinary Americans.
Migration — and especially, labor migration — is unpopular among swing voters. A 54 percent majority of Americans say Biden is allowing a southern border invasion, according to an August 2022 poll commissioned by the left-of-center National Public Radio (NPR). The 54 percent “Invasion” majority included 76 percent of Republicans, 46 percent of independents, and even 40 percent of Democrats.
WAR ON THE AMERICAN WORKER FOR CHEAPER WAGES. IS THAT WHAT HAPPENED TO THE AMERICAN MIDDLE CLASS?
U.S. Companies Plan over 400K Layoffs as Democrats Claim Business Needs More Foreign Workers to Hire
1,115Lindsey Nicholson/UCG/Universal Images Group via Getty Images
4 Jun 2023474
3:32
Companies in the United States have announced, so far this year, more than 400,000 layoffs — more than the layoffs announced in all of last year. The job cuts come as Democrats, on behalf of business special interests, demand more foreign competition in the labor market for employers to hire.
The employment data, collected by Challenger, Gray & Christmas Inc. and published in Bloomberg, shows that roughly 417,500 layoffs have been announced from January through May by U.S. companies across sectors such as technology, banking, retail, and media, among others.
Compare those announced layoffs in just the first five months of this year to the 364,000 total layoffs announced in all of 2022. In tech, there have been almost 140,000 layoffs announced this year so far. This is only slightly fewer than the 169,000 layoffs in tech in 2001.
“Companies cited economic conditions and cost-cutting for more than half of the layoffs announced this year,” Bloomberg noted.
RELATED: GOP Rep. Hunt: Democrats’ Migration Pushes Americans into Poverty:
@USHouseJudiciaryGOP / YouTube
0 seconds of 5 minutes, 4 secondsVolume 90%
At the same time, Democrats across the U.S. have suggested that business special interests complain about so-called labor shortages and thus the tens of thousands of border crossers and illegal aliens that President Joe Biden’s administration is admitting into the nation every month ought to be given immediate work permits.e email you provide. You may unsubscribe at any time.
“We have one message, let them work,” New York City Mayor Eric Adams (D) told the Biden administration last month of the thousands of migrants who have arrived in the city since last year. “That is our clear message that we are sending. We must expedite work authorization for asylum seekers, not in the future, but now.”
Migrants camp out in front of the Watson Hotel after being evicted on January 30, 2023 in New York City. Migrants who have been staying at the Watson Hotel since arriving to NYC were evicted over the weekend to be relocated to the recently opened up migrant relief center for single adult men at the Brooklyn Cruise Terminal. The ones who refused have been camping out in front of the hotel since eviction. Several migrants who agreed to the relocation returned, complaining of lack of heat and bathroom space. (Leonardo Munoz/VIEWpress via Getty Images)
New York Gov. Kathy Hochul has issued similar sentiments.
“… at the same time, we have this historic labor shortage, we also have this unprecedented influx of individuals arriving in New York — all of them legally seeking asylum,” Hochul said. “They’re eager to work, they want to work, they came here in search of work.”
WATCH: “Gyms Are for Children!” NY Parents Protest Plans to Use Public Schools for Migrant Shelters:
Christopher Leon Johnson via Storyful
0 seconds of 1 minute, 26 secondsVolume 90%
In Washington, DC, Democrats recently repeated many of the same talking points from the Business Roundtable and U.S. Chamber of Commerce used to demand an endless flow of foreign workers whom jobless Americans would be forced to compete against.
“We’re ignoring the Business Roundtables of America who are crying out for employees to work alongside Americans,” Rep. Sheila Jackson Lee (D-TX) said during a committee hearing last month. “Let me be very clear, we have jobs for Americans, we have tech jobs for Americans, teaching jobs for Americans, law enforcement, firefighter jobs for Americans, but we’re a growing nation.”
As Breitbart News has chronicled, Biden has grown the U.S. payrolls by adding millions of foreign-born workers to the labor market while the share of native-born Americans in the labor market has continued to decline.
WATCH: Rep. Lee: No Border Security Bill Until GOP OKs Even More Migrants:
@USHouseJudiciaryGOP / YouTube
0 seconds of 1 minute, 39 secondsVolume 90%
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Email him at jbinder@breitbart.com. Follow him on Twitter here.
biden hides the truth at the border — he’s letting in thousands
By Mark Krikorian
New York Post, May 31, 2023
Excerpt: But as in so many other areas of government policy, Biden’s Department of Homeland Security is set on brazenly violating the immigration law and the Constitution until somebody stops it.
AMLO and Biden: Agents of Immigration Chaos
By Phillip Linderman
American Conservative, May 26, 2023
Excerpt: As Biden’s initiative played out over months, President Lopez Obrador, for once, issued no protest, apparently as oblivious as his American counterpart to the looming unintended consequences. Blinded by his own open-border ideology, the stubborn AMLO seems never to have analyzed the impact of Washington’s unilateral migrant policies on Mexico’s national sovereignty. Much more subtle than previous Yanqui strong-arm tactics, President Biden was nevertheless blithely unleashing powerful outside forces that would trample Mexico.
20 million illegals get 'free' healthcare!
1,115Lindsey Nicholson/UCG/Universal Images Group via Getty Images
4 Jun 2023474
3:32
Companies in the United States have announced, so far this year, more than 400,000 layoffs — more than the layoffs announced in all of last year. The job cuts come as Democrats, on behalf of business special interests, demand more foreign competition in the labor market for employers to hire.
The employment data, collected by Challenger, Gray & Christmas Inc. and published in Bloomberg, shows that roughly 417,500 layoffs have been announced from January through May by U.S. companies across sectors such as technology, banking, retail, and media, among others.
Compare those announced layoffs in just the first five months of this year to the 364,000 total layoffs announced in all of 2022. In tech, there have been almost 140,000 layoffs announced this year so far. This is only slightly fewer than the 169,000 layoffs in tech in 2001.
“Companies cited economic conditions and cost-cutting for more than half of the layoffs announced this year,” Bloomberg noted.
RELATED: GOP Rep. Hunt: Democrats’ Migration Pushes Americans into Poverty:
@USHouseJudiciaryGOP / YouTube
0 seconds of 5 minutes, 4 secondsVolume 90%
At the same time, Democrats across the U.S. have suggested that business special interests complain about so-called labor shortages and thus the tens of thousands of border crossers and illegal aliens that President Joe Biden’s administration is admitting into the nation every month ought to be given immediate work permits.e email you provide. You may unsubscribe at any time.
“We have one message, let them work,” New York City Mayor Eric Adams (D) told the Biden administration last month of the thousands of migrants who have arrived in the city since last year. “That is our clear message that we are sending. We must expedite work authorization for asylum seekers, not in the future, but now.”
Migrants camp out in front of the Watson Hotel after being evicted on January 30, 2023 in New York City. Migrants who have been staying at the Watson Hotel since arriving to NYC were evicted over the weekend to be relocated to the recently opened up migrant relief center for single adult men at the Brooklyn Cruise Terminal. The ones who refused have been camping out in front of the hotel since eviction. Several migrants who agreed to the relocation returned, complaining of lack of heat and bathroom space. (Leonardo Munoz/VIEWpress via Getty Images)
New York Gov. Kathy Hochul has issued similar sentiments.
“… at the same time, we have this historic labor shortage, we also have this unprecedented influx of individuals arriving in New York — all of them legally seeking asylum,” Hochul said. “They’re eager to work, they want to work, they came here in search of work.”
WATCH: “Gyms Are for Children!” NY Parents Protest Plans to Use Public Schools for Migrant Shelters:
Christopher Leon Johnson via Storyful
0 seconds of 1 minute, 26 secondsVolume 90%
In Washington, DC, Democrats recently repeated many of the same talking points from the Business Roundtable and U.S. Chamber of Commerce used to demand an endless flow of foreign workers whom jobless Americans would be forced to compete against.
“We’re ignoring the Business Roundtables of America who are crying out for employees to work alongside Americans,” Rep. Sheila Jackson Lee (D-TX) said during a committee hearing last month. “Let me be very clear, we have jobs for Americans, we have tech jobs for Americans, teaching jobs for Americans, law enforcement, firefighter jobs for Americans, but we’re a growing nation.”
As Breitbart News has chronicled, Biden has grown the U.S. payrolls by adding millions of foreign-born workers to the labor market while the share of native-born Americans in the labor market has continued to decline.
WATCH: Rep. Lee: No Border Security Bill Until GOP OKs Even More Migrants:
@USHouseJudiciaryGOP / YouTube
0 seconds of 1 minute, 39 secondsVolume 90%
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Email him at jbinder@breitbart.com. Follow him on Twitter here.
biden hides the truth at the border — he’s letting in thousands
By Mark Krikorian
New York Post, May 31, 2023
Excerpt: But as in so many other areas of government policy, Biden’s Department of Homeland Security is set on brazenly violating the immigration law and the Constitution until somebody stops it.
AMLO and Biden: Agents of Immigration Chaos
By Phillip Linderman
American Conservative, May 26, 2023
Excerpt: As Biden’s initiative played out over months, President Lopez Obrador, for once, issued no protest, apparently as oblivious as his American counterpart to the looming unintended consequences. Blinded by his own open-border ideology, the stubborn AMLO seems never to have analyzed the impact of Washington’s unilateral migrant policies on Mexico’s national sovereignty. Much more subtle than previous Yanqui strong-arm tactics, President Biden was nevertheless blithely unleashing powerful outside forces that would trample Mexico.20 million illegals get 'free' healthcare!
1 in 5 California Hospitals Are FAILING
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lbfRFrwRzLQ
0:02 / 10:02
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lbfRFrwRzLQ
0:02 / 10:02
Leo Terrell: This is why California is the worst state in the country
In truth, the Golden State is becoming a semi-feudal kingdom, with the nation’s widest gap between middle and upper incomes—72 percent, compared with the U.S. average of 57 percent—and its highest poverty rate. Roughly half of America’s homeless live in Los Angeles or San Francisco, which now has the highest property crime rate among major cities.
The costs of illegal immigration are being carefully hidden by Democrats. MONICA SHOWALTER
The costs of illegal immigration are being carefully hidden by Democrats. MONICA SHOWALTER
California approves ‘shocking’ policy giving weekly checks to migrants: Report
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bGCsB3LL1Nw
Migrant enclaves already are at the top of the U.S. lists for bad places to - 10 of the 50 worst places in America to live according to this list are in California, and all of them are famous for their illegal populations. MONICA SHOWALTER
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bGCsB3LL1Nw
Migrant enclaves already are at the top of the U.S. lists for bad places to - 10 of the 50 worst places in America to live according to this list are in California, and all of them are famous for their illegal populations. MONICA SHOWALTER
Poll: Nearly 70% Happy in California, but Over 40% Think of Leaving
18Tony Hisgett / Flickr / CC / Cropped
25 Jun 202323
Nearly 70% of California residents say they are happy in the state, but over 40% also say that they are thinking about leaving it, according to a new poll.
The California Community Poll, by Strategies 360, was conducted by the Los Angeles Times and a consortium of community groups between June 6 to 16 among 1354 residents of the Golden State. It found, among other results: “Robust majorities of residents across regional, demographic, and racial lines feel happy about living in California (71%), report that living in California is important to their personal identities (68%), and say California is a place where they fit in and feel comfortable (68%).”
However, the Times noted, over 40% are thinking of leaving, largely because of the cost of living, but also because of the state’s policies:
More than 40% of residents say they’re contemplating moving out of California, with nearly half of them saying they’re considering that “very seriously.” About 61% pointed to the high cost of living here as the reason they’d go. People of color are far more likely to say that the expense of living in California is the reason they might leave. About 71% of residents who are either Black or Asian/Pacific Islander and considering relocating cited the cost of living.
Nearly 30% of those surveyed said they might leave because the state’s policies and laws don’t align with their political views, a reflection of the polarization of the state and the nation at the moment. Respondents who identified as conservative were much more likely to cite the politics of the state as the reason why they were considering moving.
Self-identified Republicans were three times as likely as Democrats to say that the state’s politics were why they wanted to go.
The apparent contradiction in the poll results could affect Gov. Gavin Newsom’s chances as he lines himself up for a potential presidential run, either in 2024 — if President Joe Biden steps aside — or in 2028.
Newsom has few concrete policy achievements to his name after two decades in politics, and faced a recall in 2021 driven by outrage over his flouting of his own draconian coronavirus restrictions. However, he has championed liberal positions on social issues, and the state continues to attract talented and ambitious young people, even as it loses residents overall to other states with lower taxes, fewer regulations, less crime, and lower costs of living.
Joel B. Pollak is Senior Editor-at-Large at Breitbart News and the host of Breitbart News Sunday on Sirius XM Patriot on Sunday evenings from 7 p.m. to 10 p.m. ET (4 p.m. to 7 p.m. PT). He is the author of the new biography, Rhoda: ‘Comrade Kadalie, You Are Out of Order’. He is also the author of the recent e-book, Neither Free nor Fair: The 2020 U.S. Presidential Election. He is a winner of the 2018 Robert Novak Journalism Alumni Fellowship. Follow him on Twitter at @joelpollak.
18Tony Hisgett / Flickr / CC / Cropped
25 Jun 202323
Nearly 70% of California residents say they are happy in the state, but over 40% also say that they are thinking about leaving it, according to a new poll.
The California Community Poll, by Strategies 360, was conducted by the Los Angeles Times and a consortium of community groups between June 6 to 16 among 1354 residents of the Golden State. It found, among other results: “Robust majorities of residents across regional, demographic, and racial lines feel happy about living in California (71%), report that living in California is important to their personal identities (68%), and say California is a place where they fit in and feel comfortable (68%).”
However, the Times noted, over 40% are thinking of leaving, largely because of the cost of living, but also because of the state’s policies:
More than 40% of residents say they’re contemplating moving out of California, with nearly half of them saying they’re considering that “very seriously.” About 61% pointed to the high cost of living here as the reason they’d go. People of color are far more likely to say that the expense of living in California is the reason they might leave. About 71% of residents who are either Black or Asian/Pacific Islander and considering relocating cited the cost of living.
Nearly 30% of those surveyed said they might leave because the state’s policies and laws don’t align with their political views, a reflection of the polarization of the state and the nation at the moment. Respondents who identified as conservative were much more likely to cite the politics of the state as the reason why they were considering moving.
Self-identified Republicans were three times as likely as Democrats to say that the state’s politics were why they wanted to go.
The apparent contradiction in the poll results could affect Gov. Gavin Newsom’s chances as he lines himself up for a potential presidential run, either in 2024 — if President Joe Biden steps aside — or in 2028.
Newsom has few concrete policy achievements to his name after two decades in politics, and faced a recall in 2021 driven by outrage over his flouting of his own draconian coronavirus restrictions. However, he has championed liberal positions on social issues, and the state continues to attract talented and ambitious young people, even as it loses residents overall to other states with lower taxes, fewer regulations, less crime, and lower costs of living.
Joel B. Pollak is Senior Editor-at-Large at Breitbart News and the host of Breitbart News Sunday on Sirius XM Patriot on Sunday evenings from 7 p.m. to 10 p.m. ET (4 p.m. to 7 p.m. PT). He is the author of the new biography, Rhoda: ‘Comrade Kadalie, You Are Out of Order’. He is also the author of the recent e-book, Neither Free nor Fair: The 2020 U.S. Presidential Election. He is a winner of the 2018 Robert Novak Journalism Alumni Fellowship. Follow him on Twitter at @joelpollak.
CA makes up third of homeless population in U.S., according to study
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5OCZZF3_Yas
OPEN BORDERS TO KEEP WAGES DEPRESSED
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5OCZZF3_Yas
OPEN BORDERS TO KEEP WAGES DEPRESSED
New study says high housing costs, low income push Californians into homelessness
Study: More than 7-in-10 California Immigrant
Welfare
More than 7-in-10 households headed by immigrants in the state of California are on taxpayer-funded welfare, a new study reveals.
The latest Census Bureau data analyzed by the Center for Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of households headed by native-born Americans use welfare in California.
All four states with the largest foreign-born populations, including California, have extremely high use of welfare by immigrant households. In Texas, for example, nearly 70 percent of households headed by immigrants use taxpayer-funded welfare. Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of native-born households in Texas are on welfare.
In New York and Florida, a majority of households headed by immigrants and noncitizens are on welfare. Overall, about 63 percent of immigrant households use welfare while only 35 percent of native-born households use welfare.
President Trump’s administration is looking to soon implement a policy that protects American taxpayers’ dollars from funding the mass importation of welfare-dependent foreign nationals by enforcing a “public charge” rule whereby legal immigrants would be less likely to secure a permanent residency in the U.S. if they have used any forms of welfare in the past, including using Obamacare, food stamps, and public housing.
The immigration controls would be a boon for American taxpayers in the form of an annual $57.4 billion tax cut — the amount taxpayers spend every year on paying for the welfare, crime, and schooling costs of the country’s mass importation of 1.5 million new, mostly low-skilled legal immigrants.
As Breitbart News reported, the majority of the more than 1.5 million foreign nationals entering the country every year use about 57 percent more food stamps than the average native-born American household. Overall, immigrant households consume 33 percent more cash welfare than American citizen households and 44 percent more in Medicaid dollars. This straining of public services by a booming 44 million foreign-born population translates to the average immigrant household costing American taxpayers $6,234 in federal welfare.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.
More than 7-in-10 households headed by immigrants in the state of California are on taxpayer-funded welfare, a new study reveals.
The latest Census Bureau data analyzed by the Center for Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of households headed by native-born Americans use welfare in California.
All four states with the largest foreign-born populations, including California, have extremely high use of welfare by immigrant households. In Texas, for example, nearly 70 percent of households headed by immigrants use taxpayer-funded welfare. Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of native-born households in Texas are on welfare.
In New York and Florida, a majority of households headed by immigrants and noncitizens are on welfare. Overall, about 63 percent of immigrant households use welfare while only 35 percent of native-born households use welfare.
President Trump’s administration is looking to soon implement a policy that protects American taxpayers’ dollars from funding the mass importation of welfare-dependent foreign nationals by enforcing a “public charge” rule whereby legal immigrants would be less likely to secure a permanent residency in the U.S. if they have used any forms of welfare in the past, including using Obamacare, food stamps, and public housing.
The immigration controls would be a boon for American taxpayers in the form of an annual $57.4 billion tax cut — the amount taxpayers spend every year on paying for the welfare, crime, and schooling costs of the country’s mass importation of 1.5 million new, mostly low-skilled legal immigrants.
As Breitbart News reported, the majority of the more than 1.5 million foreign nationals entering the country every year use about 57 percent more food stamps than the average native-born American household. Overall, immigrant households consume 33 percent more cash welfare than American citizen households and 44 percent more in Medicaid dollars. This straining of public services by a booming 44 million foreign-born population translates to the average immigrant household costing American taxpayers $6,234 in federal welfare.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.
California approves ‘shocking’ policy giving weekly checks to migrants: Report
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bGCsB3LL1Nw
The state of California is home to more illegal aliens than any other state in the country. Approximately one in five illegal aliens lives in California, Pew reported.
Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
“The Democrats had abandoned their working-class base to chase what they pretended was a racial group when what they were actually chasing was the momentum of unlimited migration”. DANIEL GREENFIELD
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bGCsB3LL1Nw
The state of California is home to more illegal aliens than any other state in the country. Approximately one in five illegal aliens lives in California, Pew reported.
Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
“The Democrats had abandoned their working-class base to chase what they pretended was a racial group when what they were actually chasing was the momentum of unlimited migration”. DANIEL GREENFIELD
Liberal California Emigrants are Toxic
When Arizona, a state that has historically leaned conservative, was won by Joe Biden and now-senator Mark Kelly this week, very few were taken by surprise. Extensive polling indicated Arizona was ripe for swinging liberal and in this instance, at least, the polling was correct.
The question is why? Why has a state that held two elected Republican senators as recently as 2018 and which held a dependable stable of electoral votes for GOP presidential candidates become a purple state on its way to becoming solidly blue? Have Arizona residents suddenly awaked to the idea that liberal policies and doctrines are more sensible than conservative ones? Hardly.
The answer regarding Arizona’s swing lies in its neighbor to the west, California. Since 2012, California has overwhelmingly sent more transplants to Arizona than any other state. When surveyed, escaping Californians cite high taxes, high crime rates, unaffordable housing, out-of-control homelessness, and high unemployment rates as their top reasons for fleeing.
Who is responsible for creating such an alarming living environment within the state? California liberals. A November, 2020 report produced by the Mercatus Center at George Mason University stated that California has 395,608 regulatory restrictions. The sheer volume and scope of California regulations creates such a compliance nightmare that they kill entire industries, send housing prices to unattainable heights, and restrict even commonplace liberties for which conservative leaning states are known.
Piled onto California’s endless river of regulations are its nonsensical laws and policies. Twenty major metropolitan cities or counties in California have established laws, ordinances, regulations, or other practices that shield illegal immigrants from prosecution after committing a crime. These counties brazenly safeguard illegal immigrant criminals against deportation either through noncompliance or by refusing to hand them over to federal agencies such as ICE. With over $1.5 trillion in state and local government debt, California effectively has little money to spare for conveniences such as criminal incarceration. What do sanctuary cities and counties see as the alternative to handing illegal immigrant criminals over for deportation? Release them back into the general population, of course.
Consider this: Between 2014 and 2017, the FBI reported that 49 states saw an average increase in crime annually of around 3%. After implementing “humane” alternatives to criminal prosecution, California crime increased more than 12% per year over the same time period. With irrational sanctuary policies that send a clear message of little to no consequence for offenses, is it any wonder California’s crime rate is now spiraling out of control?
Arizona is not the only beneficiary of the California exodus. The Colorado State Demography Office has published an active flow map of people moving into the state from 2010 on. Disturbingly, the state sending the most movers to Colorado since then has consistently been California. As recently as 2004, Colorado had the political trifecta of a Republican governor and a Republican-controlled House and Senate. A short ten years later, all three had turned irrevocably Democrat. The subsequent consequence? A drastic increase in state and local regulations, a dramatic increase in violent crimes, a severe shortage of home inventory and affordable housing, and a staggering increase in homelessness. Do these newfound troubles sound familiar to any other state mentioned here? The only safeguard against out-of-control tax hikes in Colorado is the TABOR Amendment passed by voters 1992, prior to the influx of California residents, that requires taxpayer approval for any new tax. Not surprisingly, emboldened liberals in Colorado are vigorously resolute in repealing this tax hike protection. As of the most recent election they are unsuccessful, yet remain undeterred.
What has coincided with Colorado’s decline? The mass inflow of Californians to the state. Californians have brought with them all the very same liberal doctrines and ideologies that forced their flight from California in the first place. Does this dissuade liberal Californians from shaping Colorado into the very image of California? Not in the least.
If there is any hope for Arizona, it is that they might learn from the resulting ruin of Colorado, however unlikely.
In the 2020 election, Texas was startlingly considered in play for liberals. Since 2015, which state has contributed the most emigrants into Texas? Not surprisingly, the state of California. The hope for liberals is that they can turn Texas into the next purple soon-to-be blue state. The coveted prize is Texas’ electoral votes. Even more insidious, if liberals are able to capture Texas as they have done in Colorado and Arizona, they will force the state to join the National Popular Vote Interstate Compact. They will then achieve their ultimate goal of a Democrat president reigning over the United States for endless generations until the point our country experiences the same collapse as other great civilizations throughout world history.
The obvious question is this: How can Texas avoid the same fate as states such as Colorado and Arizona? Simple. By being proactive.
It is much easier for liberals to enact new legislation than to argue for the removal of existing laws. With this in mind, Texas should take advantage of their current Republican-controlled Senate, House, and governor’s office by making haste and passing laws that would limit the future incursion of liberal meddling. Texas can presently enact laws that prohibit sanctuary cities, require voter approval to remove the state’s mandated balanced budget, require that any new regulation must necessitate the removal of an existing one, and compel voter approval of each new local or state tax including non-user fees. While such laws may only serve to stem the liberal takeover of the state, they would be roadblocks making it much more difficult for ideological infiltration in areas that affect inhabitant’s liberties and quality of life.
It would be absurd to suppose Californians have malintent. Rather, they are simply following the course with which they are most familiar while being blissfully ignorant of the negative unintended consequences their political ideology brings. To suggest that any act of suppression, aggression, or intimidation towards Californians moving into red states is acceptable would simply be un-American and subject to the same type of hypocrisy liberals practice. If conservatives stoop to their level, we have lost the battle and, perhaps, the war.
However, by taking aggressive legislative action in states that have not yet succumbed to liberal infiltration, Conservatives will effectively be planting our flag in a defiant refusal to hand over our institutions and our liberty.
State and Local Politicians Move to Grant Coronavirus Relief to Illegal Aliens
By Matthew Tragesser
ImmigrationReform.com
https://www.immigrationreform.com/2020/04/08/illegal-alien-benefits-states-immigrationreform-com/
THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA HANDS OUT $50 BILLION IN SOCIAL SERVICE WHEN STATE, COUNTY AND CITY HANDOUTS ARE ADDED UP! 'CHEAP' LABOR ISN'T ALL THAT CHEAP!
Appearing Wednesday on MSNBC, former President Barack Obama senior advisor Valerie Jarrett said the federal government should make it “as easy as possible” for people to vote as Democrats continue to push a vote-by-mail option ahead of the 2020 election.
VALERIE JARRETT: Very concerned, in a word. And I think as,you know, earlier this week, Michelle Obama announced “When We All Vote,” an organization she formed, non-partisan organization, I might add, a call on Congress to ensure that we have the ability to
have absentee ballots. We shouldn’t have to choose between our health and exercising our most fundamental right to vote.
I think we should make it as easy as possible for people to vote, and unfortunately, we have seen in history now in our country where states have passed laws, practices have been put in place to suppress the vote. We should be doing just the opposite. Technology is our friend. The ability to do absentee balloting is something we could fund and have in place if we get ready right now.
According to Attorney General Xavier Becerra, once on Hillary Clinton’s short list as a running mate, more than 10 million illegals reside in California. When the illegals get driver’s licenses, the DMV automatically registers them to vote. More than one million “new” voters were registered by 2018, but Padilla won’t say how many actually voted and refuses to comply with federal probes of voter fraud.
OBAMANITE
Valerie Jarrett: ‘We Should Make It as Easy as Possible to Vote,’ Including Expanded Absentee Ballots
When Arizona, a state that has historically leaned conservative, was won by Joe Biden and now-senator Mark Kelly this week, very few were taken by surprise. Extensive polling indicated Arizona was ripe for swinging liberal and in this instance, at least, the polling was correct.
The question is why? Why has a state that held two elected Republican senators as recently as 2018 and which held a dependable stable of electoral votes for GOP presidential candidates become a purple state on its way to becoming solidly blue? Have Arizona residents suddenly awaked to the idea that liberal policies and doctrines are more sensible than conservative ones? Hardly.
The answer regarding Arizona’s swing lies in its neighbor to the west, California. Since 2012, California has overwhelmingly sent more transplants to Arizona than any other state. When surveyed, escaping Californians cite high taxes, high crime rates, unaffordable housing, out-of-control homelessness, and high unemployment rates as their top reasons for fleeing.
Who is responsible for creating such an alarming living environment within the state? California liberals. A November, 2020 report produced by the Mercatus Center at George Mason University stated that California has 395,608 regulatory restrictions. The sheer volume and scope of California regulations creates such a compliance nightmare that they kill entire industries, send housing prices to unattainable heights, and restrict even commonplace liberties for which conservative leaning states are known.
Piled onto California’s endless river of regulations are its nonsensical laws and policies. Twenty major metropolitan cities or counties in California have established laws, ordinances, regulations, or other practices that shield illegal immigrants from prosecution after committing a crime. These counties brazenly safeguard illegal immigrant criminals against deportation either through noncompliance or by refusing to hand them over to federal agencies such as ICE. With over $1.5 trillion in state and local government debt, California effectively has little money to spare for conveniences such as criminal incarceration. What do sanctuary cities and counties see as the alternative to handing illegal immigrant criminals over for deportation? Release them back into the general population, of course.
Consider this: Between 2014 and 2017, the FBI reported that 49 states saw an average increase in crime annually of around 3%. After implementing “humane” alternatives to criminal prosecution, California crime increased more than 12% per year over the same time period. With irrational sanctuary policies that send a clear message of little to no consequence for offenses, is it any wonder California’s crime rate is now spiraling out of control?
Arizona is not the only beneficiary of the California exodus. The Colorado State Demography Office has published an active flow map of people moving into the state from 2010 on. Disturbingly, the state sending the most movers to Colorado since then has consistently been California. As recently as 2004, Colorado had the political trifecta of a Republican governor and a Republican-controlled House and Senate. A short ten years later, all three had turned irrevocably Democrat. The subsequent consequence? A drastic increase in state and local regulations, a dramatic increase in violent crimes, a severe shortage of home inventory and affordable housing, and a staggering increase in homelessness. Do these newfound troubles sound familiar to any other state mentioned here? The only safeguard against out-of-control tax hikes in Colorado is the TABOR Amendment passed by voters 1992, prior to the influx of California residents, that requires taxpayer approval for any new tax. Not surprisingly, emboldened liberals in Colorado are vigorously resolute in repealing this tax hike protection. As of the most recent election they are unsuccessful, yet remain undeterred.
What has coincided with Colorado’s decline? The mass inflow of Californians to the state. Californians have brought with them all the very same liberal doctrines and ideologies that forced their flight from California in the first place. Does this dissuade liberal Californians from shaping Colorado into the very image of California? Not in the least.
If there is any hope for Arizona, it is that they might learn from the resulting ruin of Colorado, however unlikely.
In the 2020 election, Texas was startlingly considered in play for liberals. Since 2015, which state has contributed the most emigrants into Texas? Not surprisingly, the state of California. The hope for liberals is that they can turn Texas into the next purple soon-to-be blue state. The coveted prize is Texas’ electoral votes. Even more insidious, if liberals are able to capture Texas as they have done in Colorado and Arizona, they will force the state to join the National Popular Vote Interstate Compact. They will then achieve their ultimate goal of a Democrat president reigning over the United States for endless generations until the point our country experiences the same collapse as other great civilizations throughout world history.
The obvious question is this: How can Texas avoid the same fate as states such as Colorado and Arizona? Simple. By being proactive.
It is much easier for liberals to enact new legislation than to argue for the removal of existing laws. With this in mind, Texas should take advantage of their current Republican-controlled Senate, House, and governor’s office by making haste and passing laws that would limit the future incursion of liberal meddling. Texas can presently enact laws that prohibit sanctuary cities, require voter approval to remove the state’s mandated balanced budget, require that any new regulation must necessitate the removal of an existing one, and compel voter approval of each new local or state tax including non-user fees. While such laws may only serve to stem the liberal takeover of the state, they would be roadblocks making it much more difficult for ideological infiltration in areas that affect inhabitant’s liberties and quality of life.
It would be absurd to suppose Californians have malintent. Rather, they are simply following the course with which they are most familiar while being blissfully ignorant of the negative unintended consequences their political ideology brings. To suggest that any act of suppression, aggression, or intimidation towards Californians moving into red states is acceptable would simply be un-American and subject to the same type of hypocrisy liberals practice. If conservatives stoop to their level, we have lost the battle and, perhaps, the war.
However, by taking aggressive legislative action in states that have not yet succumbed to liberal infiltration, Conservatives will effectively be planting our flag in a defiant refusal to hand over our institutions and our liberty.
State and Local Politicians Move to Grant Coronavirus Relief to Illegal Aliens
By Matthew Tragesser
ImmigrationReform.com
https://www.immigrationreform.com/2020/04/08/illegal-alien-benefits-states-immigrationreform-com/THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA HANDS OUT $50 BILLION IN SOCIAL SERVICE WHEN STATE, COUNTY AND CITY HANDOUTS ARE ADDED UP! 'CHEAP' LABOR ISN'T ALL THAT CHEAP!
Appearing Wednesday on MSNBC, former President Barack Obama senior advisor Valerie Jarrett said the federal government should make it “as easy as possible” for people to vote as Democrats continue to push a vote-by-mail option ahead of the 2020 election.
VALERIE JARRETT: Very concerned, in a word. And I think as,you know, earlier this week, Michelle Obama announced “When We All Vote,” an organization she formed, non-partisan organization, I might add, a call on Congress to ensure that we have the ability to
have absentee ballots. We shouldn’t have to choose between our health and exercising our most fundamental right to vote.
I think we should make it as easy as possible for people to vote, and unfortunately, we have seen in history now in our country where states have passed laws, practices have been put in place to suppress the vote. We should be doing just the opposite. Technology is our friend. The ability to do absentee balloting is something we could fund and have in place if we get ready right now.
According to Attorney General Xavier Becerra, once on Hillary Clinton’s short list as a running mate, more than 10 million illegals reside in California. When the illegals get driver’s licenses, the DMV automatically registers them to vote. More than one million “new” voters were registered by 2018, but Padilla won’t say how many actually voted and refuses to comply with federal probes of voter fraud.
OBAMANITE
Valerie Jarrett: ‘We Should Make It as Easy as Possible to Vote,’ Including Expanded Absentee Ballots
THE OBAMA MARXIST-MUSLIM BANKSTER-FUNDED THIRD TERM for life:
http://mexicanoccupation.blogspot.com/2018/03/obamas-marxism-still-hankering-for.html
"Cold War historian Paul Kengor goes deeply into Obama's communist background in an article in American Spectator, "Our First Red Diaper Baby President," and in an excellent Mark Levin interview. Another Kengor article describes the Chicago communists whose younger generation include David Axelrod, Valerie Jarrett, and Barack Hussein Obama. Add the openly Marxist, pro-communist Ayers, and you have many of the key players who put Obama into power." Karin McQuillan
“Professor Paul Kengor has extensively researched the
Chicago communists whose progeny include David
Axelrod, Valerie Jarrett, and Barack Hussein Obama. Add
the openly Marxist, pro-communist Ayers, and you have many
of the key players who put Obama into power.”
“One of the most disgusting things to come out of the Obama
administration was "Operation Fast and Furious," where
members of the Department of Alcohol, T0bacco, Firearms
and Explosives (ATF) allowed illegal gun sales to go through –
commonly referred to as "gun walking" – in order to track
buyers and sellers they believed were connected to the
Mexican drug cartels. Nearly 2,000 firearms were sold and
were eventually found throughout the United States and
Mexico. Two of them were used to kill Border Patrol Agent
Brian Terry.” BETH BAUMANN
DO YOU REALLY WANT NARCOMEX ELECTING ALL FUTURE PRESIDENTS? DO YOU THINK THAT WILL BENEFIT LEGALS?
Latino Democrats Tout Migrants as Their Constituents
Democratic Latino politicians are demanding President Joe Biden protect the interests of foreign migrants, regardless of the huge civic and pocketbook damage to unhyphenated Americans, Latino-Americans, and legal immigrants.
“We are here to protect immigration as it is,” Rep. Nanette Barragan (D-CA), told an audience of legislators, activists, and media at a December 13 rally beside the Capitol.
The rally called on President Joe Biden to deny any significant concessions to GOP negotiators in the debate over his demand for $14 billion in emergency funds to accelerate and hide his migration flood, and funds for wartime aid for Israel and Ukraine.
VIVA LA RAZA FASCISM IN MEXICO'S SECOND LARGEST CITY OF LOS ANGELES???
The LA City Council Debacle is not just about Racism
When those who publicly espouse woke identity politics are shown to be racists of the first order one can be forgiven a bit of schadenfreude.
Of the four involved in the now infamous LA Council meeting, two -- Council President Nury Martinez and labor leader Ron Herrera have resigned, the other two -- councilmembers Kevin deLeon and Gil Cedillo have not, though Cedillo is already on his way out at the end of the year after losing his seat in the June primary.
A number of pundits have argued that “cancelling” people because of what they said in a private conversation is exactly what the woke do. Since we all know what lying corrupt dirtbags politicians are, why should the public be surprised at this sort of thing?
In this case, though, that argument is absolutely wrong because context matters:
The recording was of a meeting regarding the re-districting of city council seats, one of the most important things electeds do -- essentially picking who can vote for whom. The centrality of this point cannot be disregarded -- this was not some random “a few too many cocktails at a fundraiser” gossip or some bad joke told in passing six years ago; this was them doing their job.
However, it cannot be emphasized enough that this situation is about far more than race, as it has pulled back the curtain and shown the public how LA (and much of government everywhere) actually operates.
· Woke Language -- Since all four of the participants are Hispanic and are by definition oppressed, the Left has been trying to sell the idea that systemic racism goes beyond “white supremacy” and really should be reclassified as “light supremacy.” Just when you thought the linguistic gymnastics could not get any more absurd… at least it rhymes, so that’s a plus
· Union Corruption -- Herrera was the president of the Los Angeles Federation of Labor, which often spouts identity nonsense. Of course, anyone without a very specific political axe to grind already knew too many unions care more about political power and perks than their members, let alone the people they serve. But, like the appalling actions of teachers unions across the country during COVID, this episode truly rips the mask off for everyone except the willfully blind to see.
· Ethnic Politics -- The thrust of the meeting was how the city could be chopped up to increase the number of Latinos on the council and that that increase should/could come about by the reduction of the number of “black” council seats (48 percent of the city is Hispanic and -- pre-Nury resignation -- there were four Hispanic members while 9 percent of the city is Black and there are three black members). This effort to tweak the districts shows no concern about properly representing and/or doing good by your community but merely using them as demographic pawns to increase personal power.
· What Politicians Focus On -- Three city council members and one of the most important unelected official in the city get together and what did they talk about? Solving homelessness? Battling crime? Improving constituent services? Nope -- it was all about how to increase their personal power and make the union happy (I was an elected for some time and was never privy to any such discussions and actually made sure to schedule an extra 20 minutes every time I went to the grocery store to ensure I had enough time to get complained and/or suggested at while I was trying to figure out what flavor of yogurt to buy. I was also only offered one bribe, which was either heartening because people knew I wouldn’t take it or sort of depressing because no one thought I was important enough to bother trying to bribe.)
· Comfortable Corruption -- Los Angeles city government is a cesspool of corruption, to the point that one needs a literal cheat sheet to keep the cases straight. Throw in Mayor Eric Garcetti’s ambassadorial derailment and you have a city that has gone out of control. Yet one of the most fascinating aspects of the recording is how utterly comfortable all four were with what was occurring. Clearly, this was not the only time they did things like this. As they had never been caught before and the fact that it would never even occur to the Los Angeles Times or other local media to investigate “people of color” they didn’t have to worry… they thought.
And the final fallout from the farce is not finished, as another group of power-hungry Angelenos -- the Los Angeles chapter of the Democratic Socialists of America - is prepared to pounce on the politically putrid remains.
The DSA already has one of its members on the council, got another one (yet-to-be-seated) in the June primary (taking Cedillo’s seat) and saw, overall, five of the nine candidates it endorsed win.
And while it is unknown who leaked the recording, it is known that the meeting took place at union headquarters and that a current DSA-backed candidate is a labor organizer.
The leak opens up Nury’s seat for a special election, possibly will open up de Leon’s and hurts the campaign for city controller of current councilman Paul Koretz, who is locked in a tight battle with another DSA-backed candidate. In other words, the DSA could emerge as one of the big political winners of situation.
What that could mean is anyone’s guess, but a shift from the current union/developer/entertainment industry/greasy non-profit/identity hustler cabal that runs the city to a city run by people who truly believe that the United States and capitalism and law enforcement and self-governance are inherently evil is a change that boggles the mind.
The city is beyond the frying pan or fire question and swiftly approaching toilet bowl territory, but we may get a bit of inkling if the people of Los Angeles are capable of pulling back from the brink when they vote for a new mayor on November 8.
If it’s Rick Caruso, there is a glimmer of hope yet for the City of Angels.
If it’s Karen Bass, the sewage-soaked slip and slide ride of the past decade or so will just be the beginning.
Thomas Buckley is the former mayor of Lake Elsinore, Cal. and a former newspaper reporter. He is currently the operator of a small communications and planning consultancy and can be reached directly at planbuckley@gmail.com. You can read more of his work at: https://thomas699.substack.com/
McCain and Obama Lobby for La Raza Support
https://www.judicialwatch.org/30-mccain-and-obama-lobby-la-raza-support/
“Professor Paul Kengor has extensively researched the
Chicago communists whose progeny include David
Axelrod, Valerie Jarrett, and Barack Hussein Obama. Add
the openly Marxist, pro-communist Ayers, and you have many
of the key players who put Obama into power.”
“One of the most disgusting things to come out of the Obama
administration was "Operation Fast and Furious," where
members of the Department of Alcohol, T0bacco, Firearms
and Explosives (ATF) allowed illegal gun sales to go through –
commonly referred to as "gun walking" – in order to track
buyers and sellers they believed were connected to the
Mexican drug cartels. Nearly 2,000 firearms were sold and
were eventually found throughout the United States and
Mexico. Two of them were used to kill Border Patrol Agent
Brian Terry.” BETH BAUMANN
DO YOU REALLY WANT NARCOMEX ELECTING ALL FUTURE PRESIDENTS? DO YOU THINK THAT WILL BENEFIT LEGALS?
Latino Democrats Tout Migrants as Their Constituents
Democratic Latino politicians are demanding President Joe Biden protect the interests of foreign migrants, regardless of the huge civic and pocketbook damage to unhyphenated Americans, Latino-Americans, and legal immigrants.
“We are here to protect immigration as it is,” Rep. Nanette Barragan (D-CA), told an audience of legislators, activists, and media at a December 13 rally beside the Capitol.
The rally called on President Joe Biden to deny any significant concessions to GOP negotiators in the debate over his demand for $14 billion in emergency funds to accelerate and hide his migration flood, and funds for wartime aid for Israel and Ukraine.
VIVA LA RAZA FASCISM IN MEXICO'S SECOND LARGEST CITY OF LOS ANGELES???
The LA City Council Debacle is not just about Racism
When those who publicly espouse woke identity politics are shown to be racists of the first order one can be forgiven a bit of schadenfreude.
Of the four involved in the now infamous LA Council meeting, two -- Council President Nury Martinez and labor leader Ron Herrera have resigned, the other two -- councilmembers Kevin deLeon and Gil Cedillo have not, though Cedillo is already on his way out at the end of the year after losing his seat in the June primary.
A number of pundits have argued that “cancelling” people because of what they said in a private conversation is exactly what the woke do. Since we all know what lying corrupt dirtbags politicians are, why should the public be surprised at this sort of thing?
In this case, though, that argument is absolutely wrong because context matters:
The recording was of a meeting regarding the re-districting of city council seats, one of the most important things electeds do -- essentially picking who can vote for whom. The centrality of this point cannot be disregarded -- this was not some random “a few too many cocktails at a fundraiser” gossip or some bad joke told in passing six years ago; this was them doing their job.
However, it cannot be emphasized enough that this situation is about far more than race, as it has pulled back the curtain and shown the public how LA (and much of government everywhere) actually operates.
· Woke Language -- Since all four of the participants are Hispanic and are by definition oppressed, the Left has been trying to sell the idea that systemic racism goes beyond “white supremacy” and really should be reclassified as “light supremacy.” Just when you thought the linguistic gymnastics could not get any more absurd… at least it rhymes, so that’s a plus
· Union Corruption -- Herrera was the president of the Los Angeles Federation of Labor, which often spouts identity nonsense. Of course, anyone without a very specific political axe to grind already knew too many unions care more about political power and perks than their members, let alone the people they serve. But, like the appalling actions of teachers unions across the country during COVID, this episode truly rips the mask off for everyone except the willfully blind to see.
· Ethnic Politics -- The thrust of the meeting was how the city could be chopped up to increase the number of Latinos on the council and that that increase should/could come about by the reduction of the number of “black” council seats (48 percent of the city is Hispanic and -- pre-Nury resignation -- there were four Hispanic members while 9 percent of the city is Black and there are three black members). This effort to tweak the districts shows no concern about properly representing and/or doing good by your community but merely using them as demographic pawns to increase personal power.
· What Politicians Focus On -- Three city council members and one of the most important unelected official in the city get together and what did they talk about? Solving homelessness? Battling crime? Improving constituent services? Nope -- it was all about how to increase their personal power and make the union happy (I was an elected for some time and was never privy to any such discussions and actually made sure to schedule an extra 20 minutes every time I went to the grocery store to ensure I had enough time to get complained and/or suggested at while I was trying to figure out what flavor of yogurt to buy. I was also only offered one bribe, which was either heartening because people knew I wouldn’t take it or sort of depressing because no one thought I was important enough to bother trying to bribe.)
· Comfortable Corruption -- Los Angeles city government is a cesspool of corruption, to the point that one needs a literal cheat sheet to keep the cases straight. Throw in Mayor Eric Garcetti’s ambassadorial derailment and you have a city that has gone out of control. Yet one of the most fascinating aspects of the recording is how utterly comfortable all four were with what was occurring. Clearly, this was not the only time they did things like this. As they had never been caught before and the fact that it would never even occur to the Los Angeles Times or other local media to investigate “people of color” they didn’t have to worry… they thought.
And the final fallout from the farce is not finished, as another group of power-hungry Angelenos -- the Los Angeles chapter of the Democratic Socialists of America - is prepared to pounce on the politically putrid remains.
The DSA already has one of its members on the council, got another one (yet-to-be-seated) in the June primary (taking Cedillo’s seat) and saw, overall, five of the nine candidates it endorsed win.
And while it is unknown who leaked the recording, it is known that the meeting took place at union headquarters and that a current DSA-backed candidate is a labor organizer.
The leak opens up Nury’s seat for a special election, possibly will open up de Leon’s and hurts the campaign for city controller of current councilman Paul Koretz, who is locked in a tight battle with another DSA-backed candidate. In other words, the DSA could emerge as one of the big political winners of situation.
What that could mean is anyone’s guess, but a shift from the current union/developer/entertainment industry/greasy non-profit/identity hustler cabal that runs the city to a city run by people who truly believe that the United States and capitalism and law enforcement and self-governance are inherently evil is a change that boggles the mind.
The city is beyond the frying pan or fire question and swiftly approaching toilet bowl territory, but we may get a bit of inkling if the people of Los Angeles are capable of pulling back from the brink when they vote for a new mayor on November 8.
If it’s Rick Caruso, there is a glimmer of hope yet for the City of Angels.
If it’s Karen Bass, the sewage-soaked slip and slide ride of the past decade or so will just be the beginning.
Thomas Buckley is the former mayor of Lake Elsinore, Cal. and a former newspaper reporter. He is currently the operator of a small communications and planning consultancy and can be reached directly at planbuckley@gmail.com. You can read more of his work at: https://thomas699.substack.com/
McCain and Obama Lobby for La Raza Support
https://www.judicialwatch.org/30-mccain-and-obama-lobby-la-raza-support/
McCain and Obama Lobby for La Raza Support
July 18, 2008
From the Desk of Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton:
Obama and McCain Court Radical Mexican Separatist Group
Looking to curry favor with Latino voters, Barack Obama and John McCain both made high profile speeches recently before the extremist Mexican group, the National Council of La Raza, or the "National Council of The Race." (Actually, Obama’s speech was really more of a pep rally as the president of the supposedly nonpartisan council has all but endorsed the presumptive Democratic nominee.)
So, what is the National Council of La Raza and why is it so dangerous?
Founded in 1968, the National Council of La Raza has somehow managed to carve out an image as a mainstream civil rights organization, but nothing could be further from the truth. It is essentially the public relations arm of the Mexican reconquista movement, which seeks to conquer the American Southwest – by force or by ballot box – and return it to Mexico. The organization aggressively lobbies for open borders and supports amnesty for the 12 million illegals currently residing in the United States. Remember all those rallies supporting illegal immigration a couple of years ago? This is the group that helped organize them.
(By the way, you may be interested to know that your tax dollars have even been used to support the National Council of La Raza, which has received $30 million in federal grants since 1996.)
During their speeches, McCain and Obama put the political pander machine into overdrive.
Obama called for a "stop [to] the hateful rhetoric filling our airwaves — rhetoric that poisons our political discourse, degrades our democracy, and has no place in this great nation." (He was, of course, attacking opponents of illegal immigration and altogether ignoring the racism of the "La Raza" movement, which is expressed in its very name and other ideas like turning the United States into a "bronze nation.")
McCain, touting his efforts to pass comprehensive "illegal immigration reform" said that supporting amnesty for illegal aliens is "the right thing to do for Hispanic Americans…the right thing to do for all Americans."
Actually, the right thing to do for all Americans is to protect the border and enforce the law, something Judicial Watch has been pushing aggressively for years. But you won’t hear much emphasis on those common sense ideas from either presidential candidate as they attempt to lock up what they perceive to be the Latino vote by playing the race card.
(Our polling has found that Hispanics favor strict enforcement of our nation’s laws and oppose taxpayer funding of illegal day labor sites. Politicians like McCain and Obama should understand that Americans, from all stripes, oppose illegal immigration.)
If this subject interests you, and you want more information on the "La Raza" movement, check out this special report we produced last year on Academilla Semillas del Pueblo, a Mexican separatist school in California supported by the National Council of La Raza. It is truly eye-opening.
Perhaps even more, it matters because Mexico's politics seems to be the model for Democratic Party politics these days as rage over Trump dominates. In California, ballot-harvesting has been adopted as a legal practice, in what's a straight-out cultural appropriation of Mexican politics. If the Democrats are planning to make themselves the "perfect dictatorship" along the PRI model of one-party rule, starting in California and taking that style national, well, the unhappy question is, what else are they borrowing from Mexican politics as they (without saying so, of course) borrow from the Mexican Model? Yes, it sounds far-fetched. But we also know how implacably angry the Democrats still are at the election of Donald Trump and how they like to get away with things.
As in 2016, Democrats advance a corrupt ruling-class candidate. Like the dead man Gary Ernst, Democrats want people to vote for Joe Biden so they can swap him out for Kamala Harris, already a beneficiary of voter fraud and with the exception of Xavier Becerra possibly the worst attorney general in California history.
July 18, 2008
From the Desk of Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton:
Obama and McCain Court Radical Mexican Separatist Group
Looking to curry favor with Latino voters, Barack Obama and John McCain both made high profile speeches recently before the extremist Mexican group, the National Council of La Raza, or the "National Council of The Race." (Actually, Obama’s speech was really more of a pep rally as the president of the supposedly nonpartisan council has all but endorsed the presumptive Democratic nominee.)
So, what is the National Council of La Raza and why is it so dangerous?
Founded in 1968, the National Council of La Raza has somehow managed to carve out an image as a mainstream civil rights organization, but nothing could be further from the truth. It is essentially the public relations arm of the Mexican reconquista movement, which seeks to conquer the American Southwest – by force or by ballot box – and return it to Mexico. The organization aggressively lobbies for open borders and supports amnesty for the 12 million illegals currently residing in the United States. Remember all those rallies supporting illegal immigration a couple of years ago? This is the group that helped organize them.
(By the way, you may be interested to know that your tax dollars have even been used to support the National Council of La Raza, which has received $30 million in federal grants since 1996.)
During their speeches, McCain and Obama put the political pander machine into overdrive.
Obama called for a "stop [to] the hateful rhetoric filling our airwaves — rhetoric that poisons our political discourse, degrades our democracy, and has no place in this great nation." (He was, of course, attacking opponents of illegal immigration and altogether ignoring the racism of the "La Raza" movement, which is expressed in its very name and other ideas like turning the United States into a "bronze nation.")
McCain, touting his efforts to pass comprehensive "illegal immigration reform" said that supporting amnesty for illegal aliens is "the right thing to do for Hispanic Americans…the right thing to do for all Americans."
Actually, the right thing to do for all Americans is to protect the border and enforce the law, something Judicial Watch has been pushing aggressively for years. But you won’t hear much emphasis on those common sense ideas from either presidential candidate as they attempt to lock up what they perceive to be the Latino vote by playing the race card.
(Our polling has found that Hispanics favor strict enforcement of our nation’s laws and oppose taxpayer funding of illegal day labor sites. Politicians like McCain and Obama should understand that Americans, from all stripes, oppose illegal immigration.)
If this subject interests you, and you want more information on the "La Raza" movement, check out this special report we produced last year on Academilla Semillas del Pueblo, a Mexican separatist school in California supported by the National Council of La Raza. It is truly eye-opening.
Perhaps even more, it matters because Mexico's politics seems to be the model for Democratic Party politics these days as rage over Trump dominates. In California, ballot-harvesting has been adopted as a legal practice, in what's a straight-out cultural appropriation of Mexican politics. If the Democrats are planning to make themselves the "perfect dictatorship" along the PRI model of one-party rule, starting in California and taking that style national, well, the unhappy question is, what else are they borrowing from Mexican politics as they (without saying so, of course) borrow from the Mexican Model? Yes, it sounds far-fetched. But we also know how implacably angry the Democrats still are at the election of Donald Trump and how they like to get away with things.
As in 2016, Democrats advance a corrupt ruling-class candidate. Like the dead man Gary Ernst, Democrats want people to vote for Joe Biden so they can swap him out for Kamala Harris, already a beneficiary of voter fraud and with the exception of Xavier Becerra possibly the worst attorney general in California history.
Kamala Harris Urges Illegal Migrants to Help Elect Joe Bidenwrence Jackson / Biden
Sen. Kamala Harris promised Sunday to reduce detention space for migrants as she asked an illegal immigrant activist to help Joe Biden win the election.
BLOG EDITOR: WHY DIDN’T LAWYER KAMALA HARRIS TELL THE ILLEGAL TO GO HOME??? SHE’S THE ONE WHO AS ATTORNEY GENERAL OF CA DECLARED THAT NEARLY HALF THE MURDERS IN MEXIFORNIA ARE BY MEX GANGS!
“I’m undocumented … I can’t vote …What can we do during this election to help make sure that we get you elected?” asked Astrid Silva, who was brought into the United States as a child by her illegal migrant parents.
“You can tell people who can vote what life is like for you now, and what life can be like,” Vice President nominee Harris told the Nevada-based political organizer who runs the pro-amnesty Dream Big Nevada group, adding that:
We are committed to shutting down private detention centers and ending policies that have been about separating children from their parents at the border.
Harris’s comments may be a coded message to would-be illegal migrants and their supportive legal-immigrant relatives.
For example, if implemented, Harris’s promise to start “shutting down private detention centers” could cripple border enforcement. If the enforcement agency does not have commercial prisons to hold detainees prior to their asylum hearings, the agency would be forced to release waves of job-seeking migrants into the U.S. labor market.
Similarly, Harris’s promise to end “policies … about separating children” echoes the media-magnified demand by pro-migration activists that officials release migrant mothers and children when they cross the border. That demand would let migrant families freely travel to relatives — including their illegal migrant husbands and fathers — who are working illegally in the United States.
Last week in Nevada, I caught up with my friend @Astrid_NV, to discuss the Biden-Harris plan for immigration reform and how Dreamers can make a difference in this election.
If you're eligible to vote, show up at the ballot box for those who can't: https://t.co/VbrfuqVy9P. pic.twitter.com/knU2qFSYmn
— Kamala Harris (@KamalaHarris) November 1, 2020
Like Biden, Harris pushed the Cold War “Nation of Immigrants” claim, even though only about 10 percent of people in the United States are legal immigrants:
We want to have a president who understands we are a nation of immigrants. This is a country that was built and that has derived its strength from immigrants coming here over the generations.
Harris also tried to blur the legal and civic differences between illegal migrants, legal immigrants, and American citizens. For example, she told Silva:
Define who you are, and you tell the world who you are. Don’t let anybody ever put you in a box because they have a limited perspective on who can do what and who can be one.
[…]
We are all in this together. And so, chin up, shoulders back, right? We speak our truth and know that there will always be people applauding and supporting that even if you can’t see them at that one moment, know that there are so many of us who are supporting your leadership and the power of your voice. It’s really important.
Harris also claimed President Donald Trump vilified immigrants: “We’ve seen under the current president the kind of vitriol, the kind of hate, the vilification of immigrants in such a horrible way.”
But a Washington Post poll showed in April that Latinos are the strongest advocates for a near-total halt to legal immigration during the coronavirus epidemic and economic crash.
Biden’s 2020 plan promises to “reassert America’s commitment to asylum-seekers and refugees,” wipe out Trump’s asylum reforms, bar any deportations for 100 days, and end migration enforcement against illegal aliens unless they commit a felony.
Joe Biden’s asylum and open-border policies will destroy the American middle class by releasing millions of foreign migrants into the United States, Stephen Miller told reporters October 28. https://t.co/BaeLSIud7y
— Breitbart News (@BreitbartNews) October 28, 2020
Biden also wants to let companies import more visa workers, let mayors import temporary workers, and allow an unlimited flow of foreign graduates through U.S. universities into white-collar jobs. Biden would “exempt from any cap [the] recent graduates of Ph.D. programs in STEM fields.”
Biden also wants to accelerate the inflow of chain migration migrants and dramatically accelerate the inflow of poor refugees to at least 125,000 per year.
“The influx of low wage workers from all across the world will drive down incomes, drive down wages, deplete the middle class, bankrupt Social Security, bankrupt Medicare, bankrupt Medicaid, bankrupt federal entitlements, overcrowd schools, and overcrowd every hospital in the middle of a pandemic,” White House aide Stephen Miller told reporters on October 28.
“It is an assault on reason, it is an assault on law enforcement, and it’s an assault on the very idea of having a country, having a Republic,” Miller added. “This is not about left or right or Center. This is about between having a country, or not even having a country.”
Mexican Arkancide?
https://www.blogger.com/blogger.g?blogID=5440581937224467578#allposts/postNum=0
Sometimes, the coincidences get just too...coincidental.
Now we have, in Mexico, the sudden helicopter crash of a newly elected governor, after an apparently very bitter election. Here's the Globe and Mail report:
A Mexican governor and her senator husband were killed on Monday in a helicopter crash near the city of Puebla in central Mexico, the government said, just days after she had taken office following a bitterly contested election.
Martha Erika Alonso, a senior opposition figure and governor of the state of Puebla, died with Rafael Moreno, a senator and former Puebla governor, when their Agusta helicopter came down on Monday afternoon shortly after take-off, the government said.
This seems to happen a lot in Mexico, quite unlike any comparable place in the region that I know of.
A number of Mexican politicians have died in aircraft accidents in recent years, including federal interior ministers in 2008 and 2011. The latter two were also members of the PAN.
Maybe it was just the wildest of coincidences, but given the savage character of Mexican politics, I think it's natural to be a little suspicious. In most of these incidents, the motive is suspected but not utterly obvious. This one is different: it came after a bitterly contested election that the rabid left says was stolen. It sounds like the sort of fury we saw from the left when Trump won – except that now we see Mexican politics at play, potentially a straight-up assassination, possibly by the embittered left.
Mexico sees a lot of these helicopter downings, and what's more, it sees a lot of full blown assassinations. A presidential candidate from before Mexico got into multi-party politics, Luis Donaldo Colosio, was straight-out assassinated in 1994, and his wife died under murky circumstances shortly after that. Other elected officials have been gunned down or else died in mysterious car crashes. There was definitely one of those in Michoacán. Yes, some probably were the work of drug-dealers. But others were far more likely to be Mexico's toxic politics. It does happen.
Yet the Mexican government can get real touchy when you bring up any suspicions about the helicopter crash phenomenon. I remember how furious Mexico City's response was to an actually sympathetic editorial I wrote for Investor's Business Daily, I think in 2008, when a Mexican official was similarly killed in a helicopter crash. At the time, they were obviously worried about the potential impact on foreign investment, but my thought was to praise the Mexicans for their resolve and sacrifice in fighting drug lords. That's not the way they think over there.
Why does it matter? Well, because the U.S. under President Trump is trying hard to get along with the new Mexican administration, run by the leftist Andrés Manuel López-Obrador. His followers are the top suspects in this mysterious helicopter crash, which, if the investigation leads anywhere, is likely to cast a Putinesque pall over López-Obrador just as it gets its grounding. Prepare for relations to deteriorate if that grows as a backstory.
Perhaps even more, it matters because Mexico's politics seems to be the model for Democratic Party politics these days as rage over Trump dominates. In California, ballot-harvesting has been adopted as a legal practice, in what's a straight-out cultural appropriation of Mexican politics. If the Democrats are planning to make themselves the "perfect dictatorship" along the PRI model of one-party rule, starting in California and taking that style national, well, the unhappy question is, what else are they borrowing from Mexican politics as they (without saying so, of course) borrow from the Mexican Model? Yes, it sounds far-fetched. But we also know how implacably angry the Democrats still are at the election of Donald Trump and how they like to get away with things.
Image credit: Martha Erika Alonso de Moreno Valle, own work, via Wikipedia, CC BY-SA 4.0.
Sen. Kamala Harris promised Sunday to reduce detention space for migrants as she asked an illegal immigrant activist to help Joe Biden win the election.
BLOG EDITOR: WHY DIDN’T LAWYER KAMALA HARRIS TELL THE ILLEGAL TO GO HOME??? SHE’S THE ONE WHO AS ATTORNEY GENERAL OF CA DECLARED THAT NEARLY HALF THE MURDERS IN MEXIFORNIA ARE BY MEX GANGS!
“I’m undocumented … I can’t vote …What can we do during this election to help make sure that we get you elected?” asked Astrid Silva, who was brought into the United States as a child by her illegal migrant parents.
“You can tell people who can vote what life is like for you now, and what life can be like,” Vice President nominee Harris told the Nevada-based political organizer who runs the pro-amnesty Dream Big Nevada group, adding that:
We are committed to shutting down private detention centers and ending policies that have been about separating children from their parents at the border.
Harris’s comments may be a coded message to would-be illegal migrants and their supportive legal-immigrant relatives.
For example, if implemented, Harris’s promise to start “shutting down private detention centers” could cripple border enforcement. If the enforcement agency does not have commercial prisons to hold detainees prior to their asylum hearings, the agency would be forced to release waves of job-seeking migrants into the U.S. labor market.
Similarly, Harris’s promise to end “policies … about separating children” echoes the media-magnified demand by pro-migration activists that officials release migrant mothers and children when they cross the border. That demand would let migrant families freely travel to relatives — including their illegal migrant husbands and fathers — who are working illegally in the United States.
Last week in Nevada, I caught up with my friend @Astrid_NV, to discuss the Biden-Harris plan for immigration reform and how Dreamers can make a difference in this election.
If you're eligible to vote, show up at the ballot box for those who can't: https://t.co/VbrfuqVy9P. pic.twitter.com/knU2qFSYmn
— Kamala Harris (@KamalaHarris) November 1, 2020
Like Biden, Harris pushed the Cold War “Nation of Immigrants” claim, even though only about 10 percent of people in the United States are legal immigrants:
We want to have a president who understands we are a nation of immigrants. This is a country that was built and that has derived its strength from immigrants coming here over the generations.
Harris also tried to blur the legal and civic differences between illegal migrants, legal immigrants, and American citizens. For example, she told Silva:
Define who you are, and you tell the world who you are. Don’t let anybody ever put you in a box because they have a limited perspective on who can do what and who can be one.
[…]
We are all in this together. And so, chin up, shoulders back, right? We speak our truth and know that there will always be people applauding and supporting that even if you can’t see them at that one moment, know that there are so many of us who are supporting your leadership and the power of your voice. It’s really important.
Harris also claimed President Donald Trump vilified immigrants: “We’ve seen under the current president the kind of vitriol, the kind of hate, the vilification of immigrants in such a horrible way.”
But a Washington Post poll showed in April that Latinos are the strongest advocates for a near-total halt to legal immigration during the coronavirus epidemic and economic crash.
Biden’s 2020 plan promises to “reassert America’s commitment to asylum-seekers and refugees,” wipe out Trump’s asylum reforms, bar any deportations for 100 days, and end migration enforcement against illegal aliens unless they commit a felony.
Joe Biden’s asylum and open-border policies will destroy the American middle class by releasing millions of foreign migrants into the United States, Stephen Miller told reporters October 28. https://t.co/BaeLSIud7y
— Breitbart News (@BreitbartNews) October 28, 2020
Biden also wants to let companies import more visa workers, let mayors import temporary workers, and allow an unlimited flow of foreign graduates through U.S. universities into white-collar jobs. Biden would “exempt from any cap [the] recent graduates of Ph.D. programs in STEM fields.”
Biden also wants to accelerate the inflow of chain migration migrants and dramatically accelerate the inflow of poor refugees to at least 125,000 per year.
“The influx of low wage workers from all across the world will drive down incomes, drive down wages, deplete the middle class, bankrupt Social Security, bankrupt Medicare, bankrupt Medicaid, bankrupt federal entitlements, overcrowd schools, and overcrowd every hospital in the middle of a pandemic,” White House aide Stephen Miller told reporters on October 28.
“It is an assault on reason, it is an assault on law enforcement, and it’s an assault on the very idea of having a country, having a Republic,” Miller added. “This is not about left or right or Center. This is about between having a country, or not even having a country.”
Mexican Arkancide?
https://www.blogger.com/blogger.g?blogID=5440581937224467578#allposts/postNum=0
Sometimes, the coincidences get just too...coincidental.
Now we have, in Mexico, the sudden helicopter crash of a newly elected governor, after an apparently very bitter election. Here's the Globe and Mail report:
A Mexican governor and her senator husband were killed on Monday in a helicopter crash near the city of Puebla in central Mexico, the government said, just days after she had taken office following a bitterly contested election.
Martha Erika Alonso, a senior opposition figure and governor of the state of Puebla, died with Rafael Moreno, a senator and former Puebla governor, when their Agusta helicopter came down on Monday afternoon shortly after take-off, the government said.
This seems to happen a lot in Mexico, quite unlike any comparable place in the region that I know of.
A number of Mexican politicians have died in aircraft accidents in recent years, including federal interior ministers in 2008 and 2011. The latter two were also members of the PAN.
Maybe it was just the wildest of coincidences, but given the savage character of Mexican politics, I think it's natural to be a little suspicious. In most of these incidents, the motive is suspected but not utterly obvious. This one is different: it came after a bitterly contested election that the rabid left says was stolen. It sounds like the sort of fury we saw from the left when Trump won – except that now we see Mexican politics at play, potentially a straight-up assassination, possibly by the embittered left.
Mexico sees a lot of these helicopter downings, and what's more, it sees a lot of full blown assassinations. A presidential candidate from before Mexico got into multi-party politics, Luis Donaldo Colosio, was straight-out assassinated in 1994, and his wife died under murky circumstances shortly after that. Other elected officials have been gunned down or else died in mysterious car crashes. There was definitely one of those in Michoacán. Yes, some probably were the work of drug-dealers. But others were far more likely to be Mexico's toxic politics. It does happen.
Yet the Mexican government can get real touchy when you bring up any suspicions about the helicopter crash phenomenon. I remember how furious Mexico City's response was to an actually sympathetic editorial I wrote for Investor's Business Daily, I think in 2008, when a Mexican official was similarly killed in a helicopter crash. At the time, they were obviously worried about the potential impact on foreign investment, but my thought was to praise the Mexicans for their resolve and sacrifice in fighting drug lords. That's not the way they think over there.
Why does it matter? Well, because the U.S. under President Trump is trying hard to get along with the new Mexican administration, run by the leftist Andrés Manuel López-Obrador. His followers are the top suspects in this mysterious helicopter crash, which, if the investigation leads anywhere, is likely to cast a Putinesque pall over López-Obrador just as it gets its grounding. Prepare for relations to deteriorate if that grows as a backstory.
Perhaps even more, it matters because Mexico's politics seems to be the model for Democratic Party politics these days as rage over Trump dominates. In California, ballot-harvesting has been adopted as a legal practice, in what's a straight-out cultural appropriation of Mexican politics. If the Democrats are planning to make themselves the "perfect dictatorship" along the PRI model of one-party rule, starting in California and taking that style national, well, the unhappy question is, what else are they borrowing from Mexican politics as they (without saying so, of course) borrow from the Mexican Model? Yes, it sounds far-fetched. But we also know how implacably angry the Democrats still are at the election of Donald Trump and how they like to get away with things.
Image credit: Martha Erika Alonso de Moreno Valle, own work, via Wikipedia, CC BY-SA 4.0.
President Lopez-Obrador and the Wall
https://www.americanthinker.com/blog/2018/12/president_lopezobrador_and_the_wall.html
Over the last few years, I've had conversations with friends in Mexico. We usually end up talking about the border. For us, the border is illegal immigration. For Mexicans, it's guns and cash corrupting a very fragile political system.
As a Mexican friend said recently, the cartels have the politicians in their pockets, especially in the small towns where many of these vans full of cash and guns drive through.
There are many reasons to build that border wall, as former Secretary of Education William Bennett said on Sunday:
By weight, 86 percent of heroin that entered the United States in 2016 was of Mexican origin, according statistics from the Drug Enforcement Administration.
"After 9/11 we shut down the border. When we shut down the border, drugs didn't come in," Bennett said. "If you shut down that border, if you close it off, if you build a wall, it can have a real and profound difference."
There is another reason, as any rational Mexican will tell you.
On a weekly basis, lots of cash and guns go south. They are the profits and rewards of the drugs going north. According to unofficial estimates:
Officials in Mexico believe the tide of laundered money could be as high as $50bn per year, a sum equal to about three per cent of Mexico's legitimate economy -- more than all its oil exports or spending on key social programmes. Internationally, money laundering represents between two and five per cent of global GDP, or between $800bn and $2tn annually, according to the UNODC.
It would be more difficult for money or guns to go south if you had a wall on the border.
So President Trump should pick up the phone and call President Lopez-Obrador. He should thank him for keeping the caravans in Mexico and discuss the benefits of the border wall. Why wouldn't the Mexican president support the wall? I'm sure that the Mexican army and police would love to see that wall go up.
The lack of a stable border hurts both sides.
PS: You can listen to my show (Canto Talk) and follow me on Twitter.
This will crack you up!
Mexican Presidents Deny They Took Bribes from El Chapo
https://www.breitbart.com/border/2018/11/14/mexican-presidents-deny-they-took-bribes-from-el-chapo/
Perhaps even more, it matters because Mexico's politics seems to be the model for Democratic Party politics these days as rage over Trump dominates. In California, ballot-harvesting has been adopted as a legal practice, in what's a straight-out cultural appropriation of Mexican politics. If the Democrats are planning to make themselves the "perfect dictatorship" along the PRI model of one-party rule, starting in California and taking that style national, well, the unhappy question is, what else are they borrowing from Mexican politics as they (without saying so, of course) borrow from the Mexican Model? Yes, it sounds far-fetched. But we also know how implacably angry the Democrats still are at the election of Donald Trump and how they like to get away with things.
Image credit: Martha Erika Alonso de Moreno Valle, own work, via Wikipedia, CC BY-SA 4.0.
Perhaps even more, it matters because Mexico's politics seems to be the model for Democratic Party politics these days as rage over Trump dominates. In California, ballot-harvesting has been adopted as a legal practice, in what's a straight-out cultural appropriation of Mexican politics. If the Democrats are planning to make themselves the "perfect dictatorship" along the PRI model of one-party rule, starting in California and taking that style national, well, the unhappy question is, what else are they borrowing from Mexican politics as they (without saying so, of course) borrow from the Mexican Model? Yes, it sounds far-fetched. But we also know how implacably angry the Democrats still are at the election of Donald Trump and how they like to get away with things.
As in 2016, Democrats advance a corrupt ruling-class candidate. Like the dead man Gary Ernst, Democrats want people to vote for Joe Biden so they can swap him out for Kamala Harris, already a beneficiary of voter fraud and with the exception of Xavier Becerra possibly the worst attorney general in California history.
https://www.americanthinker.com/blog/2018/12/president_lopezobrador_and_the_wall.html
Over the last few years, I've had conversations with friends in Mexico. We usually end up talking about the border. For us, the border is illegal immigration. For Mexicans, it's guns and cash corrupting a very fragile political system.
As a Mexican friend said recently, the cartels have the politicians in their pockets, especially in the small towns where many of these vans full of cash and guns drive through.
There are many reasons to build that border wall, as former Secretary of Education William Bennett said on Sunday:
By weight, 86 percent of heroin that entered the United States in 2016 was of Mexican origin, according statistics from the Drug Enforcement Administration.
"After 9/11 we shut down the border. When we shut down the border, drugs didn't come in," Bennett said. "If you shut down that border, if you close it off, if you build a wall, it can have a real and profound difference."
There is another reason, as any rational Mexican will tell you.
On a weekly basis, lots of cash and guns go south. They are the profits and rewards of the drugs going north. According to unofficial estimates:
Officials in Mexico believe the tide of laundered money could be as high as $50bn per year, a sum equal to about three per cent of Mexico's legitimate economy -- more than all its oil exports or spending on key social programmes. Internationally, money laundering represents between two and five per cent of global GDP, or between $800bn and $2tn annually, according to the UNODC.
It would be more difficult for money or guns to go south if you had a wall on the border.
So President Trump should pick up the phone and call President Lopez-Obrador. He should thank him for keeping the caravans in Mexico and discuss the benefits of the border wall. Why wouldn't the Mexican president support the wall? I'm sure that the Mexican army and police would love to see that wall go up.
The lack of a stable border hurts both sides.
PS: You can listen to my show (Canto Talk) and follow me on Twitter.
This will crack you up!
Mexican Presidents Deny They Took Bribes from El Chapo
https://www.breitbart.com/border/2018/11/14/mexican-presidents-deny-they-took-bribes-from-el-chapo/
Perhaps even more, it matters because Mexico's politics seems to be the model for Democratic Party politics these days as rage over Trump dominates. In California, ballot-harvesting has been adopted as a legal practice, in what's a straight-out cultural appropriation of Mexican politics. If the Democrats are planning to make themselves the "perfect dictatorship" along the PRI model of one-party rule, starting in California and taking that style national, well, the unhappy question is, what else are they borrowing from Mexican politics as they (without saying so, of course) borrow from the Mexican Model? Yes, it sounds far-fetched. But we also know how implacably angry the Democrats still are at the election of Donald Trump and how they like to get away with things.
Image credit: Martha Erika Alonso de Moreno Valle, own work, via Wikipedia, CC BY-SA 4.0.
Perhaps even more, it matters because Mexico's politics seems to be the model for Democratic Party politics these days as rage over Trump dominates. In California, ballot-harvesting has been adopted as a legal practice, in what's a straight-out cultural appropriation of Mexican politics. If the Democrats are planning to make themselves the "perfect dictatorship" along the PRI model of one-party rule, starting in California and taking that style national, well, the unhappy question is, what else are they borrowing from Mexican politics as they (without saying so, of course) borrow from the Mexican Model? Yes, it sounds far-fetched. But we also know how implacably angry the Democrats still are at the election of Donald Trump and how they like to get away with things.
As in 2016, Democrats advance a corrupt ruling-class candidate. Like the dead man Gary Ernst, Democrats want people to vote for Joe Biden so they can swap him out for Kamala Harris, already a beneficiary of voter fraud and with the exception of Xavier Becerra possibly the worst attorney general in California history.
Kamala Harris Urges Illegal Migrants to Help Elect Joe Biden
Sen. Kamala Harris promised Sunday to reduce detention space for migrants as she asked an illegal immigrant activist to help Joe Biden win the election.
BLOG EDITOR: WHY DIDN’T LAWYER KAMALA HARRIS TELL THE ILLEGAL TO GO HOME??? SHE’S THE ONE WHO AS ATTORNEY GENERAL OF CA DECLARED THAT NEARLY HALF THE MURDERS IN MEXIFORNIA ARE BY MEX GANGS!
“I’m undocumented … I can’t vote …What can we do during this election to help make sure that we get you elected?” asked Astrid Silva, who was brought into the United States as a child by her illegal migrant parents.
“You can tell people who can vote what life is like for you now, and what life can be like,” Vice President nominee Harris told the Nevada-based political organizer who runs the pro-amnesty Dream Big Nevada group, adding that:
We are committed to shutting down private detention centers and ending policies that have been about separating children from their parents at the border.
Harris’s comments may be a coded message to would-be illegal migrants and their supportive legal-immigrant relatives.
For example, if implemented, Harris’s promise to start “shutting down private detention centers” could cripple border enforcement. If the enforcement agency does not have commercial prisons to hold detainees prior to their asylum hearings, the agency would be forced to release waves of job-seeking migrants into the U.S. labor market.
Similarly, Harris’s promise to end “policies … about separating children” echoes the media-magnified demand by pro-migration activists that officials release migrant mothers and children when they cross the border. That demand would let migrant families freely travel to relatives — including their illegal migrant husbands and fathers — who are working illegally in the United States.
Last week in Nevada, I caught up with my friend @Astrid_NV, to discuss the Biden-Harris plan for immigration reform and how Dreamers can make a difference in this election.
If you're eligible to vote, show up at the ballot box for those who can't: https://t.co/VbrfuqVy9P. pic.twitter.com/knU2qFSYmn
— Kamala Harris (@KamalaHarris) November 1, 2020
Like Biden, Harris pushed the Cold War “Nation of Immigrants” claim, even though only about 10 percent of people in the United States are legal immigrants:
We want to have a president who understands we are a nation of immigrants. This is a country that was built and that has derived its strength from immigrants coming here over the generations.
Harris also tried to blur the legal and civic differences between illegal migrants, legal immigrants, and American citizens. For example, she told Silva:
Define who you are, and you tell the world who you are. Don’t let anybody ever put you in a box because they have a limited perspective on who can do what and who can be one.
[…]
We are all in this together. And so, chin up, shoulders back, right? We speak our truth and know that there will always be people applauding and supporting that even if you can’t see them at that one moment, know that there are so many of us who are supporting your leadership and the power of your voice. It’s really important.
Harris also claimed President Donald Trump vilified immigrants: “We’ve seen under the current president the kind of vitriol, the kind of hate, the vilification of immigrants in such a horrible way.”
But a Washington Post poll showed in April that Latinos are the strongest advocates for a near-total halt to legal immigration during the coronavirus epidemic and economic crash.
Biden’s 2020 plan promises to “reassert America’s commitment to asylum-seekers and refugees,” wipe out Trump’s asylum reforms, bar any deportations for 100 days, and end migration enforcement against illegal aliens unless they commit a felony.
Joe Biden’s asylum and open-border policies will destroy the American middle class by releasing millions of foreign migrants into the United States, Stephen Miller told reporters October 28. https://t.co/BaeLSIud7y
— Breitbart News (@BreitbartNews) October 28, 2020
Biden also wants to let companies import more visa workers, let mayors import temporary workers, and allow an unlimited flow of foreign graduates through U.S. universities into white-collar jobs. Biden would “exempt from any cap [the] recent graduates of Ph.D. programs in STEM fields.”
Biden also wants to accelerate the inflow of chain migration migrants and dramatically accelerate the inflow of poor refugees to at least 125,000 per year.
“The influx of low wage workers from all across the world will drive down incomes, drive down wages, deplete the middle class, bankrupt Social Security, bankrupt Medicare, bankrupt Medicaid, bankrupt federal entitlements, overcrowd schools, and overcrowd every hospital in the middle of a pandemic,” White House aide Stephen Miller told reporters on October 28.
“It is an assault on reason, it is an assault on law enforcement, and it’s an assault on the very idea of having a country, having a Republic,” Miller added. “This is not about left or right or Center. This is about between having a country, or not even having a country.”
Mexican Arkancide?
https://www.blogger.com/blogger.g?blogID=5440581937224467578#allposts/postNum=0
Sometimes, the coincidences get just too...coincidental.
Now we have, in Mexico, the sudden helicopter crash of a newly elected governor, after an apparently very bitter election. Here's the Globe and Mail report:
A Mexican governor and her senator husband were killed on Monday in a helicopter crash near the city of Puebla in central Mexico, the government said, just days after she had taken office following a bitterly contested election.
Martha Erika Alonso, a senior opposition figure and governor of the state of Puebla, died with Rafael Moreno, a senator and former Puebla governor, when their Agusta helicopter came down on Monday afternoon shortly after take-off, the government said.
This seems to happen a lot in Mexico, quite unlike any comparable place in the region that I know of.
A number of Mexican politicians have died in aircraft accidents in recent years, including federal interior ministers in 2008 and 2011. The latter two were also members of the PAN.
Maybe it was just the wildest of coincidences, but given the savage character of Mexican politics, I think it's natural to be a little suspicious. In most of these incidents, the motive is suspected but not utterly obvious. This one is different: it came after a bitterly contested election that the rabid left says was stolen. It sounds like the sort of fury we saw from the left when Trump won – except that now we see Mexican politics at play, potentially a straight-up assassination, possibly by the embittered left.
Mexico sees a lot of these helicopter downings, and what's more, it sees a lot of full blown assassinations. A presidential candidate from before Mexico got into multi-party politics, Luis Donaldo Colosio, was straight-out assassinated in 1994, and his wife died under murky circumstances shortly after that. Other elected officials have been gunned down or else died in mysterious car crashes. There was definitely one of those in Michoacán. Yes, some probably were the work of drug-dealers. But others were far more likely to be Mexico's toxic politics. It does happen.
Yet the Mexican government can get real touchy when you bring up any suspicions about the helicopter crash phenomenon. I remember how furious Mexico City's response was to an actually sympathetic editorial I wrote for Investor's Business Daily, I think in 2008, when a Mexican official was similarly killed in a helicopter crash. At the time, they were obviously worried about the potential impact on foreign investment, but my thought was to praise the Mexicans for their resolve and sacrifice in fighting drug lords. That's not the way they think over there.
Why does it matter? Well, because the U.S. under President Trump is trying hard to get along with the new Mexican administration, run by the leftist Andrés Manuel López-Obrador. His followers are the top suspects in this mysterious helicopter crash, which, if the investigation leads anywhere, is likely to cast a Putinesque pall over López-Obrador just as it gets its grounding. Prepare for relations to deteriorate if that grows as a backstory.
Perhaps even more, it matters because Mexico's politics seems to be the model for Democratic Party politics these days as rage over Trump dominates. In California, ballot-harvesting has been adopted as a legal practice, in what's a straight-out cultural appropriation of Mexican politics. If the Democrats are planning to make themselves the "perfect dictatorship" along the PRI model of one-party rule, starting in California and taking that style national, well, the unhappy question is, what else are they borrowing from Mexican politics as they (without saying so, of course) borrow from the Mexican Model? Yes, it sounds far-fetched. But we also know how implacably angry the Democrats still are at the election of Donald Trump and how they like to get away with things.
Image credit: Martha Erika Alonso de Moreno Valle, own work, via Wikipedia, CC BY-SA 4.0.
Sen. Kamala Harris promised Sunday to reduce detention space for migrants as she asked an illegal immigrant activist to help Joe Biden win the election.
BLOG EDITOR: WHY DIDN’T LAWYER KAMALA HARRIS TELL THE ILLEGAL TO GO HOME??? SHE’S THE ONE WHO AS ATTORNEY GENERAL OF CA DECLARED THAT NEARLY HALF THE MURDERS IN MEXIFORNIA ARE BY MEX GANGS!
“I’m undocumented … I can’t vote …What can we do during this election to help make sure that we get you elected?” asked Astrid Silva, who was brought into the United States as a child by her illegal migrant parents.
“You can tell people who can vote what life is like for you now, and what life can be like,” Vice President nominee Harris told the Nevada-based political organizer who runs the pro-amnesty Dream Big Nevada group, adding that:
We are committed to shutting down private detention centers and ending policies that have been about separating children from their parents at the border.
Harris’s comments may be a coded message to would-be illegal migrants and their supportive legal-immigrant relatives.
For example, if implemented, Harris’s promise to start “shutting down private detention centers” could cripple border enforcement. If the enforcement agency does not have commercial prisons to hold detainees prior to their asylum hearings, the agency would be forced to release waves of job-seeking migrants into the U.S. labor market.
Similarly, Harris’s promise to end “policies … about separating children” echoes the media-magnified demand by pro-migration activists that officials release migrant mothers and children when they cross the border. That demand would let migrant families freely travel to relatives — including their illegal migrant husbands and fathers — who are working illegally in the United States.
Last week in Nevada, I caught up with my friend @Astrid_NV, to discuss the Biden-Harris plan for immigration reform and how Dreamers can make a difference in this election.
If you're eligible to vote, show up at the ballot box for those who can't: https://t.co/VbrfuqVy9P. pic.twitter.com/knU2qFSYmn
— Kamala Harris (@KamalaHarris) November 1, 2020
Like Biden, Harris pushed the Cold War “Nation of Immigrants” claim, even though only about 10 percent of people in the United States are legal immigrants:
We want to have a president who understands we are a nation of immigrants. This is a country that was built and that has derived its strength from immigrants coming here over the generations.
Harris also tried to blur the legal and civic differences between illegal migrants, legal immigrants, and American citizens. For example, she told Silva:
Define who you are, and you tell the world who you are. Don’t let anybody ever put you in a box because they have a limited perspective on who can do what and who can be one.
[…]
We are all in this together. And so, chin up, shoulders back, right? We speak our truth and know that there will always be people applauding and supporting that even if you can’t see them at that one moment, know that there are so many of us who are supporting your leadership and the power of your voice. It’s really important.
Harris also claimed President Donald Trump vilified immigrants: “We’ve seen under the current president the kind of vitriol, the kind of hate, the vilification of immigrants in such a horrible way.”
But a Washington Post poll showed in April that Latinos are the strongest advocates for a near-total halt to legal immigration during the coronavirus epidemic and economic crash.
Biden’s 2020 plan promises to “reassert America’s commitment to asylum-seekers and refugees,” wipe out Trump’s asylum reforms, bar any deportations for 100 days, and end migration enforcement against illegal aliens unless they commit a felony.
Joe Biden’s asylum and open-border policies will destroy the American middle class by releasing millions of foreign migrants into the United States, Stephen Miller told reporters October 28. https://t.co/BaeLSIud7y
— Breitbart News (@BreitbartNews) October 28, 2020
Biden also wants to let companies import more visa workers, let mayors import temporary workers, and allow an unlimited flow of foreign graduates through U.S. universities into white-collar jobs. Biden would “exempt from any cap [the] recent graduates of Ph.D. programs in STEM fields.”
Biden also wants to accelerate the inflow of chain migration migrants and dramatically accelerate the inflow of poor refugees to at least 125,000 per year.
“The influx of low wage workers from all across the world will drive down incomes, drive down wages, deplete the middle class, bankrupt Social Security, bankrupt Medicare, bankrupt Medicaid, bankrupt federal entitlements, overcrowd schools, and overcrowd every hospital in the middle of a pandemic,” White House aide Stephen Miller told reporters on October 28.
“It is an assault on reason, it is an assault on law enforcement, and it’s an assault on the very idea of having a country, having a Republic,” Miller added. “This is not about left or right or Center. This is about between having a country, or not even having a country.”
Mexican Arkancide?
https://www.blogger.com/blogger.g?blogID=5440581937224467578#allposts/postNum=0
Sometimes, the coincidences get just too...coincidental.
Now we have, in Mexico, the sudden helicopter crash of a newly elected governor, after an apparently very bitter election. Here's the Globe and Mail report:
A Mexican governor and her senator husband were killed on Monday in a helicopter crash near the city of Puebla in central Mexico, the government said, just days after she had taken office following a bitterly contested election.
Martha Erika Alonso, a senior opposition figure and governor of the state of Puebla, died with Rafael Moreno, a senator and former Puebla governor, when their Agusta helicopter came down on Monday afternoon shortly after take-off, the government said.
This seems to happen a lot in Mexico, quite unlike any comparable place in the region that I know of.
A number of Mexican politicians have died in aircraft accidents in recent years, including federal interior ministers in 2008 and 2011. The latter two were also members of the PAN.
Maybe it was just the wildest of coincidences, but given the savage character of Mexican politics, I think it's natural to be a little suspicious. In most of these incidents, the motive is suspected but not utterly obvious. This one is different: it came after a bitterly contested election that the rabid left says was stolen. It sounds like the sort of fury we saw from the left when Trump won – except that now we see Mexican politics at play, potentially a straight-up assassination, possibly by the embittered left.
Mexico sees a lot of these helicopter downings, and what's more, it sees a lot of full blown assassinations. A presidential candidate from before Mexico got into multi-party politics, Luis Donaldo Colosio, was straight-out assassinated in 1994, and his wife died under murky circumstances shortly after that. Other elected officials have been gunned down or else died in mysterious car crashes. There was definitely one of those in Michoacán. Yes, some probably were the work of drug-dealers. But others were far more likely to be Mexico's toxic politics. It does happen.
Yet the Mexican government can get real touchy when you bring up any suspicions about the helicopter crash phenomenon. I remember how furious Mexico City's response was to an actually sympathetic editorial I wrote for Investor's Business Daily, I think in 2008, when a Mexican official was similarly killed in a helicopter crash. At the time, they were obviously worried about the potential impact on foreign investment, but my thought was to praise the Mexicans for their resolve and sacrifice in fighting drug lords. That's not the way they think over there.
Why does it matter? Well, because the U.S. under President Trump is trying hard to get along with the new Mexican administration, run by the leftist Andrés Manuel López-Obrador. His followers are the top suspects in this mysterious helicopter crash, which, if the investigation leads anywhere, is likely to cast a Putinesque pall over López-Obrador just as it gets its grounding. Prepare for relations to deteriorate if that grows as a backstory.
Perhaps even more, it matters because Mexico's politics seems to be the model for Democratic Party politics these days as rage over Trump dominates. In California, ballot-harvesting has been adopted as a legal practice, in what's a straight-out cultural appropriation of Mexican politics. If the Democrats are planning to make themselves the "perfect dictatorship" along the PRI model of one-party rule, starting in California and taking that style national, well, the unhappy question is, what else are they borrowing from Mexican politics as they (without saying so, of course) borrow from the Mexican Model? Yes, it sounds far-fetched. But we also know how implacably angry the Democrats still are at the election of Donald Trump and how they like to get away with things.
Image credit: Martha Erika Alonso de Moreno Valle, own work, via Wikipedia, CC BY-SA 4.0.
President Lopez-Obrador and the Wall
https://www.americanthinker.com/blog/2018/12/president_lopezobrador_and_the_wall.html
Over the last few years, I've had conversations with friends in Mexico. We usually end up talking about the border. For us, the border is illegal immigration. For Mexicans, it's guns and cash corrupting a very fragile political system.
As a Mexican friend said recently, the cartels have the politicians in their pockets, especially in the small towns where many of these vans full of cash and guns drive through.
There are many reasons to build that border wall, as former Secretary of Education William Bennett said on Sunday:
By weight, 86 percent of heroin that entered the United States in 2016 was of Mexican origin, according statistics from the Drug Enforcement Administration.
"After 9/11 we shut down the border. When we shut down the border, drugs didn't come in," Bennett said. "If you shut down that border, if you close it off, if you build a wall, it can have a real and profound difference."
There is another reason, as any rational Mexican will tell you.
On a weekly basis, lots of cash and guns go south. They are the profits and rewards of the drugs going north. According to unofficial estimates:
Officials in Mexico believe the tide of laundered money could be as high as $50bn per year, a sum equal to about three per cent of Mexico's legitimate economy -- more than all its oil exports or spending on key social programmes. Internationally, money laundering represents between two and five per cent of global GDP, or between $800bn and $2tn annually, according to the UNODC.
It would be more difficult for money or guns to go south if you had a wall on the border.
So President Trump should pick up the phone and call President Lopez-Obrador. He should thank him for keeping the caravans in Mexico and discuss the benefits of the border wall. Why wouldn't the Mexican president support the wall? I'm sure that the Mexican army and police would love to see that wall go up.
The lack of a stable border hurts both sides.
PS: You can listen to my show (Canto Talk) and follow me on Twitter.
This will crack you up!
Mexican Presidents Deny They Took Bribes from El Chapo
https://www.breitbart.com/border/2018/11/14/mexican-presidents-deny-they-took-bribes-from-el-chapo/
Perhaps even more, it matters because Mexico's politics seems to be the model for Democratic Party politics these days as rage over Trump dominates. In California, ballot-harvesting has been adopted as a legal practice, in what's a straight-out cultural appropriation of Mexican politics. If the Democrats are planning to make themselves the "perfect dictatorship" along the PRI model of one-party rule, starting in California and taking that style national, well, the unhappy question is, what else are they borrowing from Mexican politics as they (without saying so, of course) borrow from the Mexican Model? Yes, it sounds far-fetched. But we also know how implacably angry the Democrats still are at the election of Donald Trump and how they like to get away with things.
Image credit: Martha Erika Alonso de Moreno Valle, own work, via Wikipedia, CC BY-SA 4.0.
https://www.americanthinker.com/blog/2018/12/president_lopezobrador_and_the_wall.html
Over the last few years, I've had conversations with friends in Mexico. We usually end up talking about the border. For us, the border is illegal immigration. For Mexicans, it's guns and cash corrupting a very fragile political system.
As a Mexican friend said recently, the cartels have the politicians in their pockets, especially in the small towns where many of these vans full of cash and guns drive through.
There are many reasons to build that border wall, as former Secretary of Education William Bennett said on Sunday:
By weight, 86 percent of heroin that entered the United States in 2016 was of Mexican origin, according statistics from the Drug Enforcement Administration.
"After 9/11 we shut down the border. When we shut down the border, drugs didn't come in," Bennett said. "If you shut down that border, if you close it off, if you build a wall, it can have a real and profound difference."
There is another reason, as any rational Mexican will tell you.
On a weekly basis, lots of cash and guns go south. They are the profits and rewards of the drugs going north. According to unofficial estimates:
Officials in Mexico believe the tide of laundered money could be as high as $50bn per year, a sum equal to about three per cent of Mexico's legitimate economy -- more than all its oil exports or spending on key social programmes. Internationally, money laundering represents between two and five per cent of global GDP, or between $800bn and $2tn annually, according to the UNODC.
It would be more difficult for money or guns to go south if you had a wall on the border.
So President Trump should pick up the phone and call President Lopez-Obrador. He should thank him for keeping the caravans in Mexico and discuss the benefits of the border wall. Why wouldn't the Mexican president support the wall? I'm sure that the Mexican army and police would love to see that wall go up.
The lack of a stable border hurts both sides.
PS: You can listen to my show (Canto Talk) and follow me on Twitter.
This will crack you up!
Mexican Presidents Deny They Took Bribes from El Chapo
https://www.breitbart.com/border/2018/11/14/mexican-presidents-deny-they-took-bribes-from-el-chapo/
Perhaps even more, it matters because Mexico's politics seems to be the model for Democratic Party politics these days as rage over Trump dominates. In California, ballot-harvesting has been adopted as a legal practice, in what's a straight-out cultural appropriation of Mexican politics. If the Democrats are planning to make themselves the "perfect dictatorship" along the PRI model of one-party rule, starting in California and taking that style national, well, the unhappy question is, what else are they borrowing from Mexican politics as they (without saying so, of course) borrow from the Mexican Model? Yes, it sounds far-fetched. But we also know how implacably angry the Democrats still are at the election of Donald Trump and how they like to get away with things.
Image credit: Martha Erika Alonso de Moreno Valle, own work, via Wikipedia, CC BY-SA 4.0.
Zuckerberg’s FWD.us network of coastal investors stands to gain from more cheap labor, government-aided consumers, and urban renters. The network has funded many astroturf campaigns, urged Democrats to not talk about the economic impact of migration, and manipulated coverage by the TV networks and the print media.
Zuckerberg’s FWD.us network of coastal investors stands to gain from more cheap labor, government-aided consumers, and urban renters. The network has funded many astroturf campaigns, urged Democrats to not talk about the economic impact of migration, and manipulated coverage by the TV networks and the print media.
Survey: More than 1-in-5 Mail-In Voters Admit to Cheating in 2020 Election
In the 2020 election, more than 1-in-5 voters who submitted ballots by mail say they did so fraudulently, a survey from Rasmussen Reports and the Heartland Institute reveals.
The survey asked those who voted by mail in the 2020 election if they filled out a ballot “in part or in full, on behalf of a friend or family member, such as a spouse or child?” to which 21 percent said they had done so.
Though many states allow voters to receive assistance while voting, the Heartland Institute notes, filling out ballots on behalf of another person is illegal across the United States.
In addition, 17 percent of mail-in voters in the 2020 election said they cast a ballot in a state where they were no longer a permanent resident — a violation of federal election law. Another 17 percent of mail-in voters said they signed a ballot on behalf of someone else, also a violation of election law.
“The results of this survey are nothing short of stunning,” Justin Haskins with the Heartland Institute said in a statement:
For the past three years, Americans have repeatedly been told that the 2020 election was the most secure in history. But if this poll’s findings are reflective of reality, the exact opposite is true. This conclusion isn’t based on conspiracy theories or suspect evidence, but rather from the responses made directly by the voters themselves. [Emphasis added]
Another 10 percent of all voters said they know someone who admitted to casting a mail-in ballot in a state where they are not a permanent resident and 11 percent said they know someone who admitted to signing a mail-in ballot on behalf of someone else in the 2020 election.
In the 2020 election, mail-in voting skyrocketed as states rushed to loosen election laws under the guise of the threat of the Chinese coronavirus pandemic. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, 43 percent of all voters that year cast ballots by mail and 26 percent cast ballots before election day.
The survey questioned 1,085 likely U.S. voters and was conducted from Nov. 30 through Dec. 6, 2023. The margin of error is +/- three percentage points.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Email him at jbinder@breitbart.com. Follow him on Twitter here.
90% OF THE PEOPLE WHO WORK AT FACEBOOK, WERE BORN IN INDIA. MAYORKAS HAS WORKED WITH ZUCK TO INCREASE THOSE NUMBERS! THAT IS THE GLOBALIST, NO BORDER DOCTRINE THAT HAS DESTROYED MIDDLE AMERICA!
In the 2020 election, more than 1-in-5 voters who submitted ballots by mail say they did so fraudulently, a survey from Rasmussen Reports and the Heartland Institute reveals.
The survey asked those who voted by mail in the 2020 election if they filled out a ballot “in part or in full, on behalf of a friend or family member, such as a spouse or child?” to which 21 percent said they had done so.
Though many states allow voters to receive assistance while voting, the Heartland Institute notes, filling out ballots on behalf of another person is illegal across the United States.
In addition, 17 percent of mail-in voters in the 2020 election said they cast a ballot in a state where they were no longer a permanent resident — a violation of federal election law. Another 17 percent of mail-in voters said they signed a ballot on behalf of someone else, also a violation of election law.
“The results of this survey are nothing short of stunning,” Justin Haskins with the Heartland Institute said in a statement:
For the past three years, Americans have repeatedly been told that the 2020 election was the most secure in history. But if this poll’s findings are reflective of reality, the exact opposite is true. This conclusion isn’t based on conspiracy theories or suspect evidence, but rather from the responses made directly by the voters themselves. [Emphasis added]
Another 10 percent of all voters said they know someone who admitted to casting a mail-in ballot in a state where they are not a permanent resident and 11 percent said they know someone who admitted to signing a mail-in ballot on behalf of someone else in the 2020 election.
In the 2020 election, mail-in voting skyrocketed as states rushed to loosen election laws under the guise of the threat of the Chinese coronavirus pandemic. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, 43 percent of all voters that year cast ballots by mail and 26 percent cast ballots before election day.
The survey questioned 1,085 likely U.S. voters and was conducted from Nov. 30 through Dec. 6, 2023. The margin of error is +/- three percentage points.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Email him at jbinder@breitbart.com. Follow him on Twitter here.
90% OF THE PEOPLE WHO WORK AT FACEBOOK, WERE BORN IN INDIA. MAYORKAS HAS WORKED WITH ZUCK TO INCREASE THOSE NUMBERS! THAT IS THE GLOBALIST, NO BORDER DOCTRINE THAT HAS DESTROYED MIDDLE AMERICA!
Biden’s Chief of Staff Worked on Behalf of Big Tech for Endless H-1B Visas
Democrat Joe Biden has chosen Ronald Klain to be his chief of staff should he enter the White House in January. Klain worked on behalf of Silicon Valley executives and their interests, which include providing tech corporations with an endless supply of H-1B foreign visa workers and more free trade.
Klain, who was made Biden’s incoming chief of staff this week, served on the executive council of TechNet — a firm that promotes the interests of Silicon Valley’s tech corporations in Washington, D.C. Klain served on the council alongside executives from the Oracle Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Enterprise, Google, Visa, Apple, and Microsoft.
TechNet, most recently, joined a lawsuit against President Trump’s reforms to the H-1B visa program that sought to prioritize unemployed Americans for jobs rather than allowing businesses to continue importing foreign workers.
TechNet is one of the groups that has filed an amicus brief to oppose the new regulations on H-1B visas. https://t.co/ofY4GJ2sVR
— U.S. Tech Workers (@USTechWorkers) November 12, 2020
Trump’s seeking to force businesses to hire Americans over importing foreign visa workers is an affront to Silicon Valley’s tech corporations, those represented by TechNet, who advocate for an endless flow of H-1B foreign visa workers.
There are about 650,000 H-1B visa workers in the U.S. at any given moment. Americans are often laid off and forced to train their foreign replacements, as highlighted by Breitbart News. More than 85,000 Americans annually potentially lose their jobs to foreign labor through the H-1B visa program.
Analysis conducted in 2018 discovered that 71 percent of tech workers in Silicon Valley, California, are foreign-born, while the tech industry in the San Francisco, Oakland, and Hayward area is made up of 50 percent foreign-born tech workers. Up to 99 percent of H-1B visa workers imported by the top eight outsourcing firms are from India.
TechNet’s listed immigration goals include allowing corporations to dictate the annual level of legal immigration to the United States and the elimination of per-country caps that would effectively let India and China monopolize the U.S. green card system.
The group’s goals on trade are in direct opposition to President Trump’s economic nationalist agenda that has imposed tariffs on foreign imports from China, Canada, Europe, and other parts of the globe.
TechNet’s trade goals include reducing “tariff and non-tariff barriers to information, communications, and advanced energy technology products, services, and investments” as well as “protections for the free flow of data across borders…”
While Biden has vowed to flood the U.S. labor market with more foreign workers to compete against Americans for jobs, he has shied away from questions on whether he will eliminate tariffs on foreign imports that were imposed by Trump. Such elimination of tariffs would be a boon to multinational corporations that offshore their production and jobs overseas only to import their products back into the U.S. market, often with no penalties for doing so.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.
Democrat Joe Biden has chosen Ronald Klain to be his chief of staff should he enter the White House in January. Klain worked on behalf of Silicon Valley executives and their interests, which include providing tech corporations with an endless supply of H-1B foreign visa workers and more free trade.
Klain, who was made Biden’s incoming chief of staff this week, served on the executive council of TechNet — a firm that promotes the interests of Silicon Valley’s tech corporations in Washington, D.C. Klain served on the council alongside executives from the Oracle Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Enterprise, Google, Visa, Apple, and Microsoft.
TechNet, most recently, joined a lawsuit against President Trump’s reforms to the H-1B visa program that sought to prioritize unemployed Americans for jobs rather than allowing businesses to continue importing foreign workers.
TechNet is one of the groups that has filed an amicus brief to oppose the new regulations on H-1B visas. https://t.co/ofY4GJ2sVR
— U.S. Tech Workers (@USTechWorkers) November 12, 2020
Trump’s seeking to force businesses to hire Americans over importing foreign visa workers is an affront to Silicon Valley’s tech corporations, those represented by TechNet, who advocate for an endless flow of H-1B foreign visa workers.
There are about 650,000 H-1B visa workers in the U.S. at any given moment. Americans are often laid off and forced to train their foreign replacements, as highlighted by Breitbart News. More than 85,000 Americans annually potentially lose their jobs to foreign labor through the H-1B visa program.
Analysis conducted in 2018 discovered that 71 percent of tech workers in Silicon Valley, California, are foreign-born, while the tech industry in the San Francisco, Oakland, and Hayward area is made up of 50 percent foreign-born tech workers. Up to 99 percent of H-1B visa workers imported by the top eight outsourcing firms are from India.
TechNet’s listed immigration goals include allowing corporations to dictate the annual level of legal immigration to the United States and the elimination of per-country caps that would effectively let India and China monopolize the U.S. green card system.
The group’s goals on trade are in direct opposition to President Trump’s economic nationalist agenda that has imposed tariffs on foreign imports from China, Canada, Europe, and other parts of the globe.
TechNet’s trade goals include reducing “tariff and non-tariff barriers to information, communications, and advanced energy technology products, services, and investments” as well as “protections for the free flow of data across borders…”
While Biden has vowed to flood the U.S. labor market with more foreign workers to compete against Americans for jobs, he has shied away from questions on whether he will eliminate tariffs on foreign imports that were imposed by Trump. Such elimination of tariffs would be a boon to multinational corporations that offshore their production and jobs overseas only to import their products back into the U.S. market, often with no penalties for doing so.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.
Team Zuckerberg: Democrats Will Lose in 2024 if They Back Border Reform
The Democrat Party will lose in 2024 if it accepts Republican demands to close the parole loophole at the border, says Todd Schulte, president of Mark Zuckerberg’s FWD.us lobby group for pro-migration investors.
Schulte issued his political warning on December 11 as GOP Senators and representatives continue to shrug off the threatening demands from Democrats for billions of dollars to accelerate and hide the very unpopular inflow of more border migrants during the 2024 election year.
Schulte posted his warning in a memo to Democrat legislators, media, and his allies in many business-backed, pro-migration advocacy groups:
Ending the current usage of parole would eliminate safe, orderly pathways and push thousands of people to cross between ports of entry–spurring more chaos. It is a huge trap for Democrats. President Biden’s Parole Pathways are the single most effective tool to reduce pressure on the border.
The memo is titled “Awful Policy and Terrible Politics: 6 Extreme Demands in the Senate Immigration Talks”:
Schutle’s group, FWD.us, was created by Facebook founder Mark Zuckerberg and his investor allies in 2013 to help push the “Gang of Eight” amnesty and cheap-labor bill through Congress. The breadth of investors who helped found and fund FWD.us was hidden from casual visitors to the group’s website in early 2021, but copies exist at other sites.
Schulte’s memo has a point: Hundreds of thousands of migrants arrive each month at the border hoping to be admitted under the parole rules set by Biden’s Cuban-born, pro-migration homeland defense chief, Alejandro Mayorkas. Also, hundreds of thousands more migrant workers, consumers, and renters are on the 3,000-mile boat and bus trail from Ecuador to Texas that Mayorkas built with backing from FWD.us.
Big Tech's Optional Practical Training Program Betrays Young and Old
By Joseph Maurer
Washington Examiner,
Excerpt: A program that undermines wages, steals from your grandparents, and actively dims the prospects of American college students- only an alliance of Silicon Valley excess and administrative insanity could come up with something so backwards.
Analysis conducted last year reveal that 71 percent of tech workers in Silicon Valley are foreign-born, while the tech industry in the San Francisco, Oakland, and Hayward area is made up of 50 percent foreign-born tech workers.
Despite his Wall Street, big business, Big Tech, and billionaire donations, Biden has attempted to portray himself as a small-town fighter from Scranton, Pennsylvania
By failures of border security, a lack of the enforcement of our immigration laws from within the interior of the United States and huge numbers of visas for high tech workers, the lives and livelihoods of Americans and their children, are being stolen by America’s corrupt political elite who are doing the bidding of those who provide them with huge “Campaign Contributions” (Orwellian euphemism for bribes) pursue legislation that is diametrically opposed to the best interests of America and Americans.
MICHAEL CUTLER
SILICON VALLEY IS NOW INDIA EAST!
IT'S NOT JUST HIGH TECH JOBS THEY GET. IT'S ALL BANKS, INCLUDING WELLS FAROG AND BANK OF AMERICAN, WHICH ONLY HIRES INDIANS.
And these Indians, the team that I work with, they cannot even speak a single sentence in English without making any mistakes.
“The B-1 visa is the main vehicle to cheat American [college graduates] out of jobs,” said Jay Palmer, an expert on forced labor and human trafficking, and a former advisor to President Donald Trump. He continued:
The Democrat Party will lose in 2024 if it accepts Republican demands to close the parole loophole at the border, says Todd Schulte, president of Mark Zuckerberg’s FWD.us lobby group for pro-migration investors.
Schulte issued his political warning on December 11 as GOP Senators and representatives continue to shrug off the threatening demands from Democrats for billions of dollars to accelerate and hide the very unpopular inflow of more border migrants during the 2024 election year.
Schulte posted his warning in a memo to Democrat legislators, media, and his allies in many business-backed, pro-migration advocacy groups:
Ending the current usage of parole would eliminate safe, orderly pathways and push thousands of people to cross between ports of entry–spurring more chaos. It is a huge trap for Democrats. President Biden’s Parole Pathways are the single most effective tool to reduce pressure on the border.
The memo is titled “Awful Policy and Terrible Politics: 6 Extreme Demands in the Senate Immigration Talks”:
Schutle’s group, FWD.us, was created by Facebook founder Mark Zuckerberg and his investor allies in 2013 to help push the “Gang of Eight” amnesty and cheap-labor bill through Congress. The breadth of investors who helped found and fund FWD.us was hidden from casual visitors to the group’s website in early 2021, but copies exist at other sites.
Schulte’s memo has a point: Hundreds of thousands of migrants arrive each month at the border hoping to be admitted under the parole rules set by Biden’s Cuban-born, pro-migration homeland defense chief, Alejandro Mayorkas. Also, hundreds of thousands more migrant workers, consumers, and renters are on the 3,000-mile boat and bus trail from Ecuador to Texas that Mayorkas built with backing from FWD.us.
Big Tech's Optional Practical Training Program Betrays Young and Old
By Joseph Maurer
Washington Examiner,
Excerpt: A program that undermines wages, steals from your grandparents, and actively dims the prospects of American college students- only an alliance of Silicon Valley excess and administrative insanity could come up with something so backwards.Analysis conducted last year reveal that 71 percent of tech workers in Silicon Valley are foreign-born, while the tech industry in the San Francisco, Oakland, and Hayward area is made up of 50 percent foreign-born tech workers.
Despite his Wall Street, big business, Big Tech, and billionaire donations, Biden has attempted to portray himself as a small-town fighter from Scranton, Pennsylvania
By failures of border security, a lack of the enforcement of our immigration laws from within the interior of the United States and huge numbers of visas for high tech workers, the lives and livelihoods of Americans and their children, are being stolen by America’s corrupt political elite who are doing the bidding of those who provide them with huge “Campaign Contributions” (Orwellian euphemism for bribes) pursue legislation that is diametrically opposed to the best interests of America and Americans.
MICHAEL CUTLER
SILICON VALLEY IS NOW INDIA EAST!
IT'S NOT JUST HIGH TECH JOBS THEY GET. IT'S ALL BANKS, INCLUDING WELLS FAROG AND BANK OF AMERICAN, WHICH ONLY HIRES INDIANS.
And these Indians, the team that I work with, they cannot even speak a single sentence in English without making any mistakes.
“The B-1 visa is the main vehicle to cheat American [college graduates] out of jobs,” said Jay Palmer, an expert on forced labor and human trafficking, and a former advisor to President Donald Trump. He continued:
Lawsuit Exposes B-1 Visa Fraud in College-Grad Jobs
14AP Photo/Butch Dill
14 Apr 202383
10:43
American professional Michael Harmon has just earned about $1 million by exposing visa fraud within an Indian company that does subcontract work for Fortune 500 companies.
The company defrauded the government by importing Indian college-graduate workers on B-1 visas that are only for non-working business visitors. Harmon exposed the visa fraud and earned a share of the $9.9 million federal fine with his Qui Tam lawsuit.
The Department of Justice said:
L&T Technology Services, LTD (“LTTS”), a company based in India, with U.S. offices in Edison New Jersey, has agreed to pay $9,928,000 to resolve allegations that between 2014 and 2019, LTTS underpaid visa fees owed to the United States by acquiring inexpensive B-1 visas, rather than more expensive H-1B visas, in alleged violation of the False Claims Act.
“The B-1 visa is the main vehicle to cheat American [college graduates] out of jobs,” said Jay Palmer, an expert on forced labor and human trafficking, and a former advisor to President Donald Trump. He continued:
Companies encourage [foreign] individuals to get a B-1 visa to come to the United States and work. They work these workers on 1099s [as contractors] with no benefits and they pay them through third-party consulting companies. Sometimes, the worker will be able to get an Individual Tax Identification Number and work undetectably for 10 years.
The fraud behind this visa is more rampant than any other visa we have in the United States.
Palmer applauded Harmon the whistleblower, saying, “Being a whistleblower is not an easy task — you have to have intestinal fortitude.”
Several other B-1 qui tam lawsuits are being litigated.
Palmer is familiar with the B-1 fraud because he works with many Indians who have overstayed their visas and are looking for ways to get legal status.
The B-1 fraud is easy to accomplish and rarely detected or penalized by federal agencies, Palmer said:
All you have to do is have an outbound and a return flight to the United States –that’s all. What they do is they get an outbound flight [to the United States]… and they cancel their return, get the money and go to work.
They’re coming over here legally but becoming illegal [by working]. When they’re over here, they’re getting driver’s licenses, some are even getting Social Security numbers … they’re not supposed to, but they’re still issued.
They come to the United States and they never leave. Most people working in a convenience store are over here on B-1 visas [often working for foreign managers with E-2 visas]. Hundreds of thousands are working on white-collar jobs.
The fraud is difficult for ordinary Americans to detect — even when it is happening in the next cubicle.
The commonplace B-1 fraud is disguised amid the churning population of 1.5 million-plus foreign graduates who are working in the United States under a wide variety of legal visas.
Those temporary work visas include H-1Bs, TNs, L-1s, J-1s, and the “Optional Practical Training” work permit for foreign graduates of U.S. colleges. The legal visa workers often switch workplaces because they are employed by Indian-owned subcontractors, and often go home to avoid an obvious overstay of their temporary visas.
The B-1 fraud problem is further hidden by foreign graduates who overstay their visas to become illegal gig workers in the layers of subcontractors under Fortune 500 companies.
The huge flood of foreign college graduates is forcing down the workplace clout and the salaries of American professionals because the foreign workers will accept very low salaries to stay in the United States. In February, Bloomberg News reported:
In 2022, median annual pay was $52,000 for Americans with a bachelor’s degree, according to data released by the New York Federal Reserve Friday. That’s a 7.4% decline in inflation-adjusted terms — the steepest plunge since 2004, erasing nearly all of the pandemic-era gains. It was sharpest for those earning the most.
The government-delivered inflow of foreign workers is pushing many Americans out of white-collar technology jobs and into lower-wage, blue-collar jobs.
“I have seen the [hiring] system in the backend, and it is so appalling to see that there is so much [resume] forgery being done, there’s so much of corruption being done, that it is almost to the level back in India,” Aabha, an Indian contract worker in North Carolina, told Breitbart News. She continued:
I have met so many [American] people who are graduates and so much more knowledgeable than the Indians that I see in my regular day — and they are [saying] like “Okay, because we are not experienced, we are not getting [U.S. technology] jobs.” So they decide to do a blue collar job. They’re walking into Walmart, they’re walking into Best Buy.
And these Indians, the team that I work with, they cannot even speak a single sentence in English without making any mistakes.
Yet President Joe Biden’s officials are trying to import as many foreign workers as they can, even as Fortune 500 companies fire thousands of American professionals.
“The top 30 H-1B employers hired 34,000 new H-1B workers in 2022 and laid off at least 85,000 workers in 2022 and early 2023,” said an April 11 report by the left-wing Economic Policy Institute (EPI).
Those layoffs include many visa workers, who are required by law to return home once their job disappears.
In response, Biden’s U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) agency is allowing the laid-off H-1B visa workers to get six-month B-1 visas so they have more time to win new jobs that are also being sought by U.S. graduates.
“[We are] aware, of course, of the many recent layoffs in the technology sector, [so] we published options and useful information for [foreign] employees across the country facing termination and those in this vulnerable situation,” said USCIS director Ur Jaddou said April 11.
“Searching for employment in the United States does not fall under the meaning of a legitimate business activity for the purpose of B-1 visa eligibility,” responded Elizabeth Jacobs, a lawyer with the Center for Immigration Studies.
Very few of the illegally-working B-1 graduates are deported, mostly because of Silicon Valley’s huge influence in the White House and in both parties. This week, for example, Indian media outlets reported that four House members from California are pressuring USCIS to ensure that laid-off Indian workers are not sent home. The legislators are Reps. Zoe Lofgren, Ro Khanna, Jimmy Panetta, and Kevin Mullin.
The Democrats’ support for foreign workers over their own swing-voting, college-educated voters could be an opportunity for GOP strategists. But GOP leaders show no willingness to reject the cheap-labor demands of their own business donors.
Biden’s federal agencies also make the white-collar fraud easier by bundling B-2 tourist visas with the B-1 visitor visas, Palmer said. “They should separate these and charge more for them,” he said.
“The United States issued over 16 million of these [B-1/B-2 visas] a year and they’re nontraceable, basically — this is the same visa that some of the 9/11 terrorists came in on,” Palmer added.
Breitbart has covered some of the many cases of B-1 fraud within the Fortune 500’s pyramids of Indian-managed subcontracting companies and gig workers.
In 2013, another Indian firm paid a fine of $33 million for cheating the government as it allegedly replaced American hires with smuggled Indian college graduates. But most of the B-1 fraud is tolerated by agencies, prosecutors, and politicians. In 2019, Breitbart News reported;
Infosys, one of the biggest Indian outsourcing companies, allegedly cheated 500 American graduates out of jobs over 11 years from 2006 to 2017 — and will only have to pay $800,000, without admitting guilt, in a settlement with California’s attorney general.
The attorney general, Xavier Becerra, now runs the Department of Health and Human Services for President Joe Biden.
However, under President Donald Trump, the reform-minded officials in the agencies began to crack down on the B-1 fraud. “They tried but it didn’t work,” Palmer said.
Extraction Migration
The federal government has long operated an unpopular economic policy of Extraction Migration. This colonialism-like policy extracts vast amounts of human resources from needy countries, reduces beneficial trade, and uses the imported workers, renters, and consumers to grow Wall Street and the economy.
The migrant inflow has successfully forced down Americans’ wages and also boosted rents and housing prices. The inflow has also pushed many native-born Americans out of careers in a wide variety of business sectors and contributed to the rising death rate of poor Americans.
The lethal policy also sucks jobs and wealth from heartland states by subsidizing coastal investors with a flood of low-wage workers, high-occupancy renters, and government-aided consumers.
The population inflow also reduces the political clout of native-born Americans, because it allows elites to divorce themselves from the needs and interests of ordinary Americans.
In many speeches, immigration chief Alejandro Mayorkas says he is building a mass migration system to deliver workers to wealthy employers and investors and “equity” to poor foreigners. The nation’s border laws are subordinate to elite opinion about “the values of our country,” Mayorkas claims.
Migration — and especially, labor migration — is unpopular among swing voters. A 54 percent majority of Americans say Biden is allowing a southern border invasion, according to an August 2022 poll commissioned by the left-of-center National Public Radio (NPR). The 54 percent “Invasion” majority included 76 percent of Republicans, 46 percent of independents, and even 40 percent of Democrats
Analysis conducted last year reveal that 71 percent of tech workers in Silicon Valley are foreign-born, while the tech industry in the San Francisco, Oakland, and Hayward area is made up of 50 percent foreign-born tech workers.
Report: Facebook to Cut Thousands of Jobs in Latest Corporate Downsizing
February 22, 2023
(Reuters)—Facebook-parent Meta Platforms Inc is planning a fresh round of job cuts in a reorganization and downsizing effort that could affect thousands of workers, the Washington Post reported on Wednesday.
The company did not immediately respond to a Reuters request for comment.
Last year, the social media giant said it will let go of 13% of its workforce, or more than 11,000 employees, as it grappled with soaring costs and a weak advertising market.
Meta plans to push some leaders into lower-level roles without direct reports, flattening the layers of management between top boss Mark Zuckerberg and the company's interns, the Washington Post reported, citing a person familiar with the matter.
(Reporting by Eva Mathews in Bengaluru; Editing by Devika Syamnath)
Analysis conducted last year reveal that 71 percent of tech workers in Silicon Valley are foreign-born, while the tech industry in the San Francisco, Oakland, and Hayward area is made up of 50 percent foreign-born tech workers.
Despite his Wall Street, big business, Big Tech, and billionaire donations, Biden has attempted to portray himself as a small-town fighter from Scranton, Pennsylvania
By failures of border security, a lack of the enforcement of our immigration laws from within the interior of the United States and huge numbers of visas for high tech workers, the lives and livelihoods of Americans and their children, are being stolen by America’s corrupt political elite who are doing the bidding of those who provide them with huge “Campaign Contributions” (Orwellian euphemism for bribes) pursue legislation that is diametrically opposed to the best interests of America and Americans.
MICHAEL CUTLER
14AP Photo/Butch Dill
14 Apr 202383
10:43
American professional Michael Harmon has just earned about $1 million by exposing visa fraud within an Indian company that does subcontract work for Fortune 500 companies.
The company defrauded the government by importing Indian college-graduate workers on B-1 visas that are only for non-working business visitors. Harmon exposed the visa fraud and earned a share of the $9.9 million federal fine with his Qui Tam lawsuit.
The Department of Justice said:
L&T Technology Services, LTD (“LTTS”), a company based in India, with U.S. offices in Edison New Jersey, has agreed to pay $9,928,000 to resolve allegations that between 2014 and 2019, LTTS underpaid visa fees owed to the United States by acquiring inexpensive B-1 visas, rather than more expensive H-1B visas, in alleged violation of the False Claims Act.
“The B-1 visa is the main vehicle to cheat American [college graduates] out of jobs,” said Jay Palmer, an expert on forced labor and human trafficking, and a former advisor to President Donald Trump. He continued:
Companies encourage [foreign] individuals to get a B-1 visa to come to the United States and work. They work these workers on 1099s [as contractors] with no benefits and they pay them through third-party consulting companies. Sometimes, the worker will be able to get an Individual Tax Identification Number and work undetectably for 10 years.
The fraud behind this visa is more rampant than any other visa we have in the United States.
Palmer applauded Harmon the whistleblower, saying, “Being a whistleblower is not an easy task — you have to have intestinal fortitude.”
Several other B-1 qui tam lawsuits are being litigated.
Palmer is familiar with the B-1 fraud because he works with many Indians who have overstayed their visas and are looking for ways to get legal status.
The B-1 fraud is easy to accomplish and rarely detected or penalized by federal agencies, Palmer said:
All you have to do is have an outbound and a return flight to the United States –that’s all. What they do is they get an outbound flight [to the United States]… and they cancel their return, get the money and go to work.
They’re coming over here legally but becoming illegal [by working]. When they’re over here, they’re getting driver’s licenses, some are even getting Social Security numbers … they’re not supposed to, but they’re still issued.
They come to the United States and they never leave. Most people working in a convenience store are over here on B-1 visas [often working for foreign managers with E-2 visas]. Hundreds of thousands are working on white-collar jobs.
The fraud is difficult for ordinary Americans to detect — even when it is happening in the next cubicle.
The commonplace B-1 fraud is disguised amid the churning population of 1.5 million-plus foreign graduates who are working in the United States under a wide variety of legal visas.
Those temporary work visas include H-1Bs, TNs, L-1s, J-1s, and the “Optional Practical Training” work permit for foreign graduates of U.S. colleges. The legal visa workers often switch workplaces because they are employed by Indian-owned subcontractors, and often go home to avoid an obvious overstay of their temporary visas.
The B-1 fraud problem is further hidden by foreign graduates who overstay their visas to become illegal gig workers in the layers of subcontractors under Fortune 500 companies.
The huge flood of foreign college graduates is forcing down the workplace clout and the salaries of American professionals because the foreign workers will accept very low salaries to stay in the United States. In February, Bloomberg News reported:
In 2022, median annual pay was $52,000 for Americans with a bachelor’s degree, according to data released by the New York Federal Reserve Friday. That’s a 7.4% decline in inflation-adjusted terms — the steepest plunge since 2004, erasing nearly all of the pandemic-era gains. It was sharpest for those earning the most.
The government-delivered inflow of foreign workers is pushing many Americans out of white-collar technology jobs and into lower-wage, blue-collar jobs.
“I have seen the [hiring] system in the backend, and it is so appalling to see that there is so much [resume] forgery being done, there’s so much of corruption being done, that it is almost to the level back in India,” Aabha, an Indian contract worker in North Carolina, told Breitbart News. She continued:
I have met so many [American] people who are graduates and so much more knowledgeable than the Indians that I see in my regular day — and they are [saying] like “Okay, because we are not experienced, we are not getting [U.S. technology] jobs.” So they decide to do a blue collar job. They’re walking into Walmart, they’re walking into Best Buy.
And these Indians, the team that I work with, they cannot even speak a single sentence in English without making any mistakes.
Yet President Joe Biden’s officials are trying to import as many foreign workers as they can, even as Fortune 500 companies fire thousands of American professionals.
“The top 30 H-1B employers hired 34,000 new H-1B workers in 2022 and laid off at least 85,000 workers in 2022 and early 2023,” said an April 11 report by the left-wing Economic Policy Institute (EPI).
Those layoffs include many visa workers, who are required by law to return home once their job disappears.
In response, Biden’s U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) agency is allowing the laid-off H-1B visa workers to get six-month B-1 visas so they have more time to win new jobs that are also being sought by U.S. graduates.
“[We are] aware, of course, of the many recent layoffs in the technology sector, [so] we published options and useful information for [foreign] employees across the country facing termination and those in this vulnerable situation,” said USCIS director Ur Jaddou said April 11.
“Searching for employment in the United States does not fall under the meaning of a legitimate business activity for the purpose of B-1 visa eligibility,” responded Elizabeth Jacobs, a lawyer with the Center for Immigration Studies.
Very few of the illegally-working B-1 graduates are deported, mostly because of Silicon Valley’s huge influence in the White House and in both parties. This week, for example, Indian media outlets reported that four House members from California are pressuring USCIS to ensure that laid-off Indian workers are not sent home. The legislators are Reps. Zoe Lofgren, Ro Khanna, Jimmy Panetta, and Kevin Mullin.
The Democrats’ support for foreign workers over their own swing-voting, college-educated voters could be an opportunity for GOP strategists. But GOP leaders show no willingness to reject the cheap-labor demands of their own business donors.
Biden’s federal agencies also make the white-collar fraud easier by bundling B-2 tourist visas with the B-1 visitor visas, Palmer said. “They should separate these and charge more for them,” he said.
“The United States issued over 16 million of these [B-1/B-2 visas] a year and they’re nontraceable, basically — this is the same visa that some of the 9/11 terrorists came in on,” Palmer added.
Breitbart has covered some of the many cases of B-1 fraud within the Fortune 500’s pyramids of Indian-managed subcontracting companies and gig workers.In 2013, another Indian firm paid a fine of $33 million for cheating the government as it allegedly replaced American hires with smuggled Indian college graduates. But most of the B-1 fraud is tolerated by agencies, prosecutors, and politicians. In 2019, Breitbart News reported;
Infosys, one of the biggest Indian outsourcing companies, allegedly cheated 500 American graduates out of jobs over 11 years from 2006 to 2017 — and will only have to pay $800,000, without admitting guilt, in a settlement with California’s attorney general.
The attorney general, Xavier Becerra, now runs the Department of Health and Human Services for President Joe Biden.
However, under President Donald Trump, the reform-minded officials in the agencies began to crack down on the B-1 fraud. “They tried but it didn’t work,” Palmer said.
Extraction Migration
The federal government has long operated an unpopular economic policy of Extraction Migration. This colonialism-like policy extracts vast amounts of human resources from needy countries, reduces beneficial trade, and uses the imported workers, renters, and consumers to grow Wall Street and the economy.
The migrant inflow has successfully forced down Americans’ wages and also boosted rents and housing prices. The inflow has also pushed many native-born Americans out of careers in a wide variety of business sectors and contributed to the rising death rate of poor Americans.
The lethal policy also sucks jobs and wealth from heartland states by subsidizing coastal investors with a flood of low-wage workers, high-occupancy renters, and government-aided consumers.
The population inflow also reduces the political clout of native-born Americans, because it allows elites to divorce themselves from the needs and interests of ordinary Americans.
In many speeches, immigration chief Alejandro Mayorkas says he is building a mass migration system to deliver workers to wealthy employers and investors and “equity” to poor foreigners. The nation’s border laws are subordinate to elite opinion about “the values of our country,” Mayorkas claims.
Migration — and especially, labor migration — is unpopular among swing voters. A 54 percent majority of Americans say Biden is allowing a southern border invasion, according to an August 2022 poll commissioned by the left-of-center National Public Radio (NPR). The 54 percent “Invasion” majority included 76 percent of Republicans, 46 percent of independents, and even 40 percent of Democrats
Analysis conducted last year reveal that 71 percent of tech workers in Silicon Valley are foreign-born, while the tech industry in the San Francisco, Oakland, and Hayward area is made up of 50 percent foreign-born tech workers.
Report: Facebook to Cut Thousands of Jobs in Latest Corporate Downsizing
February 22, 2023
(Reuters)—Facebook-parent Meta Platforms Inc is planning a fresh round of job cuts in a reorganization and downsizing effort that could affect thousands of workers, the Washington Post reported on Wednesday.
The company did not immediately respond to a Reuters request for comment.
Last year, the social media giant said it will let go of 13% of its workforce, or more than 11,000 employees, as it grappled with soaring costs and a weak advertising market.
Meta plans to push some leaders into lower-level roles without direct reports, flattening the layers of management between top boss Mark Zuckerberg and the company's interns, the Washington Post reported, citing a person familiar with the matter.
(Reporting by Eva Mathews in Bengaluru; Editing by Devika Syamnath)
Analysis conducted last year reveal that 71 percent of tech workers in Silicon Valley are foreign-born, while the tech industry in the San Francisco, Oakland, and Hayward area is made up of 50 percent foreign-born tech workers.
Despite his Wall Street, big business, Big Tech, and billionaire donations, Biden has attempted to portray himself as a small-town fighter from Scranton, Pennsylvania
By failures of border security, a lack of the enforcement of our immigration laws from within the interior of the United States and huge numbers of visas for high tech workers, the lives and livelihoods of Americans and their children, are being stolen by America’s corrupt political elite who are doing the bidding of those who provide them with huge “Campaign Contributions” (Orwellian euphemism for bribes) pursue legislation that is diametrically opposed to the best interests of America and Americans.
MICHAEL CUTLER
Zuckerberg’s FWD.us Claims No Amnesty Ensures Midterm Defeat for Democrats
The Facebook-funded FWD.us investor advocacy group is touting the claim that Democrat turnout will drop in 2022 if the party cannot pass an amnesty through Congress.
But that claim is toothless, in large part because recent polls show that many Americans of Latino ancestry are increasingly voting for the GOP, precisely because GOP leaders oppose the amnesty-amplified wave of cheap labor into their communities.
The claim is being made by pro-migration groups, including the leaders of the National Day Laborer Organizing Network (NDLON) which denounced the Senate’s parliamentarian’s decision to exclude the parole amnesty for 6.5 million illegals from the draft Build Back Better spending plan.
NDLON declared Thursday night:
Democrats’ excuses for their failure, for their incompetence, and for their insincerity will be the ammunition used by xenophobes in the Republican Party to retake control of the federal government in upcoming elections. Inaction on immigration legalization risks further propelling Trumpism in every possible way … No more excuses. Where there is a will, there is a way.
The NDLON group represents illegal migrants, most of whom work for very low wages, and none of whom can vote in U.S. elections.
Rep. Lou Correa (D-Calif.) is making the same claim, according to Bloomberg, which reported that he “warned that Democrats would face wrath from voters in the 2022 elections if they don’t secure a citizenship path”
But the NDLON claim is being echoed by the politically powerful investor class, who use imported workers, consumers, and renters to spike the value of their Wall Street investments.
Todd Schulte is the president of the FWD.us advocacy group for investors, which gets about $30 million a year from the Chan Zuckerberg Initiative to push for more migration. On Thursday night, he tweeted:
Schulte’s deputy also pushed a hard line:
Unsurprisingly, FWD.us has a hidden agenda in the amnesty debate.
The establishment media extensively cover the proposed parole amnesty for 6.5 million illegal migrants. But the media largely ignores two other proposed changes to immigration laws that would deliver huge benefits to West Coast investors who created the FWD.us advocacy group in 2013.
For example, the BBB legislation would allow the White House to provide green cards to millions of favored migrants, including perhaps three million “chain migrants” selected by recent immigrants. This open-doors policy would provide investors with millions of new profit-generating consumers, renters, and workers.
The BBB legislation would also allow President Joe Biden’s pro-migration deputies to sell green cards to at least one million migrants who have taken many of the Fortune 500 jobs sought by skilled U.S. college graduates. This change would allow Fortune 500 companies to hire many more foreign graduates with dangled offers of fast-track green cards. These workers are usually imported via the visa worker programs, such as the H-1B and Optional Practical Training program.
But those two benefits for the Fortune 500 investors may be dropped if the Democrat senators cannot also get their amnesty for illegal migrants.
On Friday, an advocacy group for corporate-funded immigration lawyers urged Congress to keep pushing the green card giveaway, even after the amnesty was nixed:
“The corporate guys are riding on perceived sympathy for the illegal alien population in order to get their immigration giveaways,” said Robert Law, the director of regulatory affairs and policy at the Center for Immigration Studies. He continued:
The Hispanic population knows immigration is a pocketbook issue for them as well, and mass illegal immigration — plus legal immigration — hurts the economic opportunities of Hispanic Americans or the black community, or any people who typically are competing at the lower end of the economic spectrum.
The Senate’s debate referee has not issued any judgments on the two green card proposals.
Zuckerberg’s FWD.us network of coastal investors stands to gain from more cheap labor, government-aided consumers, and urban renters. The network has funded many astroturf campaigns, urged Democrats to not talk about the economic impact of migration, and manipulated coverage by the TV networks and the print media.
FWD.us’also spotlights many family dramas amid the inflow of border migrants. This focus helps keep reporters from recognizing the huge pocketbook impact of the establishment’s economic policy of mass migration. The resulting family-drama coverage also keeps many young progressives from noticing that the extraction migration policy drives up their rents and cuts their salaries.
The breadth of investors who founded and funded FWD.us was hidden from casual visitors to the group’s website sometime in the last few months. But copies exist at other sites.
The Facebook-funded FWD.us investor advocacy group is touting the claim that Democrat turnout will drop in 2022 if the party cannot pass an amnesty through Congress.
But that claim is toothless, in large part because recent polls show that many Americans of Latino ancestry are increasingly voting for the GOP, precisely because GOP leaders oppose the amnesty-amplified wave of cheap labor into their communities.
The claim is being made by pro-migration groups, including the leaders of the National Day Laborer Organizing Network (NDLON) which denounced the Senate’s parliamentarian’s decision to exclude the parole amnesty for 6.5 million illegals from the draft Build Back Better spending plan.
NDLON declared Thursday night:
Democrats’ excuses for their failure, for their incompetence, and for their insincerity will be the ammunition used by xenophobes in the Republican Party to retake control of the federal government in upcoming elections. Inaction on immigration legalization risks further propelling Trumpism in every possible way … No more excuses. Where there is a will, there is a way.
The NDLON group represents illegal migrants, most of whom work for very low wages, and none of whom can vote in U.S. elections.
Rep. Lou Correa (D-Calif.) is making the same claim, according to Bloomberg, which reported that he “warned that Democrats would face wrath from voters in the 2022 elections if they don’t secure a citizenship path”
But the NDLON claim is being echoed by the politically powerful investor class, who use imported workers, consumers, and renters to spike the value of their Wall Street investments.
Todd Schulte is the president of the FWD.us advocacy group for investors, which gets about $30 million a year from the Chan Zuckerberg Initiative to push for more migration. On Thursday night, he tweeted:
Schulte’s deputy also pushed a hard line:
Unsurprisingly, FWD.us has a hidden agenda in the amnesty debate.
The establishment media extensively cover the proposed parole amnesty for 6.5 million illegal migrants. But the media largely ignores two other proposed changes to immigration laws that would deliver huge benefits to West Coast investors who created the FWD.us advocacy group in 2013.
For example, the BBB legislation would allow the White House to provide green cards to millions of favored migrants, including perhaps three million “chain migrants” selected by recent immigrants. This open-doors policy would provide investors with millions of new profit-generating consumers, renters, and workers.
The BBB legislation would also allow President Joe Biden’s pro-migration deputies to sell green cards to at least one million migrants who have taken many of the Fortune 500 jobs sought by skilled U.S. college graduates. This change would allow Fortune 500 companies to hire many more foreign graduates with dangled offers of fast-track green cards. These workers are usually imported via the visa worker programs, such as the H-1B and Optional Practical Training program.
But those two benefits for the Fortune 500 investors may be dropped if the Democrat senators cannot also get their amnesty for illegal migrants.
On Friday, an advocacy group for corporate-funded immigration lawyers urged Congress to keep pushing the green card giveaway, even after the amnesty was nixed:
“The corporate guys are riding on perceived sympathy for the illegal alien population in order to get their immigration giveaways,” said Robert Law, the director of regulatory affairs and policy at the Center for Immigration Studies. He continued:
The Hispanic population knows immigration is a pocketbook issue for them as well, and mass illegal immigration — plus legal immigration — hurts the economic opportunities of Hispanic Americans or the black community, or any people who typically are competing at the lower end of the economic spectrum.
The Senate’s debate referee has not issued any judgments on the two green card proposals.
Zuckerberg’s FWD.us network of coastal investors stands to gain from more cheap labor, government-aided consumers, and urban renters. The network has funded many astroturf campaigns, urged Democrats to not talk about the economic impact of migration, and manipulated coverage by the TV networks and the print media.
FWD.us’also spotlights many family dramas amid the inflow of border migrants. This focus helps keep reporters from recognizing the huge pocketbook impact of the establishment’s economic policy of mass migration. The resulting family-drama coverage also keeps many young progressives from noticing that the extraction migration policy drives up their rents and cuts their salaries.
The breadth of investors who founded and funded FWD.us was hidden from casual visitors to the group’s website sometime in the last few months. But copies exist at other sites.
Biden’s Chief of Staff Worked on Behalf of Big Tech for Endless H-1B Visas
Democrat Joe Biden has chosen Ronald Klain to be his chief of staff should he enter the White House in January. Klain worked on behalf of Silicon Valley executives and their interests, which include providing tech corporations with an endless supply of H-1B foreign visa workers and more free trade.
Klain, who was made Biden’s incoming chief of staff this week, served on the executive council of TechNet — a firm that promotes the interests of Silicon Valley’s tech corporations in Washington, D.C. Klain served on the council alongside executives from the Oracle Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Enterprise, Google, Visa, Apple, and Microsoft.
TechNet, most recently, joined a lawsuit against President Trump’s reforms to the H-1B visa program that sought to prioritize unemployed Americans for jobs rather than allowing businesses to continue importing foreign workers.
TechNet is one of the groups that has filed an amicus brief to oppose the new regulations on H-1B visas. https://t.co/ofY4GJ2sVR
— U.S. Tech Workers (@USTechWorkers) November 12, 2020
Trump’s seeking to force businesses to hire Americans over importing foreign visa workers is an affront to Silicon Valley’s tech corporations, those represented by TechNet, who advocate for an endless flow of H-1B foreign visa workers.
There are about 650,000 H-1B visa workers in the U.S. at any given moment. Americans are often laid off and forced to train their foreign replacements, as highlighted by Breitbart News. More than 85,000 Americans annually potentially lose their jobs to foreign labor through the H-1B visa program.
Analysis conducted in 2018 discovered that 71 percent of tech workers in Silicon Valley, California, are foreign-born, while the tech industry in the San Francisco, Oakland, and Hayward area is made up of 50 percent foreign-born tech workers. Up to 99 percent of H-1B visa workers imported by the top eight outsourcing firms are from India.
TechNet’s listed immigration goals include allowing corporations to dictate the annual level of legal immigration to the United States and the elimination of per-country caps that would effectively let India and China monopolize the U.S. green card system.
The group’s goals on trade are in direct opposition to President Trump’s economic nationalist agenda that has imposed tariffs on foreign imports from China, Canada, Europe, and other parts of the globe.
TechNet’s trade goals include reducing “tariff and non-tariff barriers to information, communications, and advanced energy technology products, services, and investments” as well as “protections for the free flow of data across borders…”
While Biden has vowed to flood the U.S. labor market with more foreign workers to compete against Americans for jobs, he has shied away from questions on whether he will eliminate tariffs on foreign imports that were imposed by Trump. Such elimination of tariffs would be a boon to multinational corporations that offshore their production and jobs overseas only to import their products back into the U.S. market, often with no penalties for doing so.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.
Democrat Joe Biden has chosen Ronald Klain to be his chief of staff should he enter the White House in January. Klain worked on behalf of Silicon Valley executives and their interests, which include providing tech corporations with an endless supply of H-1B foreign visa workers and more free trade.
Klain, who was made Biden’s incoming chief of staff this week, served on the executive council of TechNet — a firm that promotes the interests of Silicon Valley’s tech corporations in Washington, D.C. Klain served on the council alongside executives from the Oracle Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Enterprise, Google, Visa, Apple, and Microsoft.
TechNet, most recently, joined a lawsuit against President Trump’s reforms to the H-1B visa program that sought to prioritize unemployed Americans for jobs rather than allowing businesses to continue importing foreign workers.
TechNet is one of the groups that has filed an amicus brief to oppose the new regulations on H-1B visas. https://t.co/ofY4GJ2sVR
— U.S. Tech Workers (@USTechWorkers) November 12, 2020
Trump’s seeking to force businesses to hire Americans over importing foreign visa workers is an affront to Silicon Valley’s tech corporations, those represented by TechNet, who advocate for an endless flow of H-1B foreign visa workers.
There are about 650,000 H-1B visa workers in the U.S. at any given moment. Americans are often laid off and forced to train their foreign replacements, as highlighted by Breitbart News. More than 85,000 Americans annually potentially lose their jobs to foreign labor through the H-1B visa program.
Analysis conducted in 2018 discovered that 71 percent of tech workers in Silicon Valley, California, are foreign-born, while the tech industry in the San Francisco, Oakland, and Hayward area is made up of 50 percent foreign-born tech workers. Up to 99 percent of H-1B visa workers imported by the top eight outsourcing firms are from India.
TechNet’s listed immigration goals include allowing corporations to dictate the annual level of legal immigration to the United States and the elimination of per-country caps that would effectively let India and China monopolize the U.S. green card system.
The group’s goals on trade are in direct opposition to President Trump’s economic nationalist agenda that has imposed tariffs on foreign imports from China, Canada, Europe, and other parts of the globe.
TechNet’s trade goals include reducing “tariff and non-tariff barriers to information, communications, and advanced energy technology products, services, and investments” as well as “protections for the free flow of data across borders…”
While Biden has vowed to flood the U.S. labor market with more foreign workers to compete against Americans for jobs, he has shied away from questions on whether he will eliminate tariffs on foreign imports that were imposed by Trump. Such elimination of tariffs would be a boon to multinational corporations that offshore their production and jobs overseas only to import their products back into the U.S. market, often with no penalties for doing so.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.
VIDEO:
American People in Crisis Due to Homelessness and Poverty
JOE BIDEN is known as a serial liar, a "public servant" who has somehow managed to accrue tremendous wealth, a race-baiting opportunist, a Catholic-in-name-only, and a bought-and-paid-for politician in bed with criminal cartels and foreign foes. In another era, Joe Biden would have been run out of his country much the same way Benedict Arnold was two and a half centuries ago; in an era when integrity, honor, fortitude, fidelity, and grit have been jettisoned for immorality, unscrupulousness, weakness, betrayal, and craven pliability, however, he is elevated to king sleazeball in a city drowning in sleaze. JB SHURK
VIDEO
JOE BIDEN is known as a serial liar, a "public servant" who has somehow managed to accrue tremendous wealth, a race-baiting opportunist, a Catholic-in-name-only, and a bought-and-paid-for politician in bed with criminal cartels and foreign foes. In another era, Joe Biden would have been run out of his country much the same way Benedict Arnold was two and a half centuries ago; in an era when integrity, honor, fortitude, fidelity, and grit have been jettisoned for immorality, unscrupulousness, weakness, betrayal, and craven pliability, however, he is elevated to king sleazeball in a city drowning in sleaze. JB SHURK
VIDEO
Tucker Carlson: Biden should be impeached for this
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c_yRBwxn-RA
(They really have absolutely no idea how many illegals are in the country as the Democrat Party, U.S. Chamber of Commerce, La Raza/ UnidoUS, Mexico and the Catholic Church thwart any effort to count them)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c_yRBwxn-RA(They really have absolutely no idea how many illegals are in the country as the Democrat Party, U.S. Chamber of Commerce, La Raza/ UnidoUS, Mexico and the Catholic Church thwart any effort to count them)
Largest Immigrant Groups in the United States
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IpxeomE9FTg
JAMES WALSH
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IpxeomE9FTg
JAMES WALSH
THE OBAMA-BIDEN HISPANICAZATION of AMERICA… first ease millions of illegals over our borders and into our voting booths!
How the Democrat party surrendered America to Mexico:
http://mexicanoccupation.blogspot.com/2014/07/james-walsh-hispanicazation-of-america.html
“The watchdogs at Judicial Watch discovered documents that reveal how the Obama administration's close coordination with the Mexican government entices Mexicans to hop over the fence and on to the American dole.” Washington Times
Under Holder’s watch at the DOJ Civil Rights Division, more than half of all the lawyers hired were chosen from four radical, anti-American organizations: the ACLU, National Council of La Raza, NAACP, Mexican American Legal Defense and Education Fund, and the Lawyer’s Committee for Civil Rights, John Fund and Hans von Spakovsky outlined in their
2014 book, “Obama’s Enforcer: Eric Holder’s Justice Department.”
Barack Obama
During a campaign stop in Missouri five days before Election Day 2008, then-presidential candidate Barack Obama famously said, to thunderous applause: “Now, Mizzou, I just have two words for you tonight: Five days. Five days…. [W]e are five days away from fundamentally transforming the United States of America.”
Three months earlier, when candidate Obama spoke in July 2008 to the open-borders group, National Council of La Raza, he stated that “together, we won’t just win an election; we will transform this nation.”
OF THE BELOW IMAGE, CHUCK SCHUMER, ELIZABETH WARREN AND JOE BIDEN ARE ETHICALLY CHALLENGED GAMER LAWYERS
How the Democrat party surrendered America to Mexico:
http://mexicanoccupation.blogspot.com/2014/07/james-walsh-hispanicazation-of-america.html
“The watchdogs at Judicial Watch discovered documents that reveal how the Obama administration's close coordination with the Mexican government entices Mexicans to hop over the fence and on to the American dole.” Washington Times
Under Holder’s watch at the DOJ Civil Rights Division, more than half of all the lawyers hired were chosen from four radical, anti-American organizations: the ACLU, National Council of La Raza, NAACP, Mexican American Legal Defense and Education Fund, and the Lawyer’s Committee for Civil Rights, John Fund and Hans von Spakovsky outlined in their
2014 book, “Obama’s Enforcer: Eric Holder’s Justice Department.”
Barack Obama
During a campaign stop in Missouri five days before Election Day 2008, then-presidential candidate Barack Obama famously said, to thunderous applause: “Now, Mizzou, I just have two words for you tonight: Five days. Five days…. [W]e are five days away from fundamentally transforming the United States of America.”
Three months earlier, when candidate Obama spoke in July 2008 to the open-borders group, National Council of La Raza, he stated that “together, we won’t just win an election; we will transform this nation.”
OF THE BELOW IMAGE, CHUCK SCHUMER, ELIZABETH WARREN AND JOE BIDEN ARE ETHICALLY CHALLENGED GAMER LAWYERS
The mainstream media willingly hides Biden’s destruction of America
Now that the poll numbers are so bad and the open border is such an obvious disaster, even Ruth Marcus of the WaPo has noticed the problem. Or, more accurately, she’s noticed the problem in a way unique to leftist media outlets.
Thus, according to Marcus, the problem isn’t that Biden and his administration caused the myriad failures plaguing America. It’s just that Biden hasn’t had the political freedom to fix it. The public must see that nothing is Biden’s fault. According to the sycophant media, Biden is one of the best presidents we have ever had. The public, though, doesn’t see that because the MAGA Republicans are blocking his wonderful policies:
On Friday’s “PBS NewsHour,” Washington Post columnist Ruth Marcus stated that President Joe Biden has to do something on the border since it “has gotten much worse” since Biden was running, but he hasn’t had “the political freedom” to do so.
When Biden took his oath as President, it included enforcing all the laws, not just ones he liked.
Image: Ruth Marcus (edited). YouTube screen grab.
During the 2020 campaign, though, he essentially promised that he would not enforce immigration laws, and since January 20, 2020, he’s kept that promise. The border is a sieve, but the Biden Administration continually lies that it is closed:
While he pledged during the election campaign to roll back President Trump’s policies that have reduced illegal immigration on his first day in office on Jan. 20, Biden said Tuesday that it would take about six months to reverse Trump’s actions enforcing immigration laws.
When Trump was in office, he worked very hard to enforce the immigration laws Congress had passed, and for that, he was repeatedly called a xenophobe and a racist. The media and other Democrats frequently visited the border in protest. Since Biden took office, though, those same people have shown little interest in the border. No matter how many people have died, been raped, or been trafficked, Democrats have been silent.
The only reason there is the current focus is the poll numbers. Now, they must pretend to care.
Before the polls came out, Democrat politicians throughout the country declared their cities and states would be sanctuaries for illegals, who would not have to worry about law enforcement and being sent back. Democrats assured the public that illegals would be of great economic benefit, not a cost. But now, these lawless politicians are whining like little piggies that they have had enough. They need money, and they claim that the new Texas policy of sending them busloads of illegals is racist.
Ruth Marcus and other Democrat campaign workers, posing as journalists, are trying to scare the public that Trump is a dictator, but now she complains that Biden doesn’t have the political freedom to do his job:
Democrats have never had a problem with Democrats acting as dictators. Obama said repeatedly that he didn’t have the authority to change immigration on his own, yet he managed to do it anyway with DACA. “Before taking executive action on immigration, President Obama stated 22 times that he does not have the authority to change immigration laws on his own.” Now, the media, many judges, and other Democrats treat DACA as if it is the law of the land instead of a pure abuse of power by Obama.
The media and other Democrats don’t have problems with regulators or Presidents abusing their power as long as they are pushing their radical agenda to remake America.
The problem they have with Trump is that he wants to enforce the border laws and that he is trying to give the power, money, and freedom back to the people, which is where it belongs. The media, other Democrats, and many establishment Republicans can’t stand an outsider trying to reduce their power in DC, so they intentionally spread misinformation that Trump is the dictator.
The choice gets easier every day. To save America, we need Trump or someone like Trump, which is hard to find. The media and other Democrats will set out to destroy any other Republican if they are able to dispose of Trump.
Now that the poll numbers are so bad and the open border is such an obvious disaster, even Ruth Marcus of the WaPo has noticed the problem. Or, more accurately, she’s noticed the problem in a way unique to leftist media outlets.
Thus, according to Marcus, the problem isn’t that Biden and his administration caused the myriad failures plaguing America. It’s just that Biden hasn’t had the political freedom to fix it. The public must see that nothing is Biden’s fault. According to the sycophant media, Biden is one of the best presidents we have ever had. The public, though, doesn’t see that because the MAGA Republicans are blocking his wonderful policies:
On Friday’s “PBS NewsHour,” Washington Post columnist Ruth Marcus stated that President Joe Biden has to do something on the border since it “has gotten much worse” since Biden was running, but he hasn’t had “the political freedom” to do so.
When Biden took his oath as President, it included enforcing all the laws, not just ones he liked.
Image: Ruth Marcus (edited). YouTube screen grab.
During the 2020 campaign, though, he essentially promised that he would not enforce immigration laws, and since January 20, 2020, he’s kept that promise. The border is a sieve, but the Biden Administration continually lies that it is closed:
While he pledged during the election campaign to roll back President Trump’s policies that have reduced illegal immigration on his first day in office on Jan. 20, Biden said Tuesday that it would take about six months to reverse Trump’s actions enforcing immigration laws.
When Trump was in office, he worked very hard to enforce the immigration laws Congress had passed, and for that, he was repeatedly called a xenophobe and a racist. The media and other Democrats frequently visited the border in protest. Since Biden took office, though, those same people have shown little interest in the border. No matter how many people have died, been raped, or been trafficked, Democrats have been silent.
The only reason there is the current focus is the poll numbers. Now, they must pretend to care.
Before the polls came out, Democrat politicians throughout the country declared their cities and states would be sanctuaries for illegals, who would not have to worry about law enforcement and being sent back. Democrats assured the public that illegals would be of great economic benefit, not a cost. But now, these lawless politicians are whining like little piggies that they have had enough. They need money, and they claim that the new Texas policy of sending them busloads of illegals is racist.
Ruth Marcus and other Democrat campaign workers, posing as journalists, are trying to scare the public that Trump is a dictator, but now she complains that Biden doesn’t have the political freedom to do his job:
Democrats have never had a problem with Democrats acting as dictators. Obama said repeatedly that he didn’t have the authority to change immigration on his own, yet he managed to do it anyway with DACA. “Before taking executive action on immigration, President Obama stated 22 times that he does not have the authority to change immigration laws on his own.” Now, the media, many judges, and other Democrats treat DACA as if it is the law of the land instead of a pure abuse of power by Obama.
The media and other Democrats don’t have problems with regulators or Presidents abusing their power as long as they are pushing their radical agenda to remake America.
The problem they have with Trump is that he wants to enforce the border laws and that he is trying to give the power, money, and freedom back to the people, which is where it belongs. The media, other Democrats, and many establishment Republicans can’t stand an outsider trying to reduce their power in DC, so they intentionally spread misinformation that Trump is the dictator.
The choice gets easier every day. To save America, we need Trump or someone like Trump, which is hard to find. The media and other Democrats will set out to destroy any other Republican if they are able to dispose of Trump.
The Eyes of Totalitarianism
It’s not your grandfather’s Democrat Party.
April 20, 2023 by John Perazzo 29 Comments
The iconic broadcaster, author, and legal scholar Mark Levin recently observed: “As a nation we’ve now turned the corner. We’ve turned the corner into a hard tyranny…. I just want the audience to know that we are staring into the face of tyranny, that the Democrat Party is a totalitarian party.”
And indeed, it is. To recognize this, we need only to listen when Democrats tell us – repeatedly – of their burning desire to “transform” the U.S. into a radicalized cesspool by such means as:
· ending the filibuster rule so they can forcibly ram their radical legislation through the Senate;
· governing via presidential executive orders rather than navigating the normal legislative process;
· promoting immigration and border policies designed to import massive blocs of foreigners who will eventually become reliable Democrat voters for generations to come;
· turning the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico into new U.S. states, thereby allowing Democrats to permanently pack the Senate with four additional members of their party;
· expanding the Supreme Court and packing it with newly appointed leftist ideologues;
· openly defying that same Supreme Court whenever its rulings conflict with Democrat Party preferences;
· forcibly censoring the free expression of any ideas that conflict with Democrat values; and
· pursuing the impeachment and imprisonment of their political foes on the flimsiest pretexts imaginable.
Below is an abundant collection of remarkable quotes by which immensely powerful Democrats in recent times have openly and proudly promoted the objectives enumerated above, like the domineering totalitarian thugs that they are.
Barack Obama
During a campaign stop in Missouri five days before Election Day 2008, then-presidential candidate Barack Obama famously said, to thunderous applause: “Now, Mizzou, I just have two words for you tonight: Five days. Five days…. [W]e are five days away from fundamentally transforming the United States of America.”
Three months earlier, when candidate Obama spoke in July 2008 to the open-borders group, National Council of La Raza, he stated that “together, we won’t just win an election; we will transform this nation.”
And a year before that, on July 17, 2007, candidate Obama spoke before the Planned Parenthood Action Fund to advocate for unfettered abortion rights and said: “I am absolutely convinced that we’re not just going to win an election, but more importantly we’re going to transform this nation.”
Indeed, nearly two decades earlier, in an interview published by the Daily Herald on March 3, 1990, Obama had candidly articulated his desire to “reshape America” and “be part of a transformation of this country.”
The Democratic Party’s 2016 Platform
In 2016, the Democratic Party’s official platform said that in an effort “to end institutional and systemic racism in our society … [w]e will push for a societal transformation.”
Joe Biden
At a March 26, 2019 presidential campaign event in New York City, Joe Biden said: “We all have an obligation to do nothing less than change the culture in this country. This is English jurisprudential culture, a white man’s culture. It’s got to change.”
On April 13, 2020, Biden said “we can transform this nation … so that [my administration] goes down in history … as one of the most progressive administrations since Roosevelt.”
On May 4, 2020, Biden characterized the coronavirus pandemic as an “incredible opportunity … to fundamentally transform the country.”
In early June 2020, Biden stated that America needed to make “revolutionary institutional changes.”
On July 4, 2020, Biden pledged to “rip the roots of systemic racism out of this country” and “transform” it.
On July 13, 2020, Biden promised to make “systemic” and “institutional” changes to American society.
On October 29, 2020, Biden channeled Obama’s famous utterance from 12 years earlier and said: “Five days left [until Election Day]. Five days. I believe when you use your power, the power of the vote, we literally are going to change the course of this country for generations to come.”
Shortly after two mass shootings that had killed a combined total of 18 people in Colorado and Georgia, White House press secretary Jen Psaki announced on March 24, 2021 that President Biden was planning to issue executive orders to address the issue of gun violence, and was “not waiting for anything to fail” in Congress.
In a September 9, 2021 speech announcing new federal COVID vaccine mandates, Biden said: “And tonight, I’m calling on all governors to require vaccination for all teachers and staff…. Let me be blunt. My plan also takes on elected officials in states that are undermining [teachers] and these lifesaving actions. […] If they’ll not help, if these governors won’t help us beat the pandemic, I’ll use my power as president to get them out of the way.”
On September 25, 2021, Biden said the following about the $1.9 trillion infrastructure bill that he was promoting: “My first piece of economic legislation will “fundamentally change the structure and the nature of the economy in this country.”
On October 4, 2021, Biden – citing the October 18 deadline by which time the Democrat-controlled Congress was seeking to raise the federal debt limit in order to allow for more government borrowing – condemned Senate Republicans for using the filibuster rule to block such a measure. “Republicans just have to let us do our job,” said Biden. “Just get out of the way. If you don’t want to help save the country, get out of the way so you don’t destroy it.”
On October 5, 2021, Biden said there was a “real possibility” that Senate Democrats might use their razor-thin majority to suspend the filibuster rule so they could forcibly raise the debt ceiling even with no Republican support at all.
During a June 30, 2022 press conference, Biden was asked what “specific actions” he might take in the aftermath of the Supreme Court’s recent decision to overturn Roe v. Wade. “I believe we have to codify Roe v. Wade in the law,” he said, “and the way to do that is to make sure Congress votes to do that. And if the filibuster gets in the way … we provide an exception for this, we require an exception to the filibuster for this action to deal with the Supreme Court decision.”
During a September 30, 2022 speech for Hispanic Heritage Month, Biden celebrated what he viewed as the political benefits of the mass migration – legal and illegal — of Mexicans and Central Americans into the United States. “When in American history has there been a circumstance where one ethnicity has the potential to have such a profound impact on the direction of a country?” he asked rhetorically. “Twenty-six percent of every child who’s in school today speaks Spanish — 26 percent,” Biden added.
Bernie Sanders
In October 2019, then-presidential hopeful Bernie Sanders said in a tweet: “Our campaign is not only about changing the system politically and economically. We will change the value system of this country.”
In August 2020, Sanders, who by then had dropped out of the presidential race, said that “when Joe Biden is elected president, when we have a Democratic House, when we have a Democratic Senate, we can begin the process of transforming this government and our nation.”
Charles Schumer
In a September 30, 2020 interview with MSNBC’s Joy Reid, then-Senate Minority Leader Charles Schumer speculated about what he and his fellow Democrats could accomplish if they were to win both the White House and a majority in the U.S. Senate: “I’m not busting my chops to become majority leader to do very little or nothing, We are going to get a whole lot done. And as I’ve said, everything, everything is on the table.” He further elaborated: “I would — believe me, on D.C. and Puerto Rico … I’d love to make them states.”
On the afternoon of November 7, 2020 — shortly after America’s largest media networks announced that Joe Biden had won the Electoral College vote in the disputed 2020 presidential election — Schumer, raising a clenched left fist for emphasis, told a jubilant crowd of supporters in Brooklyn: “Now we take Georgia, and then we change the world! Now we take Georgia, and then we change America!” (This was a reference to the two upcoming Senate runoff elections slated for January 5, 2021 in Georgia. If the Democrats could win both, they would gain control of the U.S. Senate.)
In a January 30, 2021 interview with Al Sharpton on MSNBC’s Politics Nation, Schumer, who was now the Senate Majority Leader, re-emphasized his commitment to bringing transformational change to the United States: “Well, Rev, we have one goal: big, bold change in America” which would include “dealing with D.C. and Puerto Rican statehood.” He also articulated his desire to end the Senate filibuster rule, thereby empowering his party to ram its radical agenda down the throat of a deeply divided nation at a time when Democrats controlled both the House and Senate by the slimmest of margins.
At a March 16, 2021 press conference, Schumer spoke about the prospect of Democrats either dispensing with the Senate filibuster rule, or circumventing it by means of the budget reconciliation process (by which budget-related bills can pass with a simple majority and do not require 60 votes to overcome a filibuster). “[W]e must get bold change,” he said. “And if our Republican friends block it, we’re going to put our heads together and figure out the best way to go. Everything’s on the table. It’s plain and simple.”
· This was a stark contrast to what Schumer had said about the prospect of ending the filibuster in 2005, when Republicans held a solid majority in the Senate. SaidSchumer at that time: “The ideologues in the Senate want to turn what the Founding Fathers called ‘the cooling saucer of democracy’ into the rubber stamp of dictatorship. We will not let them. They want – because they can’t get their way on every judge – to change the rules in midstream, to wash away 200 years of history. They want to make this country into a banana republic, where if you don’t get your way, you change the rules…. It would be a doomsday for democracy if we do.”
· Schumer had similarly spoken out against ending the filibuster in April 2017, when he suggested that President Donald Trump should replace his Supreme Court nominee, Judge Neil Gorsuch, with “a mainstream nominee” who would be able to garner 60 votes in the Senate — rather than allowing the majority Republicans to do away with the filibuster and confirm Gorsuch with a simple majority vote: “Look, when a nominee doesn’t get 60 votes, you shouldn’t change the rules, you should change the nominee.”
On October 4, 2021, Senator Schumer, who wished to be able to raise the federal debt ceiling without any Republican support whatsoever, said: “We only ask that they [the Republicans] get out of the way, let Democrats pass it on our own …”
Nancy Pelosi
In September 2020, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi declared: “We can impeach him [Trump] every day of the week for anything he does.”
On October 12, 2021, Pelosi lamented the fact that some Democrats wished to scale back their party’s ten-year, $3.5 trillion “Build Back Better” spending bill. But she vowed that while the legislation’s price tag might be negotiated down, changes to the bill “only would be [made] in such a way that does not undermine the transformative nature of it.”
Jen Psaki
During an October 12, 2021 press briefing, White House press secretary Jen Psaki discussed the ongoing negotiation between Democrat legislators vis-a-vis the $3.5 trillion “Build Back Better” bill that the Biden administration was hoping to pass. “The president wants to make fundamental change in our economy, and he feels coming out of the pandemic is exactly the time to do that,” she said.
Maxine Waters
At a Congressional Black Caucus Foundation event on September 21, 2017, Rep. Maxine Waters asserted that Congress could impeach President Trump for any reason it chose. “Impeachment is about whatever the Congress says it is,” she said. “There is no law that can dictate impeachment. What the Constitution says is high crimes and misdemeanors, and we define that.”
In a July 22, 2019 tweet, Waters predicted that Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s appearance before Congress on July 24 would open the door for Democrats to impeach President Trump “immediately” and then incarcerate him. Wrote Waters: “Impeachment first, prison next!”
After the Supreme Court officially announced its decision to strike down Roe v. Wade on June 24, 2022, Waters, flanked by fellow Congressional Democrat Al Green, joined a throng of pro-abortion activists outside the Supreme Court building and told reporters: “You ain’t seen nothing yet. Women are going to control their bodies no matter how they try and stop us. The hell with the Supreme Court. We will defy them!”
Ed Markey
In a June 30, 2022 appearance on MSNBC’s Hallie Jackson Reports, Senator Ed Markey exhorted the Senate to eliminate the filibuster rule and pass “abortion rights” that would circumvent the recent Supreme Court decision and permanently enshrine Roe v. Wade as the law of the land. Said Markey: “I think the Congress should take up the offer that Joe Biden has made to repeal the filibuster. Carve out of the filibuster an exception for abortion rights …”
Mazie Hirono
In an interview with CNN on March 5, 2021, Senator Mazie Hirono said: “I definitely support filibuster reform, and part of that is ending the filibuster. It could be totally, or it could be for certain kinds of bills, but I’m definitely open to making those kinds of changes so we can get things done …”
Dianne Feinstein
On March 19, 2021, Senator Dianne Feinstein released a statement saying that, contrary to her previously articulated position, she was now supportive of ending the Senate filibuster: “[I]f … Republicans continue to abuse the filibuster by requiring cloture votes, I’m open to changing the way the Senate filibuster rules are used.”
Bob Menendez
In a June 23, 2021 interview with CNN’s Jake Tapper, Senator Bob Menendez said he was in favor of enacting a “democracy exception” to the filibuster rule in order to enable Democrats to pass the “For the People Act,” their radical “election-reform” bill, with a simple majority in the U.S. Senate.
Andrew Cuomo
At a July 26, 2021 media briefing, New York Governor Andrew Cuomo announced the launch of a new initiative allocating $15 million in taxpayer funds to promote the vaccination of the 3.5 million New Yorkers who had not yet been inoculated against coronavirus. “We have to get in those communities,” he said, “and we have to knock on those doors, and we have to convince people, and put them in a car, and drive them, and get that vaccine in their arm. That is the mission.”
Cedric Richmond
On September 9, 2021, White House senior adviser Cedric Richmond stated that President Biden would “run over” any Republican governors who might try to resist the new federal vaccine mandates. “The one thing I admire about this president,” said Richmond, “is the fact that we are always going to put people above politics. And those governors that stand in the way, I think, it was very clear from the president’s tone [in his speech] today that he will run over them.”
Elizabeth Warren
On September 7, 2021, Senator Elizabeth Warren sent a letter to Amazon.com CEO Andy Jassy, demanding that the company use its algorithms to suppress the sale of books that, according to the senator, were spreading “COVID-19 misinformation.”
Ilhan Omar
In September 2019, Senate Parliamentarian Elizabeth MacDonough said it was “not appropriate” for Senate Democrats to attempt to pass their proposed pathway-to-citizenship provision by means of the budget reconciliation process which would require only a simple majority rather than the normal 60 votes. In response to that, Democrat Rep. Ilhan Omar tweeted: “This ruling by the parliamentarian is only a recommendation. Sen. Schumer and the White House can and should ignore it.”
Mondaire Jones
During a House Judiciary Committee hearing on June 2, 2022, New York Democrat Mondaire Jones delivered an impassioned speech stating that Republicans would not be able to prevent the majority Democrats from using every trick at their disposal to pass gun-control legislation in Congress: “You will not stop us from advancing the Protecting Our Kids Act today. You will not stop us from passing it in the House next week. And you will not stop us there. If the filibuster obstructs us, we will abolish it. If the Supreme Court objects, we will expand it.”
Julian Castro
In January 2013, San Antonio mayor Julian Castro spoke with CBS News’ Bob Schieffer on Face the Nation and predicted that because of mass immigration from Central America — both legal and illegal — the state of Texas would soon change from majority-Republican to majority-Democrat. Said Castro with delight: “In a couple of presidential cycles, you’ll be on election night, you’ll be announcing we’re calling the 38 electoral votes of Texas for the Democratic nominee for president. It’s changing. It’s going to become a purple state and then a blue state, because of the demographics, because of the population growth of folks from outside of Texas …”
Pramila Jayapal
During a January 2, 2022 appearance on MSNBC’s The Sunday Show, Rep. Pramila Jayapal applauded Twitter for its decision to permanently ban the personal account of Republican congresswoman Marjorie Taylor Greene, who, according to the social media giant, had been spreading “misinformation” about the COVID-19 pandemic and the vaccines designed to combat it. “I think it’s just as well that we take one voice [Greene’s] that is deliberately spreading disinformation out of the mix as much as possible,” said Jayapal. “That’s certainly a good thing.”
Ruben Gallego
On February 22, 2022, Rep. Ruben Gallego called for government and law-enforcement agencies to forcibly seize and then give away the vehicles of truck drivers who were heading to the District of Columbia in a peaceful convoy to protest the Biden administration’s COVID-19 vaccine mandates. “Perfect time to impound and give the trucks to small trucking companies looking to expand their business,” Gallego tweeted.
Conclusion
There you have it – the Democratic Party in all its totalitarian glory. Whatever obstacles its members may face, their instinctive response is always the same: iron-fisted thuggery.
If the Senate filibuster rule thwarts the Democrats’ legislative desires, they portray it as an antiquated relic of a racist epoch and demand that it be canceled.
If Democrats’ control of the U.S. Senate hangs precariously in the balance, they demand the sudden creation of a group of brand new majority-Democrat states that each will yield two new Democrat senators.
If Democrats are unable to cobble together electoral majorities in a few crucial swing states, they import massive blocs of people from across the globe who will eventually become reliable Democrat voters for generations to come.
If the radical-left Justices who sit on the Supreme Court are outnumbered by their originalist colleagues, Democrats seek to expand the Court and then pack it with newly appointed leftist ideologues to rubber-stamp every Democrat agenda item.
When that same Supreme Court issues rulings that conflict with Democratic Party preferences, the Democrats pledge with passionate zeal to defy those rulings.
If anyone dares to challenge Democrat positions on matters like the merits of critical race theory, COVID vaccine mandates, “gender-affirming” surgeries for minors, or claims that the 2020 presidential election was rife with Democrat corruption, Democrats respond by demanding that the most influential social-media platforms on Earth should censor and ban such heretics from the digital public square.
And, when challenged by a former Republican President who was highly effective at exposing and mocking the vapidity of various leftwing ideals and policies, the Democrats, in the longstanding tradition of fascists and communists from across the globe, simply call for his impeachment, arrest, and imprisonment.
If Democrats are not the party of totalitarianism, what else would you call them?
"This is country belongs to Mexico" is said by the Mexican Militant. This is a common teaching that the U.S. is really AZTLAN, belonging to Mexicans, which is taught to Mexican kids in Arizona and California through a LA Raza educational program funded by American Tax Payers via President Obama, when he gave LA RAZA $800,000.00 in March of 2009!
The “zero tolerance” program was dismantled by Attorney General Erc Holder once it had successfully cut the transit of migrants by roughly 95 percent. Initially, officials made 140,000 arrests per year in the mid-2000s, but the northward flow dropped so much that officials only had to make 6,000 arrests in 2013, according to a 2014 letter by two pro-migration Senators, Sen. Jeff Flake and John McCain.
“The cost of the Dream Act is far bigger than the Democrats or their media allies admit. Instead of covering 690,000 younger illegals now enrolled in former President Barack Obama’s 2012 “DACA” amnesty, the Dream Act would legalize at least 3.3 million illegals, according to a pro-immigration group, the Migration Policy Institute.”
NO ONE HAS PERPETRATED AS MUCH DAMAGE TO AMERICA THAN JOE BIDEN, BRIBES SUCKER FROM THE MOST CORRUPT POLITICAL PARTY IN U.S. HISTORY.
April 20, 2023 by John Perazzo 29 Comments
The iconic broadcaster, author, and legal scholar Mark Levin recently observed: “As a nation we’ve now turned the corner. We’ve turned the corner into a hard tyranny…. I just want the audience to know that we are staring into the face of tyranny, that the Democrat Party is a totalitarian party.”
And indeed, it is. To recognize this, we need only to listen when Democrats tell us – repeatedly – of their burning desire to “transform” the U.S. into a radicalized cesspool by such means as:
· ending the filibuster rule so they can forcibly ram their radical legislation through the Senate;
· governing via presidential executive orders rather than navigating the normal legislative process;
· promoting immigration and border policies designed to import massive blocs of foreigners who will eventually become reliable Democrat voters for generations to come;
· turning the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico into new U.S. states, thereby allowing Democrats to permanently pack the Senate with four additional members of their party;
· expanding the Supreme Court and packing it with newly appointed leftist ideologues;
· openly defying that same Supreme Court whenever its rulings conflict with Democrat Party preferences;
· forcibly censoring the free expression of any ideas that conflict with Democrat values; and
· pursuing the impeachment and imprisonment of their political foes on the flimsiest pretexts imaginable.
Below is an abundant collection of remarkable quotes by which immensely powerful Democrats in recent times have openly and proudly promoted the objectives enumerated above, like the domineering totalitarian thugs that they are.
Barack Obama
During a campaign stop in Missouri five days before Election Day 2008, then-presidential candidate Barack Obama famously said, to thunderous applause: “Now, Mizzou, I just have two words for you tonight: Five days. Five days…. [W]e are five days away from fundamentally transforming the United States of America.”
Three months earlier, when candidate Obama spoke in July 2008 to the open-borders group, National Council of La Raza, he stated that “together, we won’t just win an election; we will transform this nation.”
And a year before that, on July 17, 2007, candidate Obama spoke before the Planned Parenthood Action Fund to advocate for unfettered abortion rights and said: “I am absolutely convinced that we’re not just going to win an election, but more importantly we’re going to transform this nation.”
Indeed, nearly two decades earlier, in an interview published by the Daily Herald on March 3, 1990, Obama had candidly articulated his desire to “reshape America” and “be part of a transformation of this country.”
The Democratic Party’s 2016 Platform
In 2016, the Democratic Party’s official platform said that in an effort “to end institutional and systemic racism in our society … [w]e will push for a societal transformation.”
Joe Biden
At a March 26, 2019 presidential campaign event in New York City, Joe Biden said: “We all have an obligation to do nothing less than change the culture in this country. This is English jurisprudential culture, a white man’s culture. It’s got to change.”
On April 13, 2020, Biden said “we can transform this nation … so that [my administration] goes down in history … as one of the most progressive administrations since Roosevelt.”
On May 4, 2020, Biden characterized the coronavirus pandemic as an “incredible opportunity … to fundamentally transform the country.”
In early June 2020, Biden stated that America needed to make “revolutionary institutional changes.”
On July 4, 2020, Biden pledged to “rip the roots of systemic racism out of this country” and “transform” it.
On July 13, 2020, Biden promised to make “systemic” and “institutional” changes to American society.
On October 29, 2020, Biden channeled Obama’s famous utterance from 12 years earlier and said: “Five days left [until Election Day]. Five days. I believe when you use your power, the power of the vote, we literally are going to change the course of this country for generations to come.”
Shortly after two mass shootings that had killed a combined total of 18 people in Colorado and Georgia, White House press secretary Jen Psaki announced on March 24, 2021 that President Biden was planning to issue executive orders to address the issue of gun violence, and was “not waiting for anything to fail” in Congress.
In a September 9, 2021 speech announcing new federal COVID vaccine mandates, Biden said: “And tonight, I’m calling on all governors to require vaccination for all teachers and staff…. Let me be blunt. My plan also takes on elected officials in states that are undermining [teachers] and these lifesaving actions. […] If they’ll not help, if these governors won’t help us beat the pandemic, I’ll use my power as president to get them out of the way.”
On September 25, 2021, Biden said the following about the $1.9 trillion infrastructure bill that he was promoting: “My first piece of economic legislation will “fundamentally change the structure and the nature of the economy in this country.”
On October 4, 2021, Biden – citing the October 18 deadline by which time the Democrat-controlled Congress was seeking to raise the federal debt limit in order to allow for more government borrowing – condemned Senate Republicans for using the filibuster rule to block such a measure. “Republicans just have to let us do our job,” said Biden. “Just get out of the way. If you don’t want to help save the country, get out of the way so you don’t destroy it.”
On October 5, 2021, Biden said there was a “real possibility” that Senate Democrats might use their razor-thin majority to suspend the filibuster rule so they could forcibly raise the debt ceiling even with no Republican support at all.
During a June 30, 2022 press conference, Biden was asked what “specific actions” he might take in the aftermath of the Supreme Court’s recent decision to overturn Roe v. Wade. “I believe we have to codify Roe v. Wade in the law,” he said, “and the way to do that is to make sure Congress votes to do that. And if the filibuster gets in the way … we provide an exception for this, we require an exception to the filibuster for this action to deal with the Supreme Court decision.”
During a September 30, 2022 speech for Hispanic Heritage Month, Biden celebrated what he viewed as the political benefits of the mass migration – legal and illegal — of Mexicans and Central Americans into the United States. “When in American history has there been a circumstance where one ethnicity has the potential to have such a profound impact on the direction of a country?” he asked rhetorically. “Twenty-six percent of every child who’s in school today speaks Spanish — 26 percent,” Biden added.
Bernie Sanders
In October 2019, then-presidential hopeful Bernie Sanders said in a tweet: “Our campaign is not only about changing the system politically and economically. We will change the value system of this country.”
In August 2020, Sanders, who by then had dropped out of the presidential race, said that “when Joe Biden is elected president, when we have a Democratic House, when we have a Democratic Senate, we can begin the process of transforming this government and our nation.”
Charles Schumer
In a September 30, 2020 interview with MSNBC’s Joy Reid, then-Senate Minority Leader Charles Schumer speculated about what he and his fellow Democrats could accomplish if they were to win both the White House and a majority in the U.S. Senate: “I’m not busting my chops to become majority leader to do very little or nothing, We are going to get a whole lot done. And as I’ve said, everything, everything is on the table.” He further elaborated: “I would — believe me, on D.C. and Puerto Rico … I’d love to make them states.”
On the afternoon of November 7, 2020 — shortly after America’s largest media networks announced that Joe Biden had won the Electoral College vote in the disputed 2020 presidential election — Schumer, raising a clenched left fist for emphasis, told a jubilant crowd of supporters in Brooklyn: “Now we take Georgia, and then we change the world! Now we take Georgia, and then we change America!” (This was a reference to the two upcoming Senate runoff elections slated for January 5, 2021 in Georgia. If the Democrats could win both, they would gain control of the U.S. Senate.)
In a January 30, 2021 interview with Al Sharpton on MSNBC’s Politics Nation, Schumer, who was now the Senate Majority Leader, re-emphasized his commitment to bringing transformational change to the United States: “Well, Rev, we have one goal: big, bold change in America” which would include “dealing with D.C. and Puerto Rican statehood.” He also articulated his desire to end the Senate filibuster rule, thereby empowering his party to ram its radical agenda down the throat of a deeply divided nation at a time when Democrats controlled both the House and Senate by the slimmest of margins.
At a March 16, 2021 press conference, Schumer spoke about the prospect of Democrats either dispensing with the Senate filibuster rule, or circumventing it by means of the budget reconciliation process (by which budget-related bills can pass with a simple majority and do not require 60 votes to overcome a filibuster). “[W]e must get bold change,” he said. “And if our Republican friends block it, we’re going to put our heads together and figure out the best way to go. Everything’s on the table. It’s plain and simple.”
· This was a stark contrast to what Schumer had said about the prospect of ending the filibuster in 2005, when Republicans held a solid majority in the Senate. SaidSchumer at that time: “The ideologues in the Senate want to turn what the Founding Fathers called ‘the cooling saucer of democracy’ into the rubber stamp of dictatorship. We will not let them. They want – because they can’t get their way on every judge – to change the rules in midstream, to wash away 200 years of history. They want to make this country into a banana republic, where if you don’t get your way, you change the rules…. It would be a doomsday for democracy if we do.”
· Schumer had similarly spoken out against ending the filibuster in April 2017, when he suggested that President Donald Trump should replace his Supreme Court nominee, Judge Neil Gorsuch, with “a mainstream nominee” who would be able to garner 60 votes in the Senate — rather than allowing the majority Republicans to do away with the filibuster and confirm Gorsuch with a simple majority vote: “Look, when a nominee doesn’t get 60 votes, you shouldn’t change the rules, you should change the nominee.”
On October 4, 2021, Senator Schumer, who wished to be able to raise the federal debt ceiling without any Republican support whatsoever, said: “We only ask that they [the Republicans] get out of the way, let Democrats pass it on our own …”
Nancy Pelosi
In September 2020, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi declared: “We can impeach him [Trump] every day of the week for anything he does.”
On October 12, 2021, Pelosi lamented the fact that some Democrats wished to scale back their party’s ten-year, $3.5 trillion “Build Back Better” spending bill. But she vowed that while the legislation’s price tag might be negotiated down, changes to the bill “only would be [made] in such a way that does not undermine the transformative nature of it.”
Jen Psaki
During an October 12, 2021 press briefing, White House press secretary Jen Psaki discussed the ongoing negotiation between Democrat legislators vis-a-vis the $3.5 trillion “Build Back Better” bill that the Biden administration was hoping to pass. “The president wants to make fundamental change in our economy, and he feels coming out of the pandemic is exactly the time to do that,” she said.
Maxine Waters
At a Congressional Black Caucus Foundation event on September 21, 2017, Rep. Maxine Waters asserted that Congress could impeach President Trump for any reason it chose. “Impeachment is about whatever the Congress says it is,” she said. “There is no law that can dictate impeachment. What the Constitution says is high crimes and misdemeanors, and we define that.”
In a July 22, 2019 tweet, Waters predicted that Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s appearance before Congress on July 24 would open the door for Democrats to impeach President Trump “immediately” and then incarcerate him. Wrote Waters: “Impeachment first, prison next!”
After the Supreme Court officially announced its decision to strike down Roe v. Wade on June 24, 2022, Waters, flanked by fellow Congressional Democrat Al Green, joined a throng of pro-abortion activists outside the Supreme Court building and told reporters: “You ain’t seen nothing yet. Women are going to control their bodies no matter how they try and stop us. The hell with the Supreme Court. We will defy them!”
Ed Markey
In a June 30, 2022 appearance on MSNBC’s Hallie Jackson Reports, Senator Ed Markey exhorted the Senate to eliminate the filibuster rule and pass “abortion rights” that would circumvent the recent Supreme Court decision and permanently enshrine Roe v. Wade as the law of the land. Said Markey: “I think the Congress should take up the offer that Joe Biden has made to repeal the filibuster. Carve out of the filibuster an exception for abortion rights …”
Mazie Hirono
In an interview with CNN on March 5, 2021, Senator Mazie Hirono said: “I definitely support filibuster reform, and part of that is ending the filibuster. It could be totally, or it could be for certain kinds of bills, but I’m definitely open to making those kinds of changes so we can get things done …”
Dianne Feinstein
On March 19, 2021, Senator Dianne Feinstein released a statement saying that, contrary to her previously articulated position, she was now supportive of ending the Senate filibuster: “[I]f … Republicans continue to abuse the filibuster by requiring cloture votes, I’m open to changing the way the Senate filibuster rules are used.”
Bob Menendez
In a June 23, 2021 interview with CNN’s Jake Tapper, Senator Bob Menendez said he was in favor of enacting a “democracy exception” to the filibuster rule in order to enable Democrats to pass the “For the People Act,” their radical “election-reform” bill, with a simple majority in the U.S. Senate.
Andrew Cuomo
At a July 26, 2021 media briefing, New York Governor Andrew Cuomo announced the launch of a new initiative allocating $15 million in taxpayer funds to promote the vaccination of the 3.5 million New Yorkers who had not yet been inoculated against coronavirus. “We have to get in those communities,” he said, “and we have to knock on those doors, and we have to convince people, and put them in a car, and drive them, and get that vaccine in their arm. That is the mission.”
Cedric Richmond
On September 9, 2021, White House senior adviser Cedric Richmond stated that President Biden would “run over” any Republican governors who might try to resist the new federal vaccine mandates. “The one thing I admire about this president,” said Richmond, “is the fact that we are always going to put people above politics. And those governors that stand in the way, I think, it was very clear from the president’s tone [in his speech] today that he will run over them.”
Elizabeth Warren
On September 7, 2021, Senator Elizabeth Warren sent a letter to Amazon.com CEO Andy Jassy, demanding that the company use its algorithms to suppress the sale of books that, according to the senator, were spreading “COVID-19 misinformation.”
Ilhan Omar
In September 2019, Senate Parliamentarian Elizabeth MacDonough said it was “not appropriate” for Senate Democrats to attempt to pass their proposed pathway-to-citizenship provision by means of the budget reconciliation process which would require only a simple majority rather than the normal 60 votes. In response to that, Democrat Rep. Ilhan Omar tweeted: “This ruling by the parliamentarian is only a recommendation. Sen. Schumer and the White House can and should ignore it.”
Mondaire Jones
During a House Judiciary Committee hearing on June 2, 2022, New York Democrat Mondaire Jones delivered an impassioned speech stating that Republicans would not be able to prevent the majority Democrats from using every trick at their disposal to pass gun-control legislation in Congress: “You will not stop us from advancing the Protecting Our Kids Act today. You will not stop us from passing it in the House next week. And you will not stop us there. If the filibuster obstructs us, we will abolish it. If the Supreme Court objects, we will expand it.”
Julian Castro
In January 2013, San Antonio mayor Julian Castro spoke with CBS News’ Bob Schieffer on Face the Nation and predicted that because of mass immigration from Central America — both legal and illegal — the state of Texas would soon change from majority-Republican to majority-Democrat. Said Castro with delight: “In a couple of presidential cycles, you’ll be on election night, you’ll be announcing we’re calling the 38 electoral votes of Texas for the Democratic nominee for president. It’s changing. It’s going to become a purple state and then a blue state, because of the demographics, because of the population growth of folks from outside of Texas …”
Pramila Jayapal
During a January 2, 2022 appearance on MSNBC’s The Sunday Show, Rep. Pramila Jayapal applauded Twitter for its decision to permanently ban the personal account of Republican congresswoman Marjorie Taylor Greene, who, according to the social media giant, had been spreading “misinformation” about the COVID-19 pandemic and the vaccines designed to combat it. “I think it’s just as well that we take one voice [Greene’s] that is deliberately spreading disinformation out of the mix as much as possible,” said Jayapal. “That’s certainly a good thing.”
Ruben Gallego
On February 22, 2022, Rep. Ruben Gallego called for government and law-enforcement agencies to forcibly seize and then give away the vehicles of truck drivers who were heading to the District of Columbia in a peaceful convoy to protest the Biden administration’s COVID-19 vaccine mandates. “Perfect time to impound and give the trucks to small trucking companies looking to expand their business,” Gallego tweeted.
Conclusion
There you have it – the Democratic Party in all its totalitarian glory. Whatever obstacles its members may face, their instinctive response is always the same: iron-fisted thuggery.
If the Senate filibuster rule thwarts the Democrats’ legislative desires, they portray it as an antiquated relic of a racist epoch and demand that it be canceled.
If Democrats’ control of the U.S. Senate hangs precariously in the balance, they demand the sudden creation of a group of brand new majority-Democrat states that each will yield two new Democrat senators.
If Democrats are unable to cobble together electoral majorities in a few crucial swing states, they import massive blocs of people from across the globe who will eventually become reliable Democrat voters for generations to come.
If the radical-left Justices who sit on the Supreme Court are outnumbered by their originalist colleagues, Democrats seek to expand the Court and then pack it with newly appointed leftist ideologues to rubber-stamp every Democrat agenda item.
When that same Supreme Court issues rulings that conflict with Democratic Party preferences, the Democrats pledge with passionate zeal to defy those rulings.
If anyone dares to challenge Democrat positions on matters like the merits of critical race theory, COVID vaccine mandates, “gender-affirming” surgeries for minors, or claims that the 2020 presidential election was rife with Democrat corruption, Democrats respond by demanding that the most influential social-media platforms on Earth should censor and ban such heretics from the digital public square.
And, when challenged by a former Republican President who was highly effective at exposing and mocking the vapidity of various leftwing ideals and policies, the Democrats, in the longstanding tradition of fascists and communists from across the globe, simply call for his impeachment, arrest, and imprisonment.
If Democrats are not the party of totalitarianism, what else would you call them?
"This is country belongs to Mexico" is said by the Mexican Militant. This is a common teaching that the U.S. is really AZTLAN, belonging to Mexicans, which is taught to Mexican kids in Arizona and California through a LA Raza educational program funded by American Tax Payers via President Obama, when he gave LA RAZA $800,000.00 in March of 2009!
The “zero tolerance” program was dismantled by Attorney General Erc Holder once it had successfully cut the transit of migrants by roughly 95 percent. Initially, officials made 140,000 arrests per year in the mid-2000s, but the northward flow dropped so much that officials only had to make 6,000 arrests in 2013, according to a 2014 letter by two pro-migration Senators, Sen. Jeff Flake and John McCain.
“The cost of the Dream Act is far bigger than the Democrats or their media allies admit. Instead of covering 690,000 younger illegals now enrolled in former President Barack Obama’s 2012 “DACA” amnesty, the Dream Act would legalize at least 3.3 million illegals, according to a pro-immigration group, the Migration Policy Institute.”
NO ONE HAS PERPETRATED AS MUCH DAMAGE TO AMERICA THAN JOE BIDEN, BRIBES SUCKER FROM THE MOST CORRUPT POLITICAL PARTY IN U.S. HISTORY.
Joe Biden Spikes Homelessness Back to George W. Bush’s Numbers
The number of homeless Americans rose by 12 percent to a record level in 2023 as President Joe Biden invited several million legal and illegal migrants into homes and jobs.
“More than 650,000 people were experiencing homelessness on a single night in January 2023, a 12% increase from 2022,” a Friday report from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) said.
The data is 11 months old, suggesting that the current homeless number is far higher.
January’s count shows an increase of about 70,650 from January 2022.
The number is 70,000 above the 554,000 homeless in January 2020 under President Donald Trump’s lower-migration policies. It matches the 2005 homeless population under President George W. Bush’s pro-migration policies, when media coverage of the homeless issue was one-third greater.
The 2023 number was boosted by a large number of Americans who could not afford housing in Biden’s high-migration economy. The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) reported on Friday, December 15:
HUD data indicates that the rise in overall homelessness is largely due to a sharp rise in the number of people who became homeless for the first time. Between federal fiscal years 2021 and 2022, the number of people who became newly homeless increased by 25%,
“The most significant causes are … the high cost of housing that have left many Americans living paycheck to paycheck and one crisis away from homelessness,” Jeff Olivet, executive director of the U.S. Interagency Council on Homelessness, told the Associated Press (AP).
The federal report did not mention the federal government’s immigration policy, which simultaneously reduces wages and increases housing costs.
Even poor migrants drive up rents because they are more willing to share bedrooms and kitchens.
Homelessness is also rising in high-migration Canada:
Seventy percent of homeless people are Latino or black, even though they comprise 33 percent of the overall population. More than half of the homeless population is in Democrat-run California, New York, and Washington, or Republican-run Florida.
The New York Times reported in October:
After losing his job in January as a purchasing agent for a gardening company in Denver, Josh, 37, who asked that he be identified by his first name only because he had not told his family about his predicament, moved into his Toyota RAV 4.
Finding somewhere safe to park was a daily struggle: “I was bouncing around between gyms, hotel parking lots, light industrial areas and the side streets off of hotels or apartments,” he said …
He called the Colorado Safe Parking Initiative, one of the newest in the country which operates thirteen [homeless parking] lots in Denver, and begged the operator for a spot. Josh now lives in one of the lots and commutes to his chemotherapy appointments.
Biden’s increased tax spending for landlords has prevented even greater levels of homelessness. For example, HUD declared:
Since Day One, the Biden-Harris Administration has been tackling the nation’s homelessness crisis with the urgency it requires, prioritizing new resources and programs to help communities quickly reconnect people experiencing homelessness to housing.
Homelessness is driven by Biden’s “Bidenomics” policy. The policy uses mass migration to expand government spending, suppress wages, spike real estate values, boost consumer spending, and spur the stock market.
The policy is a reverse of the economic policy through the Cold War, when tight curbs on immigration allowed people to buy homes for growing families and pressured companies to grow productivity and develop new technologies:
Biden’s strategy has succeeded for investors.
For example, rents have sharply increased since early 2020, according to Nerdwallet.com: “Since the beginning of the pandemic, rents have increased 29.4% overall, according to the real estate website Zillow.”
Similarly, Americans’ wages have flatlined, helping the stock market climb by 21 percent since Biden’s inauguration:
- Economy
- Immigration
- Politics
- George W. Bush
- homelessness
- illegal immigration
- immigration
- Immigration and Housing
- Joe Biden
The number of homeless Americans rose by 12 percent to a record level in 2023 as President Joe Biden invited several million legal and illegal migrants into homes and jobs.
“More than 650,000 people were experiencing homelessness on a single night in January 2023, a 12% increase from 2022,” a Friday report from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) said.
The data is 11 months old, suggesting that the current homeless number is far higher.
January’s count shows an increase of about 70,650 from January 2022.
The number is 70,000 above the 554,000 homeless in January 2020 under President Donald Trump’s lower-migration policies. It matches the 2005 homeless population under President George W. Bush’s pro-migration policies, when media coverage of the homeless issue was one-third greater.
The 2023 number was boosted by a large number of Americans who could not afford housing in Biden’s high-migration economy. The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) reported on Friday, December 15:
HUD data indicates that the rise in overall homelessness is largely due to a sharp rise in the number of people who became homeless for the first time. Between federal fiscal years 2021 and 2022, the number of people who became newly homeless increased by 25%,
“The most significant causes are … the high cost of housing that have left many Americans living paycheck to paycheck and one crisis away from homelessness,” Jeff Olivet, executive director of the U.S. Interagency Council on Homelessness, told the Associated Press (AP).
The federal report did not mention the federal government’s immigration policy, which simultaneously reduces wages and increases housing costs.
Even poor migrants drive up rents because they are more willing to share bedrooms and kitchens.
Homelessness is also rising in high-migration Canada:
Seventy percent of homeless people are Latino or black, even though they comprise 33 percent of the overall population. More than half of the homeless population is in Democrat-run California, New York, and Washington, or Republican-run Florida.
The New York Times reported in October:
After losing his job in January as a purchasing agent for a gardening company in Denver, Josh, 37, who asked that he be identified by his first name only because he had not told his family about his predicament, moved into his Toyota RAV 4.
Finding somewhere safe to park was a daily struggle: “I was bouncing around between gyms, hotel parking lots, light industrial areas and the side streets off of hotels or apartments,” he said …
He called the Colorado Safe Parking Initiative, one of the newest in the country which operates thirteen [homeless parking] lots in Denver, and begged the operator for a spot. Josh now lives in one of the lots and commutes to his chemotherapy appointments.
Biden’s increased tax spending for landlords has prevented even greater levels of homelessness. For example, HUD declared:
Since Day One, the Biden-Harris Administration has been tackling the nation’s homelessness crisis with the urgency it requires, prioritizing new resources and programs to help communities quickly reconnect people experiencing homelessness to housing.
Homelessness is driven by Biden’s “Bidenomics” policy. The policy uses mass migration to expand government spending, suppress wages, spike real estate values, boost consumer spending, and spur the stock market.
The policy is a reverse of the economic policy through the Cold War, when tight curbs on immigration allowed people to buy homes for growing families and pressured companies to grow productivity and develop new technologies:
Biden’s strategy has succeeded for investors.
For example, rents have sharply increased since early 2020, according to Nerdwallet.com: “Since the beginning of the pandemic, rents have increased 29.4% overall, according to the real estate website Zillow.”
Similarly, Americans’ wages have flatlined, helping the stock market climb by 21 percent since Biden’s inauguration:
- Economy
- Immigration
- Politics
- George W. Bush
- homelessness
- illegal immigration
- immigration
- Immigration and Housing
- Joe Biden
Eyeing Record $68 Billion Deficit, California Institutes State Spending Freeze Until Summer of Next Year
Expecting a $68 billion deficit in the upcoming fiscal year, California’s Department of Finance has ordered a spending freeze for the rest of the current fiscal year (FY2024).
That means all state agencies will have to curtain all non-critical expense for over six months, until the current fiscal year ends next Summer, on June 30, 2024.
A California Department of Finance “Budget Letter” issued Tuesday directs “all state entities” to “take immediate action to reduce expenditures and identify all operational savings achieved:
“The State of California anticipates significant General Fund budget deficits in fiscal years 2023-24 and 2024-25. Accordingly, this BL directs all entities under the Governor’s direct executive authority to take immediate action to reduce current-year General Fund expenditures.”
If realized, the $68 billion deficit would be the largest in state history, local station KCRA reports, noting that state Republicans have been warning about California’s spending:
“‘Despite all warnings that it was unsustainable, California’s tax-and-spend majority increased state spending by $116 billion over the last six years, nearly doubling the general fund budget in that short time,’ said Republican State Sen. Roger Niello, who is the vice chairman of the Senate's budget committee.
“He said in part, ‘Republicans cautioned that this level of spending would lead to greater deficits, and it would be more prudent to show restraint. Unfortunately, the majority party ignored those warnings.’”
State agency Secretaries and cabinet-level directors will be required to submit monthly reports detailing all spending exemptions and savings achieved.
Expenditures specifically cited as subject to the spending freeze include:
New Goods and Services Contracts
- IT Equipment
- Fleet Vehicles
- Office Supplies
- Other (subscription renewals, training costs, furniture purchases, etc.)
- All non-essential ravel (both in-state and out-of-state)
- Leave Buy-Back
- Architectural Revolving Fund (ARF)
“Additionally, entities shall re-evaluate expenses related to current IT projects,” the letter states.
OPEN BORDERS TO KEEP WAGES DEPRESSED
Expecting a $68 billion deficit in the upcoming fiscal year, California’s Department of Finance has ordered a spending freeze for the rest of the current fiscal year (FY2024).
That means all state agencies will have to curtain all non-critical expense for over six months, until the current fiscal year ends next Summer, on June 30, 2024.
A California Department of Finance “Budget Letter” issued Tuesday directs “all state entities” to “take immediate action to reduce expenditures and identify all operational savings achieved:
“The State of California anticipates significant General Fund budget deficits in fiscal years 2023-24 and 2024-25. Accordingly, this BL directs all entities under the Governor’s direct executive authority to take immediate action to reduce current-year General Fund expenditures.”
If realized, the $68 billion deficit would be the largest in state history, local station KCRA reports, noting that state Republicans have been warning about California’s spending:
“‘Despite all warnings that it was unsustainable, California’s tax-and-spend majority increased state spending by $116 billion over the last six years, nearly doubling the general fund budget in that short time,’ said Republican State Sen. Roger Niello, who is the vice chairman of the Senate's budget committee.
“He said in part, ‘Republicans cautioned that this level of spending would lead to greater deficits, and it would be more prudent to show restraint. Unfortunately, the majority party ignored those warnings.’”
State agency Secretaries and cabinet-level directors will be required to submit monthly reports detailing all spending exemptions and savings achieved.
Expenditures specifically cited as subject to the spending freeze include:
New Goods and Services Contracts
- IT Equipment
- Fleet Vehicles
- Office Supplies
- Other (subscription renewals, training costs, furniture purchases, etc.)
- All non-essential ravel (both in-state and out-of-state)
- Leave Buy-Back
- Architectural Revolving Fund (ARF)
“Additionally, entities shall re-evaluate expenses related to current IT projects,” the letter states.
OPEN BORDERS TO KEEP WAGES DEPRESSED
New study says high housing costs, low income push Californians into homelessness
CA makes up third of homeless population in U.S., according to study
Study: More than 7-in-10 California Immigrant
Welfare
More than 7-in-10 households headed by immigrants in the state of California are on taxpayer-funded welfare, a new study reveals.
The latest Census Bureau data analyzed by the Center for Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of households headed by native-born Americans use welfare in California.
All four states with the largest foreign-born populations, including California, have extremely high use of welfare by immigrant households. In Texas, for example, nearly 70 percent of households headed by immigrants use taxpayer-funded welfare. Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of native-born households in Texas are on welfare.
In New York and Florida, a majority of households headed by immigrants and noncitizens are on welfare. Overall, about 63 percent of immigrant households use welfare while only 35 percent of native-born households use welfare.
President Trump’s administration is looking to soon implement a policy that protects American taxpayers’ dollars from funding the mass importation of welfare-dependent foreign nationals by enforcing a “public charge” rule whereby legal immigrants would be less likely to secure a permanent residency in the U.S. if they have used any forms of welfare in the past, including using Obamacare, food stamps, and public housing.
The immigration controls would be a boon for American taxpayers in the form of an annual $57.4 billion tax cut — the amount taxpayers spend every year on paying for the welfare, crime, and schooling costs of the country’s mass importation of 1.5 million new, mostly low-skilled legal immigrants.
As Breitbart News reported, the majority of the more than 1.5 million foreign nationals entering the country every year use about 57 percent more food stamps than the average native-born American household. Overall, immigrant households consume 33 percent more cash welfare than American citizen households and 44 percent more in Medicaid dollars. This straining of public services by a booming 44 million foreign-born population translates to the average immigrant household costing American taxpayers $6,234 in federal welfare.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.
More than 7-in-10 households headed by immigrants in the state of California are on taxpayer-funded welfare, a new study reveals.
The latest Census Bureau data analyzed by the Center for Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of households headed by native-born Americans use welfare in California.
All four states with the largest foreign-born populations, including California, have extremely high use of welfare by immigrant households. In Texas, for example, nearly 70 percent of households headed by immigrants use taxpayer-funded welfare. Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of native-born households in Texas are on welfare.
In New York and Florida, a majority of households headed by immigrants and noncitizens are on welfare. Overall, about 63 percent of immigrant households use welfare while only 35 percent of native-born households use welfare.
President Trump’s administration is looking to soon implement a policy that protects American taxpayers’ dollars from funding the mass importation of welfare-dependent foreign nationals by enforcing a “public charge” rule whereby legal immigrants would be less likely to secure a permanent residency in the U.S. if they have used any forms of welfare in the past, including using Obamacare, food stamps, and public housing.
The immigration controls would be a boon for American taxpayers in the form of an annual $57.4 billion tax cut — the amount taxpayers spend every year on paying for the welfare, crime, and schooling costs of the country’s mass importation of 1.5 million new, mostly low-skilled legal immigrants.
As Breitbart News reported, the majority of the more than 1.5 million foreign nationals entering the country every year use about 57 percent more food stamps than the average native-born American household. Overall, immigrant households consume 33 percent more cash welfare than American citizen households and 44 percent more in Medicaid dollars. This straining of public services by a booming 44 million foreign-born population translates to the average immigrant household costing American taxpayers $6,234 in federal welfare.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.
California approves ‘shocking’ policy giving weekly checks to migrants: Report
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bGCsB3LL1Nw
The state of California is home to more illegal aliens than any other state in the country. Approximately one in five illegal aliens lives in California, Pew reported.
Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
“The Democrats had abandoned their working-class base to chase what they pretended was a racial group when what they were actually chasing was the momentum of unlimited migration”. DANIEL GREENFIELD
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bGCsB3LL1Nw
The state of California is home to more illegal aliens than any other state in the country. Approximately one in five illegal aliens lives in California, Pew reported.
Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
“The Democrats had abandoned their working-class base to chase what they pretended was a racial group when what they were actually chasing was the momentum of unlimited migration”. DANIEL GREENFIELD
Liberal California Emigrants are Toxic
When Arizona, a state that has historically leaned conservative, was won by Joe Biden and now-senator Mark Kelly this week, very few were taken by surprise. Extensive polling indicated Arizona was ripe for swinging liberal and in this instance, at least, the polling was correct.
The question is why? Why has a state that held two elected Republican senators as recently as 2018 and which held a dependable stable of electoral votes for GOP presidential candidates become a purple state on its way to becoming solidly blue? Have Arizona residents suddenly awaked to the idea that liberal policies and doctrines are more sensible than conservative ones? Hardly.
The answer regarding Arizona’s swing lies in its neighbor to the west, California. Since 2012, California has overwhelmingly sent more transplants to Arizona than any other state. When surveyed, escaping Californians cite high taxes, high crime rates, unaffordable housing, out-of-control homelessness, and high unemployment rates as their top reasons for fleeing.
Who is responsible for creating such an alarming living environment within the state? California liberals. A November, 2020 report produced by the Mercatus Center at George Mason University stated that California has 395,608 regulatory restrictions. The sheer volume and scope of California regulations creates such a compliance nightmare that they kill entire industries, send housing prices to unattainable heights, and restrict even commonplace liberties for which conservative leaning states are known.
Piled onto California’s endless river of regulations are its nonsensical laws and policies. Twenty major metropolitan cities or counties in California have established laws, ordinances, regulations, or other practices that shield illegal immigrants from prosecution after committing a crime. These counties brazenly safeguard illegal immigrant criminals against deportation either through noncompliance or by refusing to hand them over to federal agencies such as ICE. With over $1.5 trillion in state and local government debt, California effectively has little money to spare for conveniences such as criminal incarceration. What do sanctuary cities and counties see as the alternative to handing illegal immigrant criminals over for deportation? Release them back into the general population, of course.
Consider this: Between 2014 and 2017, the FBI reported that 49 states saw an average increase in crime annually of around 3%. After implementing “humane” alternatives to criminal prosecution, California crime increased more than 12% per year over the same time period. With irrational sanctuary policies that send a clear message of little to no consequence for offenses, is it any wonder California’s crime rate is now spiraling out of control?
Arizona is not the only beneficiary of the California exodus. The Colorado State Demography Office has published an active flow map of people moving into the state from 2010 on. Disturbingly, the state sending the most movers to Colorado since then has consistently been California. As recently as 2004, Colorado had the political trifecta of a Republican governor and a Republican-controlled House and Senate. A short ten years later, all three had turned irrevocably Democrat. The subsequent consequence? A drastic increase in state and local regulations, a dramatic increase in violent crimes, a severe shortage of home inventory and affordable housing, and a staggering increase in homelessness. Do these newfound troubles sound familiar to any other state mentioned here? The only safeguard against out-of-control tax hikes in Colorado is the TABOR Amendment passed by voters 1992, prior to the influx of California residents, that requires taxpayer approval for any new tax. Not surprisingly, emboldened liberals in Colorado are vigorously resolute in repealing this tax hike protection. As of the most recent election they are unsuccessful, yet remain undeterred.
What has coincided with Colorado’s decline? The mass inflow of Californians to the state. Californians have brought with them all the very same liberal doctrines and ideologies that forced their flight from California in the first place. Does this dissuade liberal Californians from shaping Colorado into the very image of California? Not in the least.
If there is any hope for Arizona, it is that they might learn from the resulting ruin of Colorado, however unlikely.
In the 2020 election, Texas was startlingly considered in play for liberals. Since 2015, which state has contributed the most emigrants into Texas? Not surprisingly, the state of California. The hope for liberals is that they can turn Texas into the next purple soon-to-be blue state. The coveted prize is Texas’ electoral votes. Even more insidious, if liberals are able to capture Texas as they have done in Colorado and Arizona, they will force the state to join the National Popular Vote Interstate Compact. They will then achieve their ultimate goal of a Democrat president reigning over the United States for endless generations until the point our country experiences the same collapse as other great civilizations throughout world history.
The obvious question is this: How can Texas avoid the same fate as states such as Colorado and Arizona? Simple. By being proactive.
It is much easier for liberals to enact new legislation than to argue for the removal of existing laws. With this in mind, Texas should take advantage of their current Republican-controlled Senate, House, and governor’s office by making haste and passing laws that would limit the future incursion of liberal meddling. Texas can presently enact laws that prohibit sanctuary cities, require voter approval to remove the state’s mandated balanced budget, require that any new regulation must necessitate the removal of an existing one, and compel voter approval of each new local or state tax including non-user fees. While such laws may only serve to stem the liberal takeover of the state, they would be roadblocks making it much more difficult for ideological infiltration in areas that affect inhabitant’s liberties and quality of life.
It would be absurd to suppose Californians have malintent. Rather, they are simply following the course with which they are most familiar while being blissfully ignorant of the negative unintended consequences their political ideology brings. To suggest that any act of suppression, aggression, or intimidation towards Californians moving into red states is acceptable would simply be un-American and subject to the same type of hypocrisy liberals practice. If conservatives stoop to their level, we have lost the battle and, perhaps, the war.
However, by taking aggressive legislative action in states that have not yet succumbed to liberal infiltration, Conservatives will effectively be planting our flag in a defiant refusal to hand over our institutions and our liberty.
NUMBER ONE MELTDOWN COUNTY IN LOS ANGELES FOR HOMELESSNESS, ILLEGALS AND CRIME IS LOS ANGELES. THIS COUNTY HANDS OUT $1.5 BILLION TO ILLEGALS IN WELFARE TO KEEP LA RAZA HAPPY AND VOTING DEM FOR MORE!
When Arizona, a state that has historically leaned conservative, was won by Joe Biden and now-senator Mark Kelly this week, very few were taken by surprise. Extensive polling indicated Arizona was ripe for swinging liberal and in this instance, at least, the polling was correct.
The question is why? Why has a state that held two elected Republican senators as recently as 2018 and which held a dependable stable of electoral votes for GOP presidential candidates become a purple state on its way to becoming solidly blue? Have Arizona residents suddenly awaked to the idea that liberal policies and doctrines are more sensible than conservative ones? Hardly.
The answer regarding Arizona’s swing lies in its neighbor to the west, California. Since 2012, California has overwhelmingly sent more transplants to Arizona than any other state. When surveyed, escaping Californians cite high taxes, high crime rates, unaffordable housing, out-of-control homelessness, and high unemployment rates as their top reasons for fleeing.
Who is responsible for creating such an alarming living environment within the state? California liberals. A November, 2020 report produced by the Mercatus Center at George Mason University stated that California has 395,608 regulatory restrictions. The sheer volume and scope of California regulations creates such a compliance nightmare that they kill entire industries, send housing prices to unattainable heights, and restrict even commonplace liberties for which conservative leaning states are known.
Piled onto California’s endless river of regulations are its nonsensical laws and policies. Twenty major metropolitan cities or counties in California have established laws, ordinances, regulations, or other practices that shield illegal immigrants from prosecution after committing a crime. These counties brazenly safeguard illegal immigrant criminals against deportation either through noncompliance or by refusing to hand them over to federal agencies such as ICE. With over $1.5 trillion in state and local government debt, California effectively has little money to spare for conveniences such as criminal incarceration. What do sanctuary cities and counties see as the alternative to handing illegal immigrant criminals over for deportation? Release them back into the general population, of course.
Consider this: Between 2014 and 2017, the FBI reported that 49 states saw an average increase in crime annually of around 3%. After implementing “humane” alternatives to criminal prosecution, California crime increased more than 12% per year over the same time period. With irrational sanctuary policies that send a clear message of little to no consequence for offenses, is it any wonder California’s crime rate is now spiraling out of control?
Arizona is not the only beneficiary of the California exodus. The Colorado State Demography Office has published an active flow map of people moving into the state from 2010 on. Disturbingly, the state sending the most movers to Colorado since then has consistently been California. As recently as 2004, Colorado had the political trifecta of a Republican governor and a Republican-controlled House and Senate. A short ten years later, all three had turned irrevocably Democrat. The subsequent consequence? A drastic increase in state and local regulations, a dramatic increase in violent crimes, a severe shortage of home inventory and affordable housing, and a staggering increase in homelessness. Do these newfound troubles sound familiar to any other state mentioned here? The only safeguard against out-of-control tax hikes in Colorado is the TABOR Amendment passed by voters 1992, prior to the influx of California residents, that requires taxpayer approval for any new tax. Not surprisingly, emboldened liberals in Colorado are vigorously resolute in repealing this tax hike protection. As of the most recent election they are unsuccessful, yet remain undeterred.
What has coincided with Colorado’s decline? The mass inflow of Californians to the state. Californians have brought with them all the very same liberal doctrines and ideologies that forced their flight from California in the first place. Does this dissuade liberal Californians from shaping Colorado into the very image of California? Not in the least.
If there is any hope for Arizona, it is that they might learn from the resulting ruin of Colorado, however unlikely.
In the 2020 election, Texas was startlingly considered in play for liberals. Since 2015, which state has contributed the most emigrants into Texas? Not surprisingly, the state of California. The hope for liberals is that they can turn Texas into the next purple soon-to-be blue state. The coveted prize is Texas’ electoral votes. Even more insidious, if liberals are able to capture Texas as they have done in Colorado and Arizona, they will force the state to join the National Popular Vote Interstate Compact. They will then achieve their ultimate goal of a Democrat president reigning over the United States for endless generations until the point our country experiences the same collapse as other great civilizations throughout world history.
The obvious question is this: How can Texas avoid the same fate as states such as Colorado and Arizona? Simple. By being proactive.
It is much easier for liberals to enact new legislation than to argue for the removal of existing laws. With this in mind, Texas should take advantage of their current Republican-controlled Senate, House, and governor’s office by making haste and passing laws that would limit the future incursion of liberal meddling. Texas can presently enact laws that prohibit sanctuary cities, require voter approval to remove the state’s mandated balanced budget, require that any new regulation must necessitate the removal of an existing one, and compel voter approval of each new local or state tax including non-user fees. While such laws may only serve to stem the liberal takeover of the state, they would be roadblocks making it much more difficult for ideological infiltration in areas that affect inhabitant’s liberties and quality of life.
It would be absurd to suppose Californians have malintent. Rather, they are simply following the course with which they are most familiar while being blissfully ignorant of the negative unintended consequences their political ideology brings. To suggest that any act of suppression, aggression, or intimidation towards Californians moving into red states is acceptable would simply be un-American and subject to the same type of hypocrisy liberals practice. If conservatives stoop to their level, we have lost the battle and, perhaps, the war.
However, by taking aggressive legislative action in states that have not yet succumbed to liberal infiltration, Conservatives will effectively be planting our flag in a defiant refusal to hand over our institutions and our liberty.
NUMBER ONE MELTDOWN COUNTY IN LOS ANGELES FOR HOMELESSNESS, ILLEGALS AND CRIME IS LOS ANGELES. THIS COUNTY HANDS OUT $1.5 BILLION TO ILLEGALS IN WELFARE TO KEEP LA RAZA HAPPY AND VOTING DEM FOR MORE!
Gavin Newsom, Local Lawmakers Argue over Responsibility of Homelessness in California BUT IT'S NOT MEXICO'S EXPORTATION OF POVERTY AND CRIMINALS OR THE DEMOCRAT PARTY'S OPEN BORDERS DOCTRINE!
American Counties in Crisis due to Poverty, Homelessness, and Crime
American Counties in Crisis due to Poverty, Homelessness, and Crime
Biden Admin Orders Starbucks to Reopen Closed Stores
Is there such a thing as "illegally closing stores"?
It’s hard to pick sides here. On the one hand, the Starbucks union is literally Hamas while on the other hand, Starbucks nurtured every leftist cause until there was an attempt to unionize its stores. And since unions hit its profit margins that was suddenly a bridge too far. But it’s still a remarkable move even for an administration that embraces every leftist agenda item and its NLRB appointees who are union hacks and radical leftists.
Starbucks is being accused of illegally shutting down six locations in the Los Angeles area to suppress union organizing activity.
A National Labor Relations Board regional director issued a complaint this week, claiming Starbucks shut down nearly two dozen stores across the country to discourage workers from unionizing.
The new NLRB complaint states Starbucks needs to reopen 23 stores – six of which are in the Los Angeles – and issue back pay to workers who were affected by the closures.
Is there such a thing as “illegally closing stores”? What happens if Starbucks doesn’t reopen them, the Biden administration will nationalize Starbucks and prove that it can lose money running a high-end coffee chain?
Starbucks declined to provide a representative for Eyewitness News to interview, but said the six stores that were closed in the L.A. area were not unionized, and instead were closed for safety reasons.
Starbucks claimed that these were “high-incident” stores with a lot of homeless issues and police responses. Companies are allowed to close stores for business reasons. The NLRB has failed to prove that the store closings were not for business reasons.
Only 7 of the stores had unionized.
But the NLRB is integrated with the SEIU radical leftist union which is trying to unionize Starbucks workers.
And so an insane regime that began with the New Deal is trying to run every aspect of a company’s business on the theory that Starbucks is obligated to open stores and provide jobs.
Then maybe the NLRB can come down and clean the toilets after the junkie vagrants are done with them.
It’s hard to pick sides here. On the one hand, the Starbucks union is literally Hamas while on the other hand, Starbucks nurtured every leftist cause until there was an attempt to unionize its stores. And since unions hit its profit margins that was suddenly a bridge too far. But it’s still a remarkable move even for an administration that embraces every leftist agenda item and its NLRB appointees who are union hacks and radical leftists.
Starbucks is being accused of illegally shutting down six locations in the Los Angeles area to suppress union organizing activity.
A National Labor Relations Board regional director issued a complaint this week, claiming Starbucks shut down nearly two dozen stores across the country to discourage workers from unionizing.
The new NLRB complaint states Starbucks needs to reopen 23 stores – six of which are in the Los Angeles – and issue back pay to workers who were affected by the closures.
Is there such a thing as “illegally closing stores”? What happens if Starbucks doesn’t reopen them, the Biden administration will nationalize Starbucks and prove that it can lose money running a high-end coffee chain?
Starbucks declined to provide a representative for Eyewitness News to interview, but said the six stores that were closed in the L.A. area were not unionized, and instead were closed for safety reasons.
Starbucks claimed that these were “high-incident” stores with a lot of homeless issues and police responses. Companies are allowed to close stores for business reasons. The NLRB has failed to prove that the store closings were not for business reasons.
Only 7 of the stores had unionized.
But the NLRB is integrated with the SEIU radical leftist union which is trying to unionize Starbucks workers.
And so an insane regime that began with the New Deal is trying to run every aspect of a company’s business on the theory that Starbucks is obligated to open stores and provide jobs.
Then maybe the NLRB can come down and clean the toilets after the junkie vagrants are done with them.
Daniel Greenfield
Reader Interactions
Rocker Rod Stewart Fleeing Los Angeles and Its ‘Toxic Culture’
British rock and pop singer Rod Stewart has become the latest celebrity seeking to flee the Democrat-run city of Los Angeles, as he has relisted his mansion.
Stewart, who is fed up with LA’s “toxic culture,” relisted his mansion with $10 million price increase, according to a report by New York Post.
The 78-year-old rocker had initially listed his home for $70 million six months ago, but upped the price to $80 million in his new listing.
Not too long after Stewart listed his mansion the first time, sources told Daily Mail that he sought to return home to London after becoming sick of the “toxic culture” in Los Angeles.
Stewart reportedly bought the property in 1991 for $12.08 million before having the current 12-bathroom, nine-bedroom mansion constructed by architect Richard Landry.
The mansion includes a double gated entry, a marble-floored speakeasy, a 4,500-square-foot guesthouse, two gyms, a tea room, a dining room, and a lot of “Old World-esque” touches, such as ceiling moldings, medallions, herringbone floors, and Corinthian columns.
The rocker’s home also has a long driveway to the house, several sculptures, a pool, a hot tub, a soccer field, and three landscaped acres. Other residents in the neighborhood reportedly include Justin Bieber, Barry Bonds, Adele, and Denzel Washington.
Nonetheless, Stewart reportedly has “no privacy” in Los Angeles, and traveling between LA and London became too daunting.
These days, “he lives in Europe a lot of the time,” Tomer Fridman of Compass’s the Fridman Group, which is representing Stewart in the sale, told the Times.
Stewart is not the only celebrity to recently decide to leave Los Angeles.
As Breitbart News reported earlier this month, Hollywood mega-star Angelina Jolie has revealed that she is pretty much done living in Los Angeles, declaring, “Hollywood is not a healthy place.”
Also this month, Jennifer Flavin, wife of movie star Sylvester Stallone, discussed the couple’s recent move to Florida from the state of California, saying she just had nothing left in the Golden State.
Earlier this year, iconic Superman actor Dean Cain left his long-time California neighborhood and moved to Las Vegas, Nevada.
In 2021, fashion mogul, model, and tattoo enthusiast Kat Von D announced she was leaving “corrupt” Los Angeles for good, noting that she had bought a home in a small town in Indiana, where she would be reopening her business.
You can follow Alana Mastrangelo on Facebook and X/Twitter at @ARmastrangelo, and on Instagram.
LOS ANGELES - MEXICO'S SECOND LARGEST CITY AND BIGGEST MEX WELFARE OFFICE IN THE WORLD!
Homeless RV Encampments are Polluting LA Water and Beaches | Barry Coe
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zkWbZVvcnxU
WHAT HAPPENED TO LOS ANGELES, A COLONY OF MEXICO, IS HAPPENING ALL OVER AMERICA BY INVITATION OF THE DEMOCRAT PARTY
https://mexicanoccupation.blogspot.com/2022/11/democrat-controlled-sanctuary-city-of.html
Try the reality that illegal immigrants are routinely given free public housing by the U.S., based on the fact that they are uneducated, unskilled, and largely unemployable. Those are the criteria, and now importing poverty has never been easier. Shockingly, this comes as millions of poor Americans are out in the cold awaiting that housing that the original law was intended to help.
Thus, the tent cities, and by coincidence, the worst of these emerging shantytowns are in blue sanctuary cities loaded with illegal immigrants - Orange County, San Francisco, San Diego, Seattle, New York...Is there a connection? At a minimum, it's worth looking at. MONICA SHOWALTER
THE FENTANYL COMES OVER THE OPEN BORDER FROM JOE BIDEN'S CRONIES IN RED CHINA THEN THROUGH NARCOMEX
Ryan Smith, a 36-year-old homeless addict, falls asleep after smoking fentanyl in Los Angeles, Thursday, Aug. 18, 2022. Nearly 2,000 homeless people died in the city from April 2020 to March 2021, a 56% increase from the previous year, according to a report released by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health. Overdose was the leading cause of death, killing more than 700. Jae C. Hong / AP
A NATION IN MELTDOWN AS DEMOCRATS FLOOD THE COUNTRY FROM BORDER TO OPEN BORDER WITH ILLEGALS
THIS IS WHAT THE GLOBALIST NAFTA DEMOCRAT PARTY HAS DONE TO ONE SANCTUARY CITY
British rock and pop singer Rod Stewart has become the latest celebrity seeking to flee the Democrat-run city of Los Angeles, as he has relisted his mansion.
Stewart, who is fed up with LA’s “toxic culture,” relisted his mansion with $10 million price increase, according to a report by New York Post.
The 78-year-old rocker had initially listed his home for $70 million six months ago, but upped the price to $80 million in his new listing.
Not too long after Stewart listed his mansion the first time, sources told Daily Mail that he sought to return home to London after becoming sick of the “toxic culture” in Los Angeles.
Stewart reportedly bought the property in 1991 for $12.08 million before having the current 12-bathroom, nine-bedroom mansion constructed by architect Richard Landry.
The mansion includes a double gated entry, a marble-floored speakeasy, a 4,500-square-foot guesthouse, two gyms, a tea room, a dining room, and a lot of “Old World-esque” touches, such as ceiling moldings, medallions, herringbone floors, and Corinthian columns.
The rocker’s home also has a long driveway to the house, several sculptures, a pool, a hot tub, a soccer field, and three landscaped acres. Other residents in the neighborhood reportedly include Justin Bieber, Barry Bonds, Adele, and Denzel Washington.
Nonetheless, Stewart reportedly has “no privacy” in Los Angeles, and traveling between LA and London became too daunting.
These days, “he lives in Europe a lot of the time,” Tomer Fridman of Compass’s the Fridman Group, which is representing Stewart in the sale, told the Times.
Stewart is not the only celebrity to recently decide to leave Los Angeles.
As Breitbart News reported earlier this month, Hollywood mega-star Angelina Jolie has revealed that she is pretty much done living in Los Angeles, declaring, “Hollywood is not a healthy place.”
Also this month, Jennifer Flavin, wife of movie star Sylvester Stallone, discussed the couple’s recent move to Florida from the state of California, saying she just had nothing left in the Golden State.
Earlier this year, iconic Superman actor Dean Cain left his long-time California neighborhood and moved to Las Vegas, Nevada.
In 2021, fashion mogul, model, and tattoo enthusiast Kat Von D announced she was leaving “corrupt” Los Angeles for good, noting that she had bought a home in a small town in Indiana, where she would be reopening her business.
You can follow Alana Mastrangelo on Facebook and X/Twitter at @ARmastrangelo, and on Instagram.
LOS ANGELES - MEXICO'S SECOND LARGEST CITY AND BIGGEST MEX WELFARE OFFICE IN THE WORLD!
Homeless RV Encampments are Polluting LA Water and Beaches | Barry Coe
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zkWbZVvcnxU
WHAT HAPPENED TO LOS ANGELES, A COLONY OF MEXICO, IS HAPPENING ALL OVER AMERICA BY INVITATION OF THE DEMOCRAT PARTY
https://mexicanoccupation.blogspot.com/2022/11/democrat-controlled-sanctuary-city-of.html
Try the reality that illegal immigrants are routinely given free public housing by the U.S., based on the fact that they are uneducated, unskilled, and largely unemployable. Those are the criteria, and now importing poverty has never been easier. Shockingly, this comes as millions of poor Americans are out in the cold awaiting that housing that the original law was intended to help.
Thus, the tent cities, and by coincidence, the worst of these emerging shantytowns are in blue sanctuary cities loaded with illegal immigrants - Orange County, San Francisco, San Diego, Seattle, New York...Is there a connection? At a minimum, it's worth looking at. MONICA SHOWALTER
THE FENTANYL COMES OVER THE OPEN BORDER FROM JOE BIDEN'S CRONIES IN RED CHINA THEN THROUGH NARCOMEX
Ryan Smith, a 36-year-old homeless addict, falls asleep after smoking fentanyl in Los Angeles, Thursday, Aug. 18, 2022. Nearly 2,000 homeless people died in the city from April 2020 to March 2021, a 56% increase from the previous year, according to a report released by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health. Overdose was the leading cause of death, killing more than 700. Jae C. Hong / AP
A NATION IN MELTDOWN AS DEMOCRATS FLOOD THE COUNTRY FROM BORDER TO OPEN BORDER WITH ILLEGALS
THIS IS WHAT THE GLOBALIST NAFTA DEMOCRAT PARTY HAS DONE TO ONE SANCTUARY CITY
I Went To Every Single Homeless Camp In Los Angeles
Fentanyl's scourge plainly visible on streets of Los Angeles
CBS Los Angeles - Yesterday 11:04 PM
In a filthy alley behind a Los Angeles doughnut shop, Ryan Smith convulsed in the grips of a fentanyl high — lurching from moments of slumber to bouts of violent shivering on a warm summer day.
When Brandice Josey, another homeless addict, bent down and blew a puff of fentanyl smoke his way in an act of charity, Smith sat up and slowly opened his lip to inhale the vapor as if it was the cure to his problems.
Smith, wearing a grimy yellow T-shirt that said "Good Vibes Only," reclined on his backpack and dozed the rest of the afternoon on the asphalt, unperturbed by the stench of rotting food and human waste that permeated the air.
For too many people strung out on the drug, the sleep that follows a fentanyl hit is permanent. The highly addictive and potentially lethal drug has become a scourge across America and is taking a toll on the growing number of people living on the streets of Los Angeles.
Ryan Smith, a 36-year-old homeless addict, falls asleep after smoking fentanyl in Los Angeles, Thursday, Aug. 18, 2022. Nearly 2,000 homeless people died in the city from April 2020 to March 2021, a 56% increase from the previous year, according to a report released by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health. Overdose was the leading cause of death, killing more than 700. Jae C. Hong / AP© Provided by CBS Los Angeles
Nearly 2,000 homeless people died in the city from April 2020 to March 2021, a 56% increase from the previous year, according to a report released by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health. Overdose was the leading cause of death, killing more than 700.
Fentanyl was developed to treat intense pain from ailments like cancer. Use of fentanyl, a powerful synthetic opioid that is cheap to produce and is often sold as is or laced in other drugs, has exploded. Because it's 50 times more potent than heroin, even a small dose can be fatal.
It has quickly become the deadliest drug in the nation, according to the Drug Enforcement Administration. Two-thirds of the 107,000 overdose deaths in 2021 were attributed to synthetic opioids like fentanyl, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention said.
The drug's toll spreads far beyond the streets.
Jennifer Catano, 27, has the names of two children tattooed on her wrists, but she hasn't seen them for several years. They live with her mother.
"My mom doesn't think it's a good idea because she thinks it's gonna hurt the kids because I'm not ready to get rehabilitated," Catano said.
Related video: Addressing the rise of fentanyl overdose
This California county started charging fentanyl deaths as murder. Others are following suitTLA-TV Los Angeles
She has overdosed three times and been through rehab seven or eight times.
"It's scary to get off of it," she said. "The withdrawals are really bad."
Catano wandered around a subway station near MacArthur Park desperate to sell a bottle of Downy fabric softener and a Coleman camping chair she stole from a nearby store.
Drug abuse can be a cause or symptom of homelessness. Both can also intersect with mental illness.
A 2019 report by the Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority found about a quarter of all homeless adults in Los Angeles County had mental illnesses and 14% had a substance use disorder. That analysis only counted people who had a permanent or long-term severe condition. Taking a broader interpretation of the same data, the Los Angeles Times found about 51% had mental illnesses and 46% had substance use disorders.
Billions of dollars are being spent to alleviate homelessness in California but treatment is not always funded.
A controversial bill signed by Gov. Gavin Newsom could improve that by forcing people suffering from severe mental illness into treatment. But they need to be diagnosed with a certain disorder such as schizophrenia and addiction alone doesn't qualify.
Help is available but it is outpaced by the magnitude of misery on the streets.
Rita Richardson, a field supervisor with LA Door, a city addiction-prevention program that works with people convicted of misdemeanors, hands out socks, water, condoms, snacks, clean needles and flyers at the same hotspots Monday through Friday. She hopes the consistency of her visits will encourage people to get help.
"Then hopefully the light bulb comes on. It might not happen this year. It might not happen next year. It might take several years," said Richardson, a former homeless addict. "My goal is to take them from the dark to the light."
Parts of Los Angeles have become scenes of desperation with men and women sprawled on sidewalks, curled up on benches and collapsed in squalid alleys. Some huddle up smoking the drug, others inject it.
Armando Rivera, 33, blew out white puffs to attract addicts in the alley where Smith was sleeping. He needed to sell some dope to buy more. Those without enough money to support their habit, hovered around him, hoping for a free hit. Rivera showed no mercy.
Catano couldn't sell the chair, but eventually she sold the fabric softener to a street vendor for $5.
It was enough money for another high.
CBS Los Angeles - Yesterday 11:04 PM
In a filthy alley behind a Los Angeles doughnut shop, Ryan Smith convulsed in the grips of a fentanyl high — lurching from moments of slumber to bouts of violent shivering on a warm summer day.
When Brandice Josey, another homeless addict, bent down and blew a puff of fentanyl smoke his way in an act of charity, Smith sat up and slowly opened his lip to inhale the vapor as if it was the cure to his problems.
Smith, wearing a grimy yellow T-shirt that said "Good Vibes Only," reclined on his backpack and dozed the rest of the afternoon on the asphalt, unperturbed by the stench of rotting food and human waste that permeated the air.
For too many people strung out on the drug, the sleep that follows a fentanyl hit is permanent. The highly addictive and potentially lethal drug has become a scourge across America and is taking a toll on the growing number of people living on the streets of Los Angeles.
Ryan Smith, a 36-year-old homeless addict, falls asleep after smoking fentanyl in Los Angeles, Thursday, Aug. 18, 2022. Nearly 2,000 homeless people died in the city from April 2020 to March 2021, a 56% increase from the previous year, according to a report released by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health. Overdose was the leading cause of death, killing more than 700. Jae C. Hong / AP© Provided by CBS Los Angeles
Nearly 2,000 homeless people died in the city from April 2020 to March 2021, a 56% increase from the previous year, according to a report released by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health. Overdose was the leading cause of death, killing more than 700.
Fentanyl was developed to treat intense pain from ailments like cancer. Use of fentanyl, a powerful synthetic opioid that is cheap to produce and is often sold as is or laced in other drugs, has exploded. Because it's 50 times more potent than heroin, even a small dose can be fatal.
It has quickly become the deadliest drug in the nation, according to the Drug Enforcement Administration. Two-thirds of the 107,000 overdose deaths in 2021 were attributed to synthetic opioids like fentanyl, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention said.
The drug's toll spreads far beyond the streets.
Jennifer Catano, 27, has the names of two children tattooed on her wrists, but she hasn't seen them for several years. They live with her mother.
"My mom doesn't think it's a good idea because she thinks it's gonna hurt the kids because I'm not ready to get rehabilitated," Catano said.
Related video: Addressing the rise of fentanyl overdose
This California county started charging fentanyl deaths as murder. Others are following suitTLA-TV Los Angeles
She has overdosed three times and been through rehab seven or eight times.
"It's scary to get off of it," she said. "The withdrawals are really bad."
Catano wandered around a subway station near MacArthur Park desperate to sell a bottle of Downy fabric softener and a Coleman camping chair she stole from a nearby store.
Drug abuse can be a cause or symptom of homelessness. Both can also intersect with mental illness.
A 2019 report by the Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority found about a quarter of all homeless adults in Los Angeles County had mental illnesses and 14% had a substance use disorder. That analysis only counted people who had a permanent or long-term severe condition. Taking a broader interpretation of the same data, the Los Angeles Times found about 51% had mental illnesses and 46% had substance use disorders.
Billions of dollars are being spent to alleviate homelessness in California but treatment is not always funded.
A controversial bill signed by Gov. Gavin Newsom could improve that by forcing people suffering from severe mental illness into treatment. But they need to be diagnosed with a certain disorder such as schizophrenia and addiction alone doesn't qualify.
Help is available but it is outpaced by the magnitude of misery on the streets.
Rita Richardson, a field supervisor with LA Door, a city addiction-prevention program that works with people convicted of misdemeanors, hands out socks, water, condoms, snacks, clean needles and flyers at the same hotspots Monday through Friday. She hopes the consistency of her visits will encourage people to get help.
"Then hopefully the light bulb comes on. It might not happen this year. It might not happen next year. It might take several years," said Richardson, a former homeless addict. "My goal is to take them from the dark to the light."
Parts of Los Angeles have become scenes of desperation with men and women sprawled on sidewalks, curled up on benches and collapsed in squalid alleys. Some huddle up smoking the drug, others inject it.
Armando Rivera, 33, blew out white puffs to attract addicts in the alley where Smith was sleeping. He needed to sell some dope to buy more. Those without enough money to support their habit, hovered around him, hoping for a free hit. Rivera showed no mercy.
Catano couldn't sell the chair, but eventually she sold the fabric softener to a street vendor for $5.
It was enough money for another high.
Gavin Newsom, Local Lawmakers Argue over Responsibility of Homelessness in California
28 Nov 2022Washington, DC0
4:38
California Democrat Gov. Gavin Newsom and local lawmakers argue over who should be responsible for the homelessness plaguing the state, as the governor threatened to withhold funds from those who dispute liability, according to the Wall Street Journal (WSJ).
The Democrat governor and local government officials, including many from his own political party, are arguing over the responsibility for the lack of progress in battling the ongoing homelessness problem across America’s most populated state.
The report explained that Newsom recently placed a temporary hold on $1 billion of state grants that were meant for city and county homelessness programs as he rejected the proposals from the officials that outlined how they would spend the money. He said the proposal was inadequate, even though it would have reportedly reduced homelessness statewide by two percent from 2020 to 2024.
WSJ added:
People who work in state politics say Mr. Newsom’s policy moves and comments echo many Californians’ rising frustration over housing costs and homelessness, and indicate a willingness by the governor, who recently won re-election, to pick fights with local leaders to try to get results in his second term.
Mayors and county officials, meanwhile, have said they need the Newsom administration to provide reliable, recurring revenue streams and a cohesive statewide framework to address the issue. Instead, they said, most state money comes in one-time allocations with little guidance.
Many mayors were also rankled when Mr. Newsom told the Los Angeles Times he froze the homelessness funds because local leaders needed to “deliver damn results,” adding that he would be willing to play “mayor of California” if they didn’t.
California Gov. Gavin Newsom, left, talks to Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti during a news conference at a joint state and federal COVID-19 vaccination site set up on the campus of California State University of Los Angeles in Los Angeles, on Feb. 16, 2021. (AP Photo/Jae C. Hong, File)
However, WSJ explained that local officials had said that withholding the money they were already expecting is making the problem worse. On the matter, Los Angeles Democrat Mayor Eric Garcetti said, “Lives are on the line, and we can’t afford for this work to get mired in more politics.”
The WSJ said that according to advocates, “Problems including bureaucratic slowdowns and community resistance have made it difficult to deliver services.” At the same time, researchers also said that “even as some people are successfully sheltered, others will keep falling into homelessness until housing becomes more affordable.”
Newsom recently met with over 100 local leaders and agreed at the time to release the funds he put a hold on if each jurisdiction agreed to submit a better proposal by the end of November. According to a spokesman for the governor, 21 jurisdictions had agreed and were expected to receive the frozen funds sometime this week.
For years in California, there have been disagreements over who should be in charge of the homelessness problem, as the state reportedly has over 116,000 residents sleeping on the streets — the most in the United States — in addition to being one of the most expensive housing markets across the county.
The WSJ also noted that under Newsom, the state saw a roughly 15 percent increase in the homeless population since 2019, despite having the most significant funding increase to fight the problem. In fact, since the start of the Chinese coronavirus pandemic, the state has committed around $15 billion towards homelessness, according to reports. Additionally, some majority cities like Los Angeles and San Francisco also raised taxes to help combat the problem as well.
The state’s homelessness problem also comes as Newson again reaffirmed his promise to Politico that he will not try to challenge President Joe Biden in the 2024 presidential election, despite his efforts of building a massive digital operation before the 2022 midterms.
In this Sept. 13, 2021, file photo President Joe Biden, center, smiles to the crowd as he is flanked by California Gov. Gavin Newsom and Jennifer Siebel Newsom at a rally ahead of the California gubernatorial recall election in Long Beach, CA. (AP Photo/Jae C. Hong, File)
Additionally, while the Democrat governor has been facing problems in his own state, he spent time during his reelection bid, which he largely ignored, attacking Republican governors who were running for reelection and are potential 2024 presidential candidates, such as Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis and Texas Gov. Greg Abbott. He even spent money running negative ads in Florida.
Over the last five years, Newsom has won three elections in America’s most populated state. He won his gubernatorial race in 2018 and 2022 and had to go through a recall election in 2021.
Jacob Bliss is a reporter for Breitbart News. Write to him at jbliss@breitbart.com or follow him on Twitter @JacobMBliss.
28 Nov 2022Washington, DC0
4:38
California Democrat Gov. Gavin Newsom and local lawmakers argue over who should be responsible for the homelessness plaguing the state, as the governor threatened to withhold funds from those who dispute liability, according to the Wall Street Journal (WSJ).
The Democrat governor and local government officials, including many from his own political party, are arguing over the responsibility for the lack of progress in battling the ongoing homelessness problem across America’s most populated state.
The report explained that Newsom recently placed a temporary hold on $1 billion of state grants that were meant for city and county homelessness programs as he rejected the proposals from the officials that outlined how they would spend the money. He said the proposal was inadequate, even though it would have reportedly reduced homelessness statewide by two percent from 2020 to 2024.
WSJ added:
People who work in state politics say Mr. Newsom’s policy moves and comments echo many Californians’ rising frustration over housing costs and homelessness, and indicate a willingness by the governor, who recently won re-election, to pick fights with local leaders to try to get results in his second term.
Mayors and county officials, meanwhile, have said they need the Newsom administration to provide reliable, recurring revenue streams and a cohesive statewide framework to address the issue. Instead, they said, most state money comes in one-time allocations with little guidance.
Many mayors were also rankled when Mr. Newsom told the Los Angeles Times he froze the homelessness funds because local leaders needed to “deliver damn results,” adding that he would be willing to play “mayor of California” if they didn’t.
California Gov. Gavin Newsom, left, talks to Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti during a news conference at a joint state and federal COVID-19 vaccination site set up on the campus of California State University of Los Angeles in Los Angeles, on Feb. 16, 2021. (AP Photo/Jae C. Hong, File)
However, WSJ explained that local officials had said that withholding the money they were already expecting is making the problem worse. On the matter, Los Angeles Democrat Mayor Eric Garcetti said, “Lives are on the line, and we can’t afford for this work to get mired in more politics.”
The WSJ said that according to advocates, “Problems including bureaucratic slowdowns and community resistance have made it difficult to deliver services.” At the same time, researchers also said that “even as some people are successfully sheltered, others will keep falling into homelessness until housing becomes more affordable.”
Newsom recently met with over 100 local leaders and agreed at the time to release the funds he put a hold on if each jurisdiction agreed to submit a better proposal by the end of November. According to a spokesman for the governor, 21 jurisdictions had agreed and were expected to receive the frozen funds sometime this week.
For years in California, there have been disagreements over who should be in charge of the homelessness problem, as the state reportedly has over 116,000 residents sleeping on the streets — the most in the United States — in addition to being one of the most expensive housing markets across the county.
The WSJ also noted that under Newsom, the state saw a roughly 15 percent increase in the homeless population since 2019, despite having the most significant funding increase to fight the problem. In fact, since the start of the Chinese coronavirus pandemic, the state has committed around $15 billion towards homelessness, according to reports. Additionally, some majority cities like Los Angeles and San Francisco also raised taxes to help combat the problem as well.
The state’s homelessness problem also comes as Newson again reaffirmed his promise to Politico that he will not try to challenge President Joe Biden in the 2024 presidential election, despite his efforts of building a massive digital operation before the 2022 midterms.
In this Sept. 13, 2021, file photo President Joe Biden, center, smiles to the crowd as he is flanked by California Gov. Gavin Newsom and Jennifer Siebel Newsom at a rally ahead of the California gubernatorial recall election in Long Beach, CA. (AP Photo/Jae C. Hong, File)
Additionally, while the Democrat governor has been facing problems in his own state, he spent time during his reelection bid, which he largely ignored, attacking Republican governors who were running for reelection and are potential 2024 presidential candidates, such as Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis and Texas Gov. Greg Abbott. He even spent money running negative ads in Florida.
Over the last five years, Newsom has won three elections in America’s most populated state. He won his gubernatorial race in 2018 and 2022 and had to go through a recall election in 2021.
Jacob Bliss is a reporter for Breitbart News. Write to him at jbliss@breitbart.com or follow him on Twitter @JacobMBliss.
Nolte: 17 Convenience Stores Robbed This Week in Democrat-Run San Diego
Over the course of a single week, 17 convenience stores were robbed at gunpoint in the Democrat-run city of San Diego, which sits in the Democrat-run state of California.
“San Diego Police said that over the past six weeks, several armed ‘take-over style’ robberies have occurred around the county,” reports San Diego 7. “Police believe that at least 10 of those robberies are committed by the same group and say the same group may be responsible for other robberies.”
That group is a gang of five thugs who flood the store in ski masks brandishing guns.
“Police describe the suspects as young men, possibly between 19-25 years old, wearing hooded sweatshirts and masks,” the report adds, “and are said to enter the stores in groups brandishing guns at store clerks while demanding money and products.”
So far, no one has been hurt.
Who would like to bet that if these guys are ever captured more than one will have a record out to here, or even be out on bail or released without bail?
What’s happening to San Diego is what happens wherever Democrats are in charge who refuse to enforce the law. It’s the Old West in these cities. No one’s afraid to commit crimes because no one believes there will ever be any serious accountability. The second point you can extract from this story is what I’ve always said… If there are 105 crimes, that doesn’t mean you have to put 105 people in prison. Generally, a small group of people commit a majority of crimes. If you put 11 people in prison, you will stop 85 of those crimes.
And, as usual, who are the victims? The working poor, the clerks behind the register just barely getting by working a shitty shift at a shitty job for shitty pay in a city that has decided police officers are a bigger danger to public safety than violent criminals.
San Diego has a serious crime problem. As of 2022, violent crime was up almost 11 percent, property crime was up 13.6 percent, and overall crime was up 13.1 percent.
San Diego hate crime reports jumped — this is not a typo — 77 percent(!) — proving once again that America’s hate and intolerance occur almost exclusively where Democrats live and govern.
Out where normal people live, out here in MAGA Country, the water, air, and streets are safe and clean, and people of all backgrounds live together in relative harmony.
Living with violent crime is a choice, and in America, you get what you vote for. If you want to decrease crime, all you have to do is vote for people who put violent criminals in prison. It really is that easy. Dummies.
Get a FREE FREE FREE autographed bookplate if you purchase John Nolte’s debut novel, Borrowed Time (Bombardier Books) in December. After your purchase, email JJMNOLTE at HOTMAIL dot COM with your address and any personalization requests. A new hardcover edition has just become available.
“Borrowed Time soothed my aching heart in many ways. It made me think about the things that really matter in life and the things that don’t. It made me think about true love, about finding one person to spend your life with—something that has always eluded me. And it made me think about death, about why we need to believe there is a hereafter because, without it, life becomes unbearable.” —Sasha Stone, Free Thinking Through the Fourth Turning
Over the course of a single week, 17 convenience stores were robbed at gunpoint in the Democrat-run city of San Diego, which sits in the Democrat-run state of California.
“San Diego Police said that over the past six weeks, several armed ‘take-over style’ robberies have occurred around the county,” reports San Diego 7. “Police believe that at least 10 of those robberies are committed by the same group and say the same group may be responsible for other robberies.”
That group is a gang of five thugs who flood the store in ski masks brandishing guns.
“Police describe the suspects as young men, possibly between 19-25 years old, wearing hooded sweatshirts and masks,” the report adds, “and are said to enter the stores in groups brandishing guns at store clerks while demanding money and products.”
So far, no one has been hurt.
Who would like to bet that if these guys are ever captured more than one will have a record out to here, or even be out on bail or released without bail?
What’s happening to San Diego is what happens wherever Democrats are in charge who refuse to enforce the law. It’s the Old West in these cities. No one’s afraid to commit crimes because no one believes there will ever be any serious accountability. The second point you can extract from this story is what I’ve always said… If there are 105 crimes, that doesn’t mean you have to put 105 people in prison. Generally, a small group of people commit a majority of crimes. If you put 11 people in prison, you will stop 85 of those crimes.
And, as usual, who are the victims? The working poor, the clerks behind the register just barely getting by working a shitty shift at a shitty job for shitty pay in a city that has decided police officers are a bigger danger to public safety than violent criminals.
San Diego has a serious crime problem. As of 2022, violent crime was up almost 11 percent, property crime was up 13.6 percent, and overall crime was up 13.1 percent.
San Diego hate crime reports jumped — this is not a typo — 77 percent(!) — proving once again that America’s hate and intolerance occur almost exclusively where Democrats live and govern.
Out where normal people live, out here in MAGA Country, the water, air, and streets are safe and clean, and people of all backgrounds live together in relative harmony.
Living with violent crime is a choice, and in America, you get what you vote for. If you want to decrease crime, all you have to do is vote for people who put violent criminals in prison. It really is that easy. Dummies.
Get a FREE FREE FREE autographed bookplate if you purchase John Nolte’s debut novel, Borrowed Time (Bombardier Books) in December. After your purchase, email JJMNOLTE at HOTMAIL dot COM with your address and any personalization requests. A new hardcover edition has just become available.
“Borrowed Time soothed my aching heart in many ways. It made me think about the things that really matter in life and the things that don’t. It made me think about true love, about finding one person to spend your life with—something that has always eluded me. And it made me think about death, about why we need to believe there is a hereafter because, without it, life becomes unbearable.” —Sasha Stone, Free Thinking Through the Fourth Turning
Eyeing Record $68 Billion Deficit, California Institutes State Spending Freeze Until Summer of Next Year
Expecting a $68 billion deficit in the upcoming fiscal year, California’s Department of Finance has ordered a spending freeze for the rest of the current fiscal year (FY2024).
That means all state agencies will have to curtain all non-critical expense for over six months, until the current fiscal year ends next Summer, on June 30, 2024.
A California Department of Finance “Budget Letter” issued Tuesday directs “all state entities” to “take immediate action to reduce expenditures and identify all operational savings achieved:
“The State of California anticipates significant General Fund budget deficits in fiscal years 2023-24 and 2024-25. Accordingly, this BL directs all entities under the Governor’s direct executive authority to take immediate action to reduce current-year General Fund expenditures.”
If realized, the $68 billion deficit would be the largest in state history, local station KCRA reports, noting that state Republicans have been warning about California’s spending:
“‘Despite all warnings that it was unsustainable, California’s tax-and-spend majority increased state spending by $116 billion over the last six years, nearly doubling the general fund budget in that short time,’ said Republican State Sen. Roger Niello, who is the vice chairman of the Senate's budget committee.
“He said in part, ‘Republicans cautioned that this level of spending would lead to greater deficits, and it would be more prudent to show restraint. Unfortunately, the majority party ignored those warnings.’”
State agency Secretaries and cabinet-level directors will be required to submit monthly reports detailing all spending exemptions and savings achieved.
Expenditures specifically cited as subject to the spending freeze include:
New Goods and Services Contracts
- IT Equipment
- Fleet Vehicles
- Office Supplies
- Other (subscription renewals, training costs, furniture purchases, etc.)
- All non-essential ravel (both in-state and out-of-state)
- Leave Buy-Back
- Architectural Revolving Fund (ARF)
“Additionally, entities shall re-evaluate expenses related to current IT projects,” the letter states.
OPEN BORDERS TO KEEP WAGES DEPRESSED
Expecting a $68 billion deficit in the upcoming fiscal year, California’s Department of Finance has ordered a spending freeze for the rest of the current fiscal year (FY2024).
That means all state agencies will have to curtain all non-critical expense for over six months, until the current fiscal year ends next Summer, on June 30, 2024.
A California Department of Finance “Budget Letter” issued Tuesday directs “all state entities” to “take immediate action to reduce expenditures and identify all operational savings achieved:
“The State of California anticipates significant General Fund budget deficits in fiscal years 2023-24 and 2024-25. Accordingly, this BL directs all entities under the Governor’s direct executive authority to take immediate action to reduce current-year General Fund expenditures.”
If realized, the $68 billion deficit would be the largest in state history, local station KCRA reports, noting that state Republicans have been warning about California’s spending:
“‘Despite all warnings that it was unsustainable, California’s tax-and-spend majority increased state spending by $116 billion over the last six years, nearly doubling the general fund budget in that short time,’ said Republican State Sen. Roger Niello, who is the vice chairman of the Senate's budget committee.
“He said in part, ‘Republicans cautioned that this level of spending would lead to greater deficits, and it would be more prudent to show restraint. Unfortunately, the majority party ignored those warnings.’”
State agency Secretaries and cabinet-level directors will be required to submit monthly reports detailing all spending exemptions and savings achieved.
Expenditures specifically cited as subject to the spending freeze include:
New Goods and Services Contracts
- IT Equipment
- Fleet Vehicles
- Office Supplies
- Other (subscription renewals, training costs, furniture purchases, etc.)
- All non-essential ravel (both in-state and out-of-state)
- Leave Buy-Back
- Architectural Revolving Fund (ARF)
“Additionally, entities shall re-evaluate expenses related to current IT projects,” the letter states.
OPEN BORDERS TO KEEP WAGES DEPRESSED
New study says high housing costs, low income push Californians into homelessness
CA makes up third of homeless population in U.S., according to study
Study: More than 7-in-10 California Immigrant
Welfare
More than 7-in-10 households headed by immigrants in the state of California are on taxpayer-funded welfare, a new study reveals.
The latest Census Bureau data analyzed by the Center for Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of households headed by native-born Americans use welfare in California.
All four states with the largest foreign-born populations, including California, have extremely high use of welfare by immigrant households. In Texas, for example, nearly 70 percent of households headed by immigrants use taxpayer-funded welfare. Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of native-born households in Texas are on welfare.
In New York and Florida, a majority of households headed by immigrants and noncitizens are on welfare. Overall, about 63 percent of immigrant households use welfare while only 35 percent of native-born households use welfare.
President Trump’s administration is looking to soon implement a policy that protects American taxpayers’ dollars from funding the mass importation of welfare-dependent foreign nationals by enforcing a “public charge” rule whereby legal immigrants would be less likely to secure a permanent residency in the U.S. if they have used any forms of welfare in the past, including using Obamacare, food stamps, and public housing.
The immigration controls would be a boon for American taxpayers in the form of an annual $57.4 billion tax cut — the amount taxpayers spend every year on paying for the welfare, crime, and schooling costs of the country’s mass importation of 1.5 million new, mostly low-skilled legal immigrants.
As Breitbart News reported, the majority of the more than 1.5 million foreign nationals entering the country every year use about 57 percent more food stamps than the average native-born American household. Overall, immigrant households consume 33 percent more cash welfare than American citizen households and 44 percent more in Medicaid dollars. This straining of public services by a booming 44 million foreign-born population translates to the average immigrant household costing American taxpayers $6,234 in federal welfare.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.
More than 7-in-10 households headed by immigrants in the state of California are on taxpayer-funded welfare, a new study reveals.
The latest Census Bureau data analyzed by the Center for Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of households headed by native-born Americans use welfare in California.
All four states with the largest foreign-born populations, including California, have extremely high use of welfare by immigrant households. In Texas, for example, nearly 70 percent of households headed by immigrants use taxpayer-funded welfare. Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of native-born households in Texas are on welfare.
In New York and Florida, a majority of households headed by immigrants and noncitizens are on welfare. Overall, about 63 percent of immigrant households use welfare while only 35 percent of native-born households use welfare.
President Trump’s administration is looking to soon implement a policy that protects American taxpayers’ dollars from funding the mass importation of welfare-dependent foreign nationals by enforcing a “public charge” rule whereby legal immigrants would be less likely to secure a permanent residency in the U.S. if they have used any forms of welfare in the past, including using Obamacare, food stamps, and public housing.
The immigration controls would be a boon for American taxpayers in the form of an annual $57.4 billion tax cut — the amount taxpayers spend every year on paying for the welfare, crime, and schooling costs of the country’s mass importation of 1.5 million new, mostly low-skilled legal immigrants.
As Breitbart News reported, the majority of the more than 1.5 million foreign nationals entering the country every year use about 57 percent more food stamps than the average native-born American household. Overall, immigrant households consume 33 percent more cash welfare than American citizen households and 44 percent more in Medicaid dollars. This straining of public services by a booming 44 million foreign-born population translates to the average immigrant household costing American taxpayers $6,234 in federal welfare.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.
California approves ‘shocking’ policy giving weekly checks to migrants: Report
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bGCsB3LL1Nw
The state of California is home to more illegal aliens than any other state in the country. Approximately one in five illegal aliens lives in California, Pew reported.
Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
“The Democrats had abandoned their working-class base to chase what they pretended was a racial group when what they were actually chasing was the momentum of unlimited migration”. DANIEL GREENFIELD
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bGCsB3LL1Nw
The state of California is home to more illegal aliens than any other state in the country. Approximately one in five illegal aliens lives in California, Pew reported.
Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
“The Democrats had abandoned their working-class base to chase what they pretended was a racial group when what they were actually chasing was the momentum of unlimited migration”. DANIEL GREENFIELD
Liberal California Emigrants are Toxic
When Arizona, a state that has historically leaned conservative, was won by Joe Biden and now-senator Mark Kelly this week, very few were taken by surprise. Extensive polling indicated Arizona was ripe for swinging liberal and in this instance, at least, the polling was correct.
The question is why? Why has a state that held two elected Republican senators as recently as 2018 and which held a dependable stable of electoral votes for GOP presidential candidates become a purple state on its way to becoming solidly blue? Have Arizona residents suddenly awaked to the idea that liberal policies and doctrines are more sensible than conservative ones? Hardly.
The answer regarding Arizona’s swing lies in its neighbor to the west, California. Since 2012, California has overwhelmingly sent more transplants to Arizona than any other state. When surveyed, escaping Californians cite high taxes, high crime rates, unaffordable housing, out-of-control homelessness, and high unemployment rates as their top reasons for fleeing.
Who is responsible for creating such an alarming living environment within the state? California liberals. A November, 2020 report produced by the Mercatus Center at George Mason University stated that California has 395,608 regulatory restrictions. The sheer volume and scope of California regulations creates such a compliance nightmare that they kill entire industries, send housing prices to unattainable heights, and restrict even commonplace liberties for which conservative leaning states are known.
Piled onto California’s endless river of regulations are its nonsensical laws and policies. Twenty major metropolitan cities or counties in California have established laws, ordinances, regulations, or other practices that shield illegal immigrants from prosecution after committing a crime. These counties brazenly safeguard illegal immigrant criminals against deportation either through noncompliance or by refusing to hand them over to federal agencies such as ICE. With over $1.5 trillion in state and local government debt, California effectively has little money to spare for conveniences such as criminal incarceration. What do sanctuary cities and counties see as the alternative to handing illegal immigrant criminals over for deportation? Release them back into the general population, of course.
Consider this: Between 2014 and 2017, the FBI reported that 49 states saw an average increase in crime annually of around 3%. After implementing “humane” alternatives to criminal prosecution, California crime increased more than 12% per year over the same time period. With irrational sanctuary policies that send a clear message of little to no consequence for offenses, is it any wonder California’s crime rate is now spiraling out of control?
Arizona is not the only beneficiary of the California exodus. The Colorado State Demography Office has published an active flow map of people moving into the state from 2010 on. Disturbingly, the state sending the most movers to Colorado since then has consistently been California. As recently as 2004, Colorado had the political trifecta of a Republican governor and a Republican-controlled House and Senate. A short ten years later, all three had turned irrevocably Democrat. The subsequent consequence? A drastic increase in state and local regulations, a dramatic increase in violent crimes, a severe shortage of home inventory and affordable housing, and a staggering increase in homelessness. Do these newfound troubles sound familiar to any other state mentioned here? The only safeguard against out-of-control tax hikes in Colorado is the TABOR Amendment passed by voters 1992, prior to the influx of California residents, that requires taxpayer approval for any new tax. Not surprisingly, emboldened liberals in Colorado are vigorously resolute in repealing this tax hike protection. As of the most recent election they are unsuccessful, yet remain undeterred.
What has coincided with Colorado’s decline? The mass inflow of Californians to the state. Californians have brought with them all the very same liberal doctrines and ideologies that forced their flight from California in the first place. Does this dissuade liberal Californians from shaping Colorado into the very image of California? Not in the least.
If there is any hope for Arizona, it is that they might learn from the resulting ruin of Colorado, however unlikely.
In the 2020 election, Texas was startlingly considered in play for liberals. Since 2015, which state has contributed the most emigrants into Texas? Not surprisingly, the state of California. The hope for liberals is that they can turn Texas into the next purple soon-to-be blue state. The coveted prize is Texas’ electoral votes. Even more insidious, if liberals are able to capture Texas as they have done in Colorado and Arizona, they will force the state to join the National Popular Vote Interstate Compact. They will then achieve their ultimate goal of a Democrat president reigning over the United States for endless generations until the point our country experiences the same collapse as other great civilizations throughout world history.
The obvious question is this: How can Texas avoid the same fate as states such as Colorado and Arizona? Simple. By being proactive.
It is much easier for liberals to enact new legislation than to argue for the removal of existing laws. With this in mind, Texas should take advantage of their current Republican-controlled Senate, House, and governor’s office by making haste and passing laws that would limit the future incursion of liberal meddling. Texas can presently enact laws that prohibit sanctuary cities, require voter approval to remove the state’s mandated balanced budget, require that any new regulation must necessitate the removal of an existing one, and compel voter approval of each new local or state tax including non-user fees. While such laws may only serve to stem the liberal takeover of the state, they would be roadblocks making it much more difficult for ideological infiltration in areas that affect inhabitant’s liberties and quality of life.
It would be absurd to suppose Californians have malintent. Rather, they are simply following the course with which they are most familiar while being blissfully ignorant of the negative unintended consequences their political ideology brings. To suggest that any act of suppression, aggression, or intimidation towards Californians moving into red states is acceptable would simply be un-American and subject to the same type of hypocrisy liberals practice. If conservatives stoop to their level, we have lost the battle and, perhaps, the war.
However, by taking aggressive legislative action in states that have not yet succumbed to liberal infiltration, Conservatives will effectively be planting our flag in a defiant refusal to hand over our institutions and our liberty.
When Arizona, a state that has historically leaned conservative, was won by Joe Biden and now-senator Mark Kelly this week, very few were taken by surprise. Extensive polling indicated Arizona was ripe for swinging liberal and in this instance, at least, the polling was correct.
The question is why? Why has a state that held two elected Republican senators as recently as 2018 and which held a dependable stable of electoral votes for GOP presidential candidates become a purple state on its way to becoming solidly blue? Have Arizona residents suddenly awaked to the idea that liberal policies and doctrines are more sensible than conservative ones? Hardly.
The answer regarding Arizona’s swing lies in its neighbor to the west, California. Since 2012, California has overwhelmingly sent more transplants to Arizona than any other state. When surveyed, escaping Californians cite high taxes, high crime rates, unaffordable housing, out-of-control homelessness, and high unemployment rates as their top reasons for fleeing.
Who is responsible for creating such an alarming living environment within the state? California liberals. A November, 2020 report produced by the Mercatus Center at George Mason University stated that California has 395,608 regulatory restrictions. The sheer volume and scope of California regulations creates such a compliance nightmare that they kill entire industries, send housing prices to unattainable heights, and restrict even commonplace liberties for which conservative leaning states are known.
Piled onto California’s endless river of regulations are its nonsensical laws and policies. Twenty major metropolitan cities or counties in California have established laws, ordinances, regulations, or other practices that shield illegal immigrants from prosecution after committing a crime. These counties brazenly safeguard illegal immigrant criminals against deportation either through noncompliance or by refusing to hand them over to federal agencies such as ICE. With over $1.5 trillion in state and local government debt, California effectively has little money to spare for conveniences such as criminal incarceration. What do sanctuary cities and counties see as the alternative to handing illegal immigrant criminals over for deportation? Release them back into the general population, of course.
Consider this: Between 2014 and 2017, the FBI reported that 49 states saw an average increase in crime annually of around 3%. After implementing “humane” alternatives to criminal prosecution, California crime increased more than 12% per year over the same time period. With irrational sanctuary policies that send a clear message of little to no consequence for offenses, is it any wonder California’s crime rate is now spiraling out of control?
Arizona is not the only beneficiary of the California exodus. The Colorado State Demography Office has published an active flow map of people moving into the state from 2010 on. Disturbingly, the state sending the most movers to Colorado since then has consistently been California. As recently as 2004, Colorado had the political trifecta of a Republican governor and a Republican-controlled House and Senate. A short ten years later, all three had turned irrevocably Democrat. The subsequent consequence? A drastic increase in state and local regulations, a dramatic increase in violent crimes, a severe shortage of home inventory and affordable housing, and a staggering increase in homelessness. Do these newfound troubles sound familiar to any other state mentioned here? The only safeguard against out-of-control tax hikes in Colorado is the TABOR Amendment passed by voters 1992, prior to the influx of California residents, that requires taxpayer approval for any new tax. Not surprisingly, emboldened liberals in Colorado are vigorously resolute in repealing this tax hike protection. As of the most recent election they are unsuccessful, yet remain undeterred.
What has coincided with Colorado’s decline? The mass inflow of Californians to the state. Californians have brought with them all the very same liberal doctrines and ideologies that forced their flight from California in the first place. Does this dissuade liberal Californians from shaping Colorado into the very image of California? Not in the least.
If there is any hope for Arizona, it is that they might learn from the resulting ruin of Colorado, however unlikely.
In the 2020 election, Texas was startlingly considered in play for liberals. Since 2015, which state has contributed the most emigrants into Texas? Not surprisingly, the state of California. The hope for liberals is that they can turn Texas into the next purple soon-to-be blue state. The coveted prize is Texas’ electoral votes. Even more insidious, if liberals are able to capture Texas as they have done in Colorado and Arizona, they will force the state to join the National Popular Vote Interstate Compact. They will then achieve their ultimate goal of a Democrat president reigning over the United States for endless generations until the point our country experiences the same collapse as other great civilizations throughout world history.
The obvious question is this: How can Texas avoid the same fate as states such as Colorado and Arizona? Simple. By being proactive.
It is much easier for liberals to enact new legislation than to argue for the removal of existing laws. With this in mind, Texas should take advantage of their current Republican-controlled Senate, House, and governor’s office by making haste and passing laws that would limit the future incursion of liberal meddling. Texas can presently enact laws that prohibit sanctuary cities, require voter approval to remove the state’s mandated balanced budget, require that any new regulation must necessitate the removal of an existing one, and compel voter approval of each new local or state tax including non-user fees. While such laws may only serve to stem the liberal takeover of the state, they would be roadblocks making it much more difficult for ideological infiltration in areas that affect inhabitant’s liberties and quality of life.
It would be absurd to suppose Californians have malintent. Rather, they are simply following the course with which they are most familiar while being blissfully ignorant of the negative unintended consequences their political ideology brings. To suggest that any act of suppression, aggression, or intimidation towards Californians moving into red states is acceptable would simply be un-American and subject to the same type of hypocrisy liberals practice. If conservatives stoop to their level, we have lost the battle and, perhaps, the war.
However, by taking aggressive legislative action in states that have not yet succumbed to liberal infiltration, Conservatives will effectively be planting our flag in a defiant refusal to hand over our institutions and our liberty.
VIDEO:
American People in Crisis Due to Homelessness and Poverty
JOE BIDEN is known as a serial liar, a "public servant" who has somehow managed to accrue tremendous wealth, a race-baiting opportunist, a Catholic-in-name-only, and a bought-and-paid-for politician in bed with criminal cartels and foreign foes. In another era, Joe Biden would have been run out of his country much the same way Benedict Arnold was two and a half centuries ago; in an era when integrity, honor, fortitude, fidelity, and grit have been jettisoned for immorality, unscrupulousness, weakness, betrayal, and craven pliability, however, he is elevated to king sleazeball in a city drowning in sleaze. JB SHURK
VIDEO
JOE BIDEN is known as a serial liar, a "public servant" who has somehow managed to accrue tremendous wealth, a race-baiting opportunist, a Catholic-in-name-only, and a bought-and-paid-for politician in bed with criminal cartels and foreign foes. In another era, Joe Biden would have been run out of his country much the same way Benedict Arnold was two and a half centuries ago; in an era when integrity, honor, fortitude, fidelity, and grit have been jettisoned for immorality, unscrupulousness, weakness, betrayal, and craven pliability, however, he is elevated to king sleazeball in a city drowning in sleaze. JB SHURK
VIDEO
Tucker Carlson: Biden should be impeached for this
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c_yRBwxn-RA
(They really have absolutely no idea how many illegals are in the country as the Democrat Party, U.S. Chamber of Commerce, La Raza/ UnidoUS, Mexico and the Catholic Church thwart any effort to count them)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c_yRBwxn-RA(They really have absolutely no idea how many illegals are in the country as the Democrat Party, U.S. Chamber of Commerce, La Raza/ UnidoUS, Mexico and the Catholic Church thwart any effort to count them)
Largest Immigrant Groups in the United States
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IpxeomE9FTg
JAMES WALSH
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IpxeomE9FTg
JAMES WALSH
THE OBAMA-BIDEN HISPANICAZATION of AMERICA… first ease millions of illegals over our borders and into our voting booths!
How the Democrat party surrendered America to Mexico:
http://mexicanoccupation.blogspot.com/2014/07/james-walsh-hispanicazation-of-america.html
“The watchdogs at Judicial Watch discovered documents that reveal how the Obama administration's close coordination with the Mexican government entices Mexicans to hop over the fence and on to the American dole.” Washington Times
Under Holder’s watch at the DOJ Civil Rights Division, more than half of all the lawyers hired were chosen from four radical, anti-American organizations: the ACLU, National Council of La Raza, NAACP, Mexican American Legal Defense and Education Fund, and the Lawyer’s Committee for Civil Rights, John Fund and Hans von Spakovsky outlined in their
2014 book, “Obama’s Enforcer: Eric Holder’s Justice Department.”
Barack Obama
During a campaign stop in Missouri five days before Election Day 2008, then-presidential candidate Barack Obama famously said, to thunderous applause: “Now, Mizzou, I just have two words for you tonight: Five days. Five days…. [W]e are five days away from fundamentally transforming the United States of America.”
Three months earlier, when candidate Obama spoke in July 2008 to the open-borders group, National Council of La Raza, he stated that “together, we won’t just win an election; we will transform this nation.”
OF THE BELOW IMAGE, CHUCK SCHUMER, ELIZABETH WARREN AND JOE BIDEN ARE ETHICALLY CHALLENGED GAMER LAWYERS
How the Democrat party surrendered America to Mexico:
http://mexicanoccupation.blogspot.com/2014/07/james-walsh-hispanicazation-of-america.html
“The watchdogs at Judicial Watch discovered documents that reveal how the Obama administration's close coordination with the Mexican government entices Mexicans to hop over the fence and on to the American dole.” Washington Times
Under Holder’s watch at the DOJ Civil Rights Division, more than half of all the lawyers hired were chosen from four radical, anti-American organizations: the ACLU, National Council of La Raza, NAACP, Mexican American Legal Defense and Education Fund, and the Lawyer’s Committee for Civil Rights, John Fund and Hans von Spakovsky outlined in their
2014 book, “Obama’s Enforcer: Eric Holder’s Justice Department.”
Barack Obama
During a campaign stop in Missouri five days before Election Day 2008, then-presidential candidate Barack Obama famously said, to thunderous applause: “Now, Mizzou, I just have two words for you tonight: Five days. Five days…. [W]e are five days away from fundamentally transforming the United States of America.”
Three months earlier, when candidate Obama spoke in July 2008 to the open-borders group, National Council of La Raza, he stated that “together, we won’t just win an election; we will transform this nation.”
OF THE BELOW IMAGE, CHUCK SCHUMER, ELIZABETH WARREN AND JOE BIDEN ARE ETHICALLY CHALLENGED GAMER LAWYERS
The mainstream media willingly hides Biden’s destruction of America
Now that the poll numbers are so bad and the open border is such an obvious disaster, even Ruth Marcus of the WaPo has noticed the problem. Or, more accurately, she’s noticed the problem in a way unique to leftist media outlets.
Thus, according to Marcus, the problem isn’t that Biden and his administration caused the myriad failures plaguing America. It’s just that Biden hasn’t had the political freedom to fix it. The public must see that nothing is Biden’s fault. According to the sycophant media, Biden is one of the best presidents we have ever had. The public, though, doesn’t see that because the MAGA Republicans are blocking his wonderful policies:
On Friday’s “PBS NewsHour,” Washington Post columnist Ruth Marcus stated that President Joe Biden has to do something on the border since it “has gotten much worse” since Biden was running, but he hasn’t had “the political freedom” to do so.
When Biden took his oath as President, it included enforcing all the laws, not just ones he liked.
Image: Ruth Marcus (edited). YouTube screen grab.
During the 2020 campaign, though, he essentially promised that he would not enforce immigration laws, and since January 20, 2020, he’s kept that promise. The border is a sieve, but the Biden Administration continually lies that it is closed:
While he pledged during the election campaign to roll back President Trump’s policies that have reduced illegal immigration on his first day in office on Jan. 20, Biden said Tuesday that it would take about six months to reverse Trump’s actions enforcing immigration laws.
When Trump was in office, he worked very hard to enforce the immigration laws Congress had passed, and for that, he was repeatedly called a xenophobe and a racist. The media and other Democrats frequently visited the border in protest. Since Biden took office, though, those same people have shown little interest in the border. No matter how many people have died, been raped, or been trafficked, Democrats have been silent.
The only reason there is the current focus is the poll numbers. Now, they must pretend to care.
Before the polls came out, Democrat politicians throughout the country declared their cities and states would be sanctuaries for illegals, who would not have to worry about law enforcement and being sent back. Democrats assured the public that illegals would be of great economic benefit, not a cost. But now, these lawless politicians are whining like little piggies that they have had enough. They need money, and they claim that the new Texas policy of sending them busloads of illegals is racist.
Ruth Marcus and other Democrat campaign workers, posing as journalists, are trying to scare the public that Trump is a dictator, but now she complains that Biden doesn’t have the political freedom to do his job:
Democrats have never had a problem with Democrats acting as dictators. Obama said repeatedly that he didn’t have the authority to change immigration on his own, yet he managed to do it anyway with DACA. “Before taking executive action on immigration, President Obama stated 22 times that he does not have the authority to change immigration laws on his own.” Now, the media, many judges, and other Democrats treat DACA as if it is the law of the land instead of a pure abuse of power by Obama.
The media and other Democrats don’t have problems with regulators or Presidents abusing their power as long as they are pushing their radical agenda to remake America.
The problem they have with Trump is that he wants to enforce the border laws and that he is trying to give the power, money, and freedom back to the people, which is where it belongs. The media, other Democrats, and many establishment Republicans can’t stand an outsider trying to reduce their power in DC, so they intentionally spread misinformation that Trump is the dictator.
The choice gets easier every day. To save America, we need Trump or someone like Trump, which is hard to find. The media and other Democrats will set out to destroy any other Republican if they are able to dispose of Trump.
Now that the poll numbers are so bad and the open border is such an obvious disaster, even Ruth Marcus of the WaPo has noticed the problem. Or, more accurately, she’s noticed the problem in a way unique to leftist media outlets.
Thus, according to Marcus, the problem isn’t that Biden and his administration caused the myriad failures plaguing America. It’s just that Biden hasn’t had the political freedom to fix it. The public must see that nothing is Biden’s fault. According to the sycophant media, Biden is one of the best presidents we have ever had. The public, though, doesn’t see that because the MAGA Republicans are blocking his wonderful policies:
On Friday’s “PBS NewsHour,” Washington Post columnist Ruth Marcus stated that President Joe Biden has to do something on the border since it “has gotten much worse” since Biden was running, but he hasn’t had “the political freedom” to do so.
When Biden took his oath as President, it included enforcing all the laws, not just ones he liked.
Image: Ruth Marcus (edited). YouTube screen grab.
During the 2020 campaign, though, he essentially promised that he would not enforce immigration laws, and since January 20, 2020, he’s kept that promise. The border is a sieve, but the Biden Administration continually lies that it is closed:
While he pledged during the election campaign to roll back President Trump’s policies that have reduced illegal immigration on his first day in office on Jan. 20, Biden said Tuesday that it would take about six months to reverse Trump’s actions enforcing immigration laws.
When Trump was in office, he worked very hard to enforce the immigration laws Congress had passed, and for that, he was repeatedly called a xenophobe and a racist. The media and other Democrats frequently visited the border in protest. Since Biden took office, though, those same people have shown little interest in the border. No matter how many people have died, been raped, or been trafficked, Democrats have been silent.
The only reason there is the current focus is the poll numbers. Now, they must pretend to care.
Before the polls came out, Democrat politicians throughout the country declared their cities and states would be sanctuaries for illegals, who would not have to worry about law enforcement and being sent back. Democrats assured the public that illegals would be of great economic benefit, not a cost. But now, these lawless politicians are whining like little piggies that they have had enough. They need money, and they claim that the new Texas policy of sending them busloads of illegals is racist.
Ruth Marcus and other Democrat campaign workers, posing as journalists, are trying to scare the public that Trump is a dictator, but now she complains that Biden doesn’t have the political freedom to do his job:
Democrats have never had a problem with Democrats acting as dictators. Obama said repeatedly that he didn’t have the authority to change immigration on his own, yet he managed to do it anyway with DACA. “Before taking executive action on immigration, President Obama stated 22 times that he does not have the authority to change immigration laws on his own.” Now, the media, many judges, and other Democrats treat DACA as if it is the law of the land instead of a pure abuse of power by Obama.
The media and other Democrats don’t have problems with regulators or Presidents abusing their power as long as they are pushing their radical agenda to remake America.
The problem they have with Trump is that he wants to enforce the border laws and that he is trying to give the power, money, and freedom back to the people, which is where it belongs. The media, other Democrats, and many establishment Republicans can’t stand an outsider trying to reduce their power in DC, so they intentionally spread misinformation that Trump is the dictator.
The choice gets easier every day. To save America, we need Trump or someone like Trump, which is hard to find. The media and other Democrats will set out to destroy any other Republican if they are able to dispose of Trump.
The Eyes of Totalitarianism
It’s not your grandfather’s Democrat Party.
April 20, 2023 by John Perazzo 29 Comments
The iconic broadcaster, author, and legal scholar Mark Levin recently observed: “As a nation we’ve now turned the corner. We’ve turned the corner into a hard tyranny…. I just want the audience to know that we are staring into the face of tyranny, that the Democrat Party is a totalitarian party.”
And indeed, it is. To recognize this, we need only to listen when Democrats tell us – repeatedly – of their burning desire to “transform” the U.S. into a radicalized cesspool by such means as:
· ending the filibuster rule so they can forcibly ram their radical legislation through the Senate;
· governing via presidential executive orders rather than navigating the normal legislative process;
· promoting immigration and border policies designed to import massive blocs of foreigners who will eventually become reliable Democrat voters for generations to come;
· turning the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico into new U.S. states, thereby allowing Democrats to permanently pack the Senate with four additional members of their party;
· expanding the Supreme Court and packing it with newly appointed leftist ideologues;
· openly defying that same Supreme Court whenever its rulings conflict with Democrat Party preferences;
· forcibly censoring the free expression of any ideas that conflict with Democrat values; and
· pursuing the impeachment and imprisonment of their political foes on the flimsiest pretexts imaginable.
Below is an abundant collection of remarkable quotes by which immensely powerful Democrats in recent times have openly and proudly promoted the objectives enumerated above, like the domineering totalitarian thugs that they are.
Barack Obama
During a campaign stop in Missouri five days before Election Day 2008, then-presidential candidate Barack Obama famously said, to thunderous applause: “Now, Mizzou, I just have two words for you tonight: Five days. Five days…. [W]e are five days away from fundamentally transforming the United States of America.”
Three months earlier, when candidate Obama spoke in July 2008 to the open-borders group, National Council of La Raza, he stated that “together, we won’t just win an election; we will transform this nation.”
And a year before that, on July 17, 2007, candidate Obama spoke before the Planned Parenthood Action Fund to advocate for unfettered abortion rights and said: “I am absolutely convinced that we’re not just going to win an election, but more importantly we’re going to transform this nation.”
Indeed, nearly two decades earlier, in an interview published by the Daily Herald on March 3, 1990, Obama had candidly articulated his desire to “reshape America” and “be part of a transformation of this country.”
The Democratic Party’s 2016 Platform
In 2016, the Democratic Party’s official platform said that in an effort “to end institutional and systemic racism in our society … [w]e will push for a societal transformation.”
Joe Biden
At a March 26, 2019 presidential campaign event in New York City, Joe Biden said: “We all have an obligation to do nothing less than change the culture in this country. This is English jurisprudential culture, a white man’s culture. It’s got to change.”
On April 13, 2020, Biden said “we can transform this nation … so that [my administration] goes down in history … as one of the most progressive administrations since Roosevelt.”
On May 4, 2020, Biden characterized the coronavirus pandemic as an “incredible opportunity … to fundamentally transform the country.”
In early June 2020, Biden stated that America needed to make “revolutionary institutional changes.”
On July 4, 2020, Biden pledged to “rip the roots of systemic racism out of this country” and “transform” it.
On July 13, 2020, Biden promised to make “systemic” and “institutional” changes to American society.
On October 29, 2020, Biden channeled Obama’s famous utterance from 12 years earlier and said: “Five days left [until Election Day]. Five days. I believe when you use your power, the power of the vote, we literally are going to change the course of this country for generations to come.”
Shortly after two mass shootings that had killed a combined total of 18 people in Colorado and Georgia, White House press secretary Jen Psaki announced on March 24, 2021 that President Biden was planning to issue executive orders to address the issue of gun violence, and was “not waiting for anything to fail” in Congress.
In a September 9, 2021 speech announcing new federal COVID vaccine mandates, Biden said: “And tonight, I’m calling on all governors to require vaccination for all teachers and staff…. Let me be blunt. My plan also takes on elected officials in states that are undermining [teachers] and these lifesaving actions. […] If they’ll not help, if these governors won’t help us beat the pandemic, I’ll use my power as president to get them out of the way.”
On September 25, 2021, Biden said the following about the $1.9 trillion infrastructure bill that he was promoting: “My first piece of economic legislation will “fundamentally change the structure and the nature of the economy in this country.”
On October 4, 2021, Biden – citing the October 18 deadline by which time the Democrat-controlled Congress was seeking to raise the federal debt limit in order to allow for more government borrowing – condemned Senate Republicans for using the filibuster rule to block such a measure. “Republicans just have to let us do our job,” said Biden. “Just get out of the way. If you don’t want to help save the country, get out of the way so you don’t destroy it.”
On October 5, 2021, Biden said there was a “real possibility” that Senate Democrats might use their razor-thin majority to suspend the filibuster rule so they could forcibly raise the debt ceiling even with no Republican support at all.
During a June 30, 2022 press conference, Biden was asked what “specific actions” he might take in the aftermath of the Supreme Court’s recent decision to overturn Roe v. Wade. “I believe we have to codify Roe v. Wade in the law,” he said, “and the way to do that is to make sure Congress votes to do that. And if the filibuster gets in the way … we provide an exception for this, we require an exception to the filibuster for this action to deal with the Supreme Court decision.”
During a September 30, 2022 speech for Hispanic Heritage Month, Biden celebrated what he viewed as the political benefits of the mass migration – legal and illegal — of Mexicans and Central Americans into the United States. “When in American history has there been a circumstance where one ethnicity has the potential to have such a profound impact on the direction of a country?” he asked rhetorically. “Twenty-six percent of every child who’s in school today speaks Spanish — 26 percent,” Biden added.
Bernie Sanders
In October 2019, then-presidential hopeful Bernie Sanders said in a tweet: “Our campaign is not only about changing the system politically and economically. We will change the value system of this country.”
In August 2020, Sanders, who by then had dropped out of the presidential race, said that “when Joe Biden is elected president, when we have a Democratic House, when we have a Democratic Senate, we can begin the process of transforming this government and our nation.”
Charles Schumer
In a September 30, 2020 interview with MSNBC’s Joy Reid, then-Senate Minority Leader Charles Schumer speculated about what he and his fellow Democrats could accomplish if they were to win both the White House and a majority in the U.S. Senate: “I’m not busting my chops to become majority leader to do very little or nothing, We are going to get a whole lot done. And as I’ve said, everything, everything is on the table.” He further elaborated: “I would — believe me, on D.C. and Puerto Rico … I’d love to make them states.”
On the afternoon of November 7, 2020 — shortly after America’s largest media networks announced that Joe Biden had won the Electoral College vote in the disputed 2020 presidential election — Schumer, raising a clenched left fist for emphasis, told a jubilant crowd of supporters in Brooklyn: “Now we take Georgia, and then we change the world! Now we take Georgia, and then we change America!” (This was a reference to the two upcoming Senate runoff elections slated for January 5, 2021 in Georgia. If the Democrats could win both, they would gain control of the U.S. Senate.)
In a January 30, 2021 interview with Al Sharpton on MSNBC’s Politics Nation, Schumer, who was now the Senate Majority Leader, re-emphasized his commitment to bringing transformational change to the United States: “Well, Rev, we have one goal: big, bold change in America” which would include “dealing with D.C. and Puerto Rican statehood.” He also articulated his desire to end the Senate filibuster rule, thereby empowering his party to ram its radical agenda down the throat of a deeply divided nation at a time when Democrats controlled both the House and Senate by the slimmest of margins.
At a March 16, 2021 press conference, Schumer spoke about the prospect of Democrats either dispensing with the Senate filibuster rule, or circumventing it by means of the budget reconciliation process (by which budget-related bills can pass with a simple majority and do not require 60 votes to overcome a filibuster). “[W]e must get bold change,” he said. “And if our Republican friends block it, we’re going to put our heads together and figure out the best way to go. Everything’s on the table. It’s plain and simple.”
· This was a stark contrast to what Schumer had said about the prospect of ending the filibuster in 2005, when Republicans held a solid majority in the Senate. SaidSchumer at that time: “The ideologues in the Senate want to turn what the Founding Fathers called ‘the cooling saucer of democracy’ into the rubber stamp of dictatorship. We will not let them. They want – because they can’t get their way on every judge – to change the rules in midstream, to wash away 200 years of history. They want to make this country into a banana republic, where if you don’t get your way, you change the rules…. It would be a doomsday for democracy if we do.”
· Schumer had similarly spoken out against ending the filibuster in April 2017, when he suggested that President Donald Trump should replace his Supreme Court nominee, Judge Neil Gorsuch, with “a mainstream nominee” who would be able to garner 60 votes in the Senate — rather than allowing the majority Republicans to do away with the filibuster and confirm Gorsuch with a simple majority vote: “Look, when a nominee doesn’t get 60 votes, you shouldn’t change the rules, you should change the nominee.”
On October 4, 2021, Senator Schumer, who wished to be able to raise the federal debt ceiling without any Republican support whatsoever, said: “We only ask that they [the Republicans] get out of the way, let Democrats pass it on our own …”
Nancy Pelosi
In September 2020, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi declared: “We can impeach him [Trump] every day of the week for anything he does.”
On October 12, 2021, Pelosi lamented the fact that some Democrats wished to scale back their party’s ten-year, $3.5 trillion “Build Back Better” spending bill. But she vowed that while the legislation’s price tag might be negotiated down, changes to the bill “only would be [made] in such a way that does not undermine the transformative nature of it.”
Jen Psaki
During an October 12, 2021 press briefing, White House press secretary Jen Psaki discussed the ongoing negotiation between Democrat legislators vis-a-vis the $3.5 trillion “Build Back Better” bill that the Biden administration was hoping to pass. “The president wants to make fundamental change in our economy, and he feels coming out of the pandemic is exactly the time to do that,” she said.
Maxine Waters
At a Congressional Black Caucus Foundation event on September 21, 2017, Rep. Maxine Waters asserted that Congress could impeach President Trump for any reason it chose. “Impeachment is about whatever the Congress says it is,” she said. “There is no law that can dictate impeachment. What the Constitution says is high crimes and misdemeanors, and we define that.”
In a July 22, 2019 tweet, Waters predicted that Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s appearance before Congress on July 24 would open the door for Democrats to impeach President Trump “immediately” and then incarcerate him. Wrote Waters: “Impeachment first, prison next!”
After the Supreme Court officially announced its decision to strike down Roe v. Wade on June 24, 2022, Waters, flanked by fellow Congressional Democrat Al Green, joined a throng of pro-abortion activists outside the Supreme Court building and told reporters: “You ain’t seen nothing yet. Women are going to control their bodies no matter how they try and stop us. The hell with the Supreme Court. We will defy them!”
Ed Markey
In a June 30, 2022 appearance on MSNBC’s Hallie Jackson Reports, Senator Ed Markey exhorted the Senate to eliminate the filibuster rule and pass “abortion rights” that would circumvent the recent Supreme Court decision and permanently enshrine Roe v. Wade as the law of the land. Said Markey: “I think the Congress should take up the offer that Joe Biden has made to repeal the filibuster. Carve out of the filibuster an exception for abortion rights …”
Mazie Hirono
In an interview with CNN on March 5, 2021, Senator Mazie Hirono said: “I definitely support filibuster reform, and part of that is ending the filibuster. It could be totally, or it could be for certain kinds of bills, but I’m definitely open to making those kinds of changes so we can get things done …”
Dianne Feinstein
On March 19, 2021, Senator Dianne Feinstein released a statement saying that, contrary to her previously articulated position, she was now supportive of ending the Senate filibuster: “[I]f … Republicans continue to abuse the filibuster by requiring cloture votes, I’m open to changing the way the Senate filibuster rules are used.”
Bob Menendez
In a June 23, 2021 interview with CNN’s Jake Tapper, Senator Bob Menendez said he was in favor of enacting a “democracy exception” to the filibuster rule in order to enable Democrats to pass the “For the People Act,” their radical “election-reform” bill, with a simple majority in the U.S. Senate.
Andrew Cuomo
At a July 26, 2021 media briefing, New York Governor Andrew Cuomo announced the launch of a new initiative allocating $15 million in taxpayer funds to promote the vaccination of the 3.5 million New Yorkers who had not yet been inoculated against coronavirus. “We have to get in those communities,” he said, “and we have to knock on those doors, and we have to convince people, and put them in a car, and drive them, and get that vaccine in their arm. That is the mission.”
Cedric Richmond
On September 9, 2021, White House senior adviser Cedric Richmond stated that President Biden would “run over” any Republican governors who might try to resist the new federal vaccine mandates. “The one thing I admire about this president,” said Richmond, “is the fact that we are always going to put people above politics. And those governors that stand in the way, I think, it was very clear from the president’s tone [in his speech] today that he will run over them.”
Elizabeth Warren
On September 7, 2021, Senator Elizabeth Warren sent a letter to Amazon.com CEO Andy Jassy, demanding that the company use its algorithms to suppress the sale of books that, according to the senator, were spreading “COVID-19 misinformation.”
Ilhan Omar
In September 2019, Senate Parliamentarian Elizabeth MacDonough said it was “not appropriate” for Senate Democrats to attempt to pass their proposed pathway-to-citizenship provision by means of the budget reconciliation process which would require only a simple majority rather than the normal 60 votes. In response to that, Democrat Rep. Ilhan Omar tweeted: “This ruling by the parliamentarian is only a recommendation. Sen. Schumer and the White House can and should ignore it.”
Mondaire Jones
During a House Judiciary Committee hearing on June 2, 2022, New York Democrat Mondaire Jones delivered an impassioned speech stating that Republicans would not be able to prevent the majority Democrats from using every trick at their disposal to pass gun-control legislation in Congress: “You will not stop us from advancing the Protecting Our Kids Act today. You will not stop us from passing it in the House next week. And you will not stop us there. If the filibuster obstructs us, we will abolish it. If the Supreme Court objects, we will expand it.”
Julian Castro
In January 2013, San Antonio mayor Julian Castro spoke with CBS News’ Bob Schieffer on Face the Nation and predicted that because of mass immigration from Central America — both legal and illegal — the state of Texas would soon change from majority-Republican to majority-Democrat. Said Castro with delight: “In a couple of presidential cycles, you’ll be on election night, you’ll be announcing we’re calling the 38 electoral votes of Texas for the Democratic nominee for president. It’s changing. It’s going to become a purple state and then a blue state, because of the demographics, because of the population growth of folks from outside of Texas …”
Pramila Jayapal
During a January 2, 2022 appearance on MSNBC’s The Sunday Show, Rep. Pramila Jayapal applauded Twitter for its decision to permanently ban the personal account of Republican congresswoman Marjorie Taylor Greene, who, according to the social media giant, had been spreading “misinformation” about the COVID-19 pandemic and the vaccines designed to combat it. “I think it’s just as well that we take one voice [Greene’s] that is deliberately spreading disinformation out of the mix as much as possible,” said Jayapal. “That’s certainly a good thing.”
Ruben Gallego
On February 22, 2022, Rep. Ruben Gallego called for government and law-enforcement agencies to forcibly seize and then give away the vehicles of truck drivers who were heading to the District of Columbia in a peaceful convoy to protest the Biden administration’s COVID-19 vaccine mandates. “Perfect time to impound and give the trucks to small trucking companies looking to expand their business,” Gallego tweeted.
Conclusion
There you have it – the Democratic Party in all its totalitarian glory. Whatever obstacles its members may face, their instinctive response is always the same: iron-fisted thuggery.
If the Senate filibuster rule thwarts the Democrats’ legislative desires, they portray it as an antiquated relic of a racist epoch and demand that it be canceled.
If Democrats’ control of the U.S. Senate hangs precariously in the balance, they demand the sudden creation of a group of brand new majority-Democrat states that each will yield two new Democrat senators.
If Democrats are unable to cobble together electoral majorities in a few crucial swing states, they import massive blocs of people from across the globe who will eventually become reliable Democrat voters for generations to come.
If the radical-left Justices who sit on the Supreme Court are outnumbered by their originalist colleagues, Democrats seek to expand the Court and then pack it with newly appointed leftist ideologues to rubber-stamp every Democrat agenda item.
When that same Supreme Court issues rulings that conflict with Democratic Party preferences, the Democrats pledge with passionate zeal to defy those rulings.
If anyone dares to challenge Democrat positions on matters like the merits of critical race theory, COVID vaccine mandates, “gender-affirming” surgeries for minors, or claims that the 2020 presidential election was rife with Democrat corruption, Democrats respond by demanding that the most influential social-media platforms on Earth should censor and ban such heretics from the digital public square.
And, when challenged by a former Republican President who was highly effective at exposing and mocking the vapidity of various leftwing ideals and policies, the Democrats, in the longstanding tradition of fascists and communists from across the globe, simply call for his impeachment, arrest, and imprisonment.
If Democrats are not the party of totalitarianism, what else would you call them?
"This is country belongs to Mexico" is said by the Mexican Militant. This is a common teaching that the U.S. is really AZTLAN, belonging to Mexicans, which is taught to Mexican kids in Arizona and California through a LA Raza educational program funded by American Tax Payers via President Obama, when he gave LA RAZA $800,000.00 in March of 2009!
The “zero tolerance” program was dismantled by Attorney General Erc Holder once it had successfully cut the transit of migrants by roughly 95 percent. Initially, officials made 140,000 arrests per year in the mid-2000s, but the northward flow dropped so much that officials only had to make 6,000 arrests in 2013, according to a 2014 letter by two pro-migration Senators, Sen. Jeff Flake and John McCain.
“The cost of the Dream Act is far bigger than the Democrats or their media allies admit. Instead of covering 690,000 younger illegals now enrolled in former President Barack Obama’s 2012 “DACA” amnesty, the Dream Act would legalize at least 3.3 million illegals, according to a pro-immigration group, the Migration Policy Institute.”
NO ONE HAS PERPETRATED AS MUCH DAMAGE TO AMERICA THAN JOE BIDEN, BRIBES SUCKER FROM THE MOST CORRUPT POLITICAL PARTY IN U.S. HISTORY.
April 20, 2023 by John Perazzo 29 Comments
The iconic broadcaster, author, and legal scholar Mark Levin recently observed: “As a nation we’ve now turned the corner. We’ve turned the corner into a hard tyranny…. I just want the audience to know that we are staring into the face of tyranny, that the Democrat Party is a totalitarian party.”
And indeed, it is. To recognize this, we need only to listen when Democrats tell us – repeatedly – of their burning desire to “transform” the U.S. into a radicalized cesspool by such means as:
· ending the filibuster rule so they can forcibly ram their radical legislation through the Senate;
· governing via presidential executive orders rather than navigating the normal legislative process;
· promoting immigration and border policies designed to import massive blocs of foreigners who will eventually become reliable Democrat voters for generations to come;
· turning the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico into new U.S. states, thereby allowing Democrats to permanently pack the Senate with four additional members of their party;
· expanding the Supreme Court and packing it with newly appointed leftist ideologues;
· openly defying that same Supreme Court whenever its rulings conflict with Democrat Party preferences;
· forcibly censoring the free expression of any ideas that conflict with Democrat values; and
· pursuing the impeachment and imprisonment of their political foes on the flimsiest pretexts imaginable.
Below is an abundant collection of remarkable quotes by which immensely powerful Democrats in recent times have openly and proudly promoted the objectives enumerated above, like the domineering totalitarian thugs that they are.
Barack Obama
During a campaign stop in Missouri five days before Election Day 2008, then-presidential candidate Barack Obama famously said, to thunderous applause: “Now, Mizzou, I just have two words for you tonight: Five days. Five days…. [W]e are five days away from fundamentally transforming the United States of America.”
Three months earlier, when candidate Obama spoke in July 2008 to the open-borders group, National Council of La Raza, he stated that “together, we won’t just win an election; we will transform this nation.”
And a year before that, on July 17, 2007, candidate Obama spoke before the Planned Parenthood Action Fund to advocate for unfettered abortion rights and said: “I am absolutely convinced that we’re not just going to win an election, but more importantly we’re going to transform this nation.”
Indeed, nearly two decades earlier, in an interview published by the Daily Herald on March 3, 1990, Obama had candidly articulated his desire to “reshape America” and “be part of a transformation of this country.”
The Democratic Party’s 2016 Platform
In 2016, the Democratic Party’s official platform said that in an effort “to end institutional and systemic racism in our society … [w]e will push for a societal transformation.”
Joe Biden
At a March 26, 2019 presidential campaign event in New York City, Joe Biden said: “We all have an obligation to do nothing less than change the culture in this country. This is English jurisprudential culture, a white man’s culture. It’s got to change.”
On April 13, 2020, Biden said “we can transform this nation … so that [my administration] goes down in history … as one of the most progressive administrations since Roosevelt.”
On May 4, 2020, Biden characterized the coronavirus pandemic as an “incredible opportunity … to fundamentally transform the country.”
In early June 2020, Biden stated that America needed to make “revolutionary institutional changes.”
On July 4, 2020, Biden pledged to “rip the roots of systemic racism out of this country” and “transform” it.
On July 13, 2020, Biden promised to make “systemic” and “institutional” changes to American society.
On October 29, 2020, Biden channeled Obama’s famous utterance from 12 years earlier and said: “Five days left [until Election Day]. Five days. I believe when you use your power, the power of the vote, we literally are going to change the course of this country for generations to come.”
Shortly after two mass shootings that had killed a combined total of 18 people in Colorado and Georgia, White House press secretary Jen Psaki announced on March 24, 2021 that President Biden was planning to issue executive orders to address the issue of gun violence, and was “not waiting for anything to fail” in Congress.
In a September 9, 2021 speech announcing new federal COVID vaccine mandates, Biden said: “And tonight, I’m calling on all governors to require vaccination for all teachers and staff…. Let me be blunt. My plan also takes on elected officials in states that are undermining [teachers] and these lifesaving actions. […] If they’ll not help, if these governors won’t help us beat the pandemic, I’ll use my power as president to get them out of the way.”
On September 25, 2021, Biden said the following about the $1.9 trillion infrastructure bill that he was promoting: “My first piece of economic legislation will “fundamentally change the structure and the nature of the economy in this country.”
On October 4, 2021, Biden – citing the October 18 deadline by which time the Democrat-controlled Congress was seeking to raise the federal debt limit in order to allow for more government borrowing – condemned Senate Republicans for using the filibuster rule to block such a measure. “Republicans just have to let us do our job,” said Biden. “Just get out of the way. If you don’t want to help save the country, get out of the way so you don’t destroy it.”
On October 5, 2021, Biden said there was a “real possibility” that Senate Democrats might use their razor-thin majority to suspend the filibuster rule so they could forcibly raise the debt ceiling even with no Republican support at all.
During a June 30, 2022 press conference, Biden was asked what “specific actions” he might take in the aftermath of the Supreme Court’s recent decision to overturn Roe v. Wade. “I believe we have to codify Roe v. Wade in the law,” he said, “and the way to do that is to make sure Congress votes to do that. And if the filibuster gets in the way … we provide an exception for this, we require an exception to the filibuster for this action to deal with the Supreme Court decision.”
During a September 30, 2022 speech for Hispanic Heritage Month, Biden celebrated what he viewed as the political benefits of the mass migration – legal and illegal — of Mexicans and Central Americans into the United States. “When in American history has there been a circumstance where one ethnicity has the potential to have such a profound impact on the direction of a country?” he asked rhetorically. “Twenty-six percent of every child who’s in school today speaks Spanish — 26 percent,” Biden added.
Bernie Sanders
In October 2019, then-presidential hopeful Bernie Sanders said in a tweet: “Our campaign is not only about changing the system politically and economically. We will change the value system of this country.”
In August 2020, Sanders, who by then had dropped out of the presidential race, said that “when Joe Biden is elected president, when we have a Democratic House, when we have a Democratic Senate, we can begin the process of transforming this government and our nation.”
Charles Schumer
In a September 30, 2020 interview with MSNBC’s Joy Reid, then-Senate Minority Leader Charles Schumer speculated about what he and his fellow Democrats could accomplish if they were to win both the White House and a majority in the U.S. Senate: “I’m not busting my chops to become majority leader to do very little or nothing, We are going to get a whole lot done. And as I’ve said, everything, everything is on the table.” He further elaborated: “I would — believe me, on D.C. and Puerto Rico … I’d love to make them states.”
On the afternoon of November 7, 2020 — shortly after America’s largest media networks announced that Joe Biden had won the Electoral College vote in the disputed 2020 presidential election — Schumer, raising a clenched left fist for emphasis, told a jubilant crowd of supporters in Brooklyn: “Now we take Georgia, and then we change the world! Now we take Georgia, and then we change America!” (This was a reference to the two upcoming Senate runoff elections slated for January 5, 2021 in Georgia. If the Democrats could win both, they would gain control of the U.S. Senate.)
In a January 30, 2021 interview with Al Sharpton on MSNBC’s Politics Nation, Schumer, who was now the Senate Majority Leader, re-emphasized his commitment to bringing transformational change to the United States: “Well, Rev, we have one goal: big, bold change in America” which would include “dealing with D.C. and Puerto Rican statehood.” He also articulated his desire to end the Senate filibuster rule, thereby empowering his party to ram its radical agenda down the throat of a deeply divided nation at a time when Democrats controlled both the House and Senate by the slimmest of margins.
At a March 16, 2021 press conference, Schumer spoke about the prospect of Democrats either dispensing with the Senate filibuster rule, or circumventing it by means of the budget reconciliation process (by which budget-related bills can pass with a simple majority and do not require 60 votes to overcome a filibuster). “[W]e must get bold change,” he said. “And if our Republican friends block it, we’re going to put our heads together and figure out the best way to go. Everything’s on the table. It’s plain and simple.”
· This was a stark contrast to what Schumer had said about the prospect of ending the filibuster in 2005, when Republicans held a solid majority in the Senate. SaidSchumer at that time: “The ideologues in the Senate want to turn what the Founding Fathers called ‘the cooling saucer of democracy’ into the rubber stamp of dictatorship. We will not let them. They want – because they can’t get their way on every judge – to change the rules in midstream, to wash away 200 years of history. They want to make this country into a banana republic, where if you don’t get your way, you change the rules…. It would be a doomsday for democracy if we do.”
· Schumer had similarly spoken out against ending the filibuster in April 2017, when he suggested that President Donald Trump should replace his Supreme Court nominee, Judge Neil Gorsuch, with “a mainstream nominee” who would be able to garner 60 votes in the Senate — rather than allowing the majority Republicans to do away with the filibuster and confirm Gorsuch with a simple majority vote: “Look, when a nominee doesn’t get 60 votes, you shouldn’t change the rules, you should change the nominee.”
On October 4, 2021, Senator Schumer, who wished to be able to raise the federal debt ceiling without any Republican support whatsoever, said: “We only ask that they [the Republicans] get out of the way, let Democrats pass it on our own …”
Nancy Pelosi
In September 2020, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi declared: “We can impeach him [Trump] every day of the week for anything he does.”
On October 12, 2021, Pelosi lamented the fact that some Democrats wished to scale back their party’s ten-year, $3.5 trillion “Build Back Better” spending bill. But she vowed that while the legislation’s price tag might be negotiated down, changes to the bill “only would be [made] in such a way that does not undermine the transformative nature of it.”
Jen Psaki
During an October 12, 2021 press briefing, White House press secretary Jen Psaki discussed the ongoing negotiation between Democrat legislators vis-a-vis the $3.5 trillion “Build Back Better” bill that the Biden administration was hoping to pass. “The president wants to make fundamental change in our economy, and he feels coming out of the pandemic is exactly the time to do that,” she said.
Maxine Waters
At a Congressional Black Caucus Foundation event on September 21, 2017, Rep. Maxine Waters asserted that Congress could impeach President Trump for any reason it chose. “Impeachment is about whatever the Congress says it is,” she said. “There is no law that can dictate impeachment. What the Constitution says is high crimes and misdemeanors, and we define that.”
In a July 22, 2019 tweet, Waters predicted that Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s appearance before Congress on July 24 would open the door for Democrats to impeach President Trump “immediately” and then incarcerate him. Wrote Waters: “Impeachment first, prison next!”
After the Supreme Court officially announced its decision to strike down Roe v. Wade on June 24, 2022, Waters, flanked by fellow Congressional Democrat Al Green, joined a throng of pro-abortion activists outside the Supreme Court building and told reporters: “You ain’t seen nothing yet. Women are going to control their bodies no matter how they try and stop us. The hell with the Supreme Court. We will defy them!”
Ed Markey
In a June 30, 2022 appearance on MSNBC’s Hallie Jackson Reports, Senator Ed Markey exhorted the Senate to eliminate the filibuster rule and pass “abortion rights” that would circumvent the recent Supreme Court decision and permanently enshrine Roe v. Wade as the law of the land. Said Markey: “I think the Congress should take up the offer that Joe Biden has made to repeal the filibuster. Carve out of the filibuster an exception for abortion rights …”
Mazie Hirono
In an interview with CNN on March 5, 2021, Senator Mazie Hirono said: “I definitely support filibuster reform, and part of that is ending the filibuster. It could be totally, or it could be for certain kinds of bills, but I’m definitely open to making those kinds of changes so we can get things done …”
Dianne Feinstein
On March 19, 2021, Senator Dianne Feinstein released a statement saying that, contrary to her previously articulated position, she was now supportive of ending the Senate filibuster: “[I]f … Republicans continue to abuse the filibuster by requiring cloture votes, I’m open to changing the way the Senate filibuster rules are used.”
Bob Menendez
In a June 23, 2021 interview with CNN’s Jake Tapper, Senator Bob Menendez said he was in favor of enacting a “democracy exception” to the filibuster rule in order to enable Democrats to pass the “For the People Act,” their radical “election-reform” bill, with a simple majority in the U.S. Senate.
Andrew Cuomo
At a July 26, 2021 media briefing, New York Governor Andrew Cuomo announced the launch of a new initiative allocating $15 million in taxpayer funds to promote the vaccination of the 3.5 million New Yorkers who had not yet been inoculated against coronavirus. “We have to get in those communities,” he said, “and we have to knock on those doors, and we have to convince people, and put them in a car, and drive them, and get that vaccine in their arm. That is the mission.”
Cedric Richmond
On September 9, 2021, White House senior adviser Cedric Richmond stated that President Biden would “run over” any Republican governors who might try to resist the new federal vaccine mandates. “The one thing I admire about this president,” said Richmond, “is the fact that we are always going to put people above politics. And those governors that stand in the way, I think, it was very clear from the president’s tone [in his speech] today that he will run over them.”
Elizabeth Warren
On September 7, 2021, Senator Elizabeth Warren sent a letter to Amazon.com CEO Andy Jassy, demanding that the company use its algorithms to suppress the sale of books that, according to the senator, were spreading “COVID-19 misinformation.”
Ilhan Omar
In September 2019, Senate Parliamentarian Elizabeth MacDonough said it was “not appropriate” for Senate Democrats to attempt to pass their proposed pathway-to-citizenship provision by means of the budget reconciliation process which would require only a simple majority rather than the normal 60 votes. In response to that, Democrat Rep. Ilhan Omar tweeted: “This ruling by the parliamentarian is only a recommendation. Sen. Schumer and the White House can and should ignore it.”
Mondaire Jones
During a House Judiciary Committee hearing on June 2, 2022, New York Democrat Mondaire Jones delivered an impassioned speech stating that Republicans would not be able to prevent the majority Democrats from using every trick at their disposal to pass gun-control legislation in Congress: “You will not stop us from advancing the Protecting Our Kids Act today. You will not stop us from passing it in the House next week. And you will not stop us there. If the filibuster obstructs us, we will abolish it. If the Supreme Court objects, we will expand it.”
Julian Castro
In January 2013, San Antonio mayor Julian Castro spoke with CBS News’ Bob Schieffer on Face the Nation and predicted that because of mass immigration from Central America — both legal and illegal — the state of Texas would soon change from majority-Republican to majority-Democrat. Said Castro with delight: “In a couple of presidential cycles, you’ll be on election night, you’ll be announcing we’re calling the 38 electoral votes of Texas for the Democratic nominee for president. It’s changing. It’s going to become a purple state and then a blue state, because of the demographics, because of the population growth of folks from outside of Texas …”
Pramila Jayapal
During a January 2, 2022 appearance on MSNBC’s The Sunday Show, Rep. Pramila Jayapal applauded Twitter for its decision to permanently ban the personal account of Republican congresswoman Marjorie Taylor Greene, who, according to the social media giant, had been spreading “misinformation” about the COVID-19 pandemic and the vaccines designed to combat it. “I think it’s just as well that we take one voice [Greene’s] that is deliberately spreading disinformation out of the mix as much as possible,” said Jayapal. “That’s certainly a good thing.”
Ruben Gallego
On February 22, 2022, Rep. Ruben Gallego called for government and law-enforcement agencies to forcibly seize and then give away the vehicles of truck drivers who were heading to the District of Columbia in a peaceful convoy to protest the Biden administration’s COVID-19 vaccine mandates. “Perfect time to impound and give the trucks to small trucking companies looking to expand their business,” Gallego tweeted.
Conclusion
There you have it – the Democratic Party in all its totalitarian glory. Whatever obstacles its members may face, their instinctive response is always the same: iron-fisted thuggery.
If the Senate filibuster rule thwarts the Democrats’ legislative desires, they portray it as an antiquated relic of a racist epoch and demand that it be canceled.
If Democrats’ control of the U.S. Senate hangs precariously in the balance, they demand the sudden creation of a group of brand new majority-Democrat states that each will yield two new Democrat senators.
If Democrats are unable to cobble together electoral majorities in a few crucial swing states, they import massive blocs of people from across the globe who will eventually become reliable Democrat voters for generations to come.
If the radical-left Justices who sit on the Supreme Court are outnumbered by their originalist colleagues, Democrats seek to expand the Court and then pack it with newly appointed leftist ideologues to rubber-stamp every Democrat agenda item.
When that same Supreme Court issues rulings that conflict with Democratic Party preferences, the Democrats pledge with passionate zeal to defy those rulings.
If anyone dares to challenge Democrat positions on matters like the merits of critical race theory, COVID vaccine mandates, “gender-affirming” surgeries for minors, or claims that the 2020 presidential election was rife with Democrat corruption, Democrats respond by demanding that the most influential social-media platforms on Earth should censor and ban such heretics from the digital public square.
And, when challenged by a former Republican President who was highly effective at exposing and mocking the vapidity of various leftwing ideals and policies, the Democrats, in the longstanding tradition of fascists and communists from across the globe, simply call for his impeachment, arrest, and imprisonment.
If Democrats are not the party of totalitarianism, what else would you call them?
"This is country belongs to Mexico" is said by the Mexican Militant. This is a common teaching that the U.S. is really AZTLAN, belonging to Mexicans, which is taught to Mexican kids in Arizona and California through a LA Raza educational program funded by American Tax Payers via President Obama, when he gave LA RAZA $800,000.00 in March of 2009!
The “zero tolerance” program was dismantled by Attorney General Erc Holder once it had successfully cut the transit of migrants by roughly 95 percent. Initially, officials made 140,000 arrests per year in the mid-2000s, but the northward flow dropped so much that officials only had to make 6,000 arrests in 2013, according to a 2014 letter by two pro-migration Senators, Sen. Jeff Flake and John McCain.
“The cost of the Dream Act is far bigger than the Democrats or their media allies admit. Instead of covering 690,000 younger illegals now enrolled in former President Barack Obama’s 2012 “DACA” amnesty, the Dream Act would legalize at least 3.3 million illegals, according to a pro-immigration group, the Migration Policy Institute.”
NO ONE HAS PERPETRATED AS MUCH DAMAGE TO AMERICA THAN JOE BIDEN, BRIBES SUCKER FROM THE MOST CORRUPT POLITICAL PARTY IN U.S. HISTORY.
Joe Biden Spikes Homelessness Back to George W. Bush’s Numbers
The number of homeless Americans rose by 12 percent to a record level in 2023 as President Joe Biden invited several million legal and illegal migrants into homes and jobs.
“More than 650,000 people were experiencing homelessness on a single night in January 2023, a 12% increase from 2022,” a Friday report from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) said.
The data is 11 months old, suggesting that the current homeless number is far higher.
January’s count shows an increase of about 70,650 from January 2022.
The number is 70,000 above the 554,000 homeless in January 2020 under President Donald Trump’s lower-migration policies. It matches the 2005 homeless population under President George W. Bush’s pro-migration policies, when media coverage of the homeless issue was one-third greater.
The 2023 number was boosted by a large number of Americans who could not afford housing in Biden’s high-migration economy. The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) reported on Friday, December 15:
HUD data indicates that the rise in overall homelessness is largely due to a sharp rise in the number of people who became homeless for the first time. Between federal fiscal years 2021 and 2022, the number of people who became newly homeless increased by 25%,
“The most significant causes are … the high cost of housing that have left many Americans living paycheck to paycheck and one crisis away from homelessness,” Jeff Olivet, executive director of the U.S. Interagency Council on Homelessness, told the Associated Press (AP).
The federal report did not mention the federal government’s immigration policy, which simultaneously reduces wages and increases housing costs.
Even poor migrants drive up rents because they are more willing to share bedrooms and kitchens.
Homelessness is also rising in high-migration Canada:
Seventy percent of homeless people are Latino or black, even though they comprise 33 percent of the overall population. More than half of the homeless population is in Democrat-run California, New York, and Washington, or Republican-run Florida.
The New York Times reported in October:
After losing his job in January as a purchasing agent for a gardening company in Denver, Josh, 37, who asked that he be identified by his first name only because he had not told his family about his predicament, moved into his Toyota RAV 4.
Finding somewhere safe to park was a daily struggle: “I was bouncing around between gyms, hotel parking lots, light industrial areas and the side streets off of hotels or apartments,” he said …
He called the Colorado Safe Parking Initiative, one of the newest in the country which operates thirteen [homeless parking] lots in Denver, and begged the operator for a spot. Josh now lives in one of the lots and commutes to his chemotherapy appointments.
Biden’s increased tax spending for landlords has prevented even greater levels of homelessness. For example, HUD declared:
Since Day One, the Biden-Harris Administration has been tackling the nation’s homelessness crisis with the urgency it requires, prioritizing new resources and programs to help communities quickly reconnect people experiencing homelessness to housing.
Homelessness is driven by Biden’s “Bidenomics” policy. The policy uses mass migration to expand government spending, suppress wages, spike real estate values, boost consumer spending, and spur the stock market.
The policy is a reverse of the economic policy through the Cold War, when tight curbs on immigration allowed people to buy homes for growing families and pressured companies to grow productivity and develop new technologies:
Biden’s strategy has succeeded for investors.
For example, rents have sharply increased since early 2020, according to Nerdwallet.com: “Since the beginning of the pandemic, rents have increased 29.4% overall, according to the real estate website Zillow.”
Similarly, Americans’ wages have flatlined, helping the stock market climb by 21 percent since Biden’s inauguration:
- Economy
- Immigration
- Politics
- George W. Bush
- homelessness
- illegal immigration
- immigration
- Immigration and Housing
- Joe Biden
The number of homeless Americans rose by 12 percent to a record level in 2023 as President Joe Biden invited several million legal and illegal migrants into homes and jobs.
“More than 650,000 people were experiencing homelessness on a single night in January 2023, a 12% increase from 2022,” a Friday report from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) said.
The data is 11 months old, suggesting that the current homeless number is far higher.
January’s count shows an increase of about 70,650 from January 2022.
The number is 70,000 above the 554,000 homeless in January 2020 under President Donald Trump’s lower-migration policies. It matches the 2005 homeless population under President George W. Bush’s pro-migration policies, when media coverage of the homeless issue was one-third greater.
The 2023 number was boosted by a large number of Americans who could not afford housing in Biden’s high-migration economy. The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) reported on Friday, December 15:
HUD data indicates that the rise in overall homelessness is largely due to a sharp rise in the number of people who became homeless for the first time. Between federal fiscal years 2021 and 2022, the number of people who became newly homeless increased by 25%,
“The most significant causes are … the high cost of housing that have left many Americans living paycheck to paycheck and one crisis away from homelessness,” Jeff Olivet, executive director of the U.S. Interagency Council on Homelessness, told the Associated Press (AP).
The federal report did not mention the federal government’s immigration policy, which simultaneously reduces wages and increases housing costs.
Even poor migrants drive up rents because they are more willing to share bedrooms and kitchens.
Homelessness is also rising in high-migration Canada:
Seventy percent of homeless people are Latino or black, even though they comprise 33 percent of the overall population. More than half of the homeless population is in Democrat-run California, New York, and Washington, or Republican-run Florida.
The New York Times reported in October:
After losing his job in January as a purchasing agent for a gardening company in Denver, Josh, 37, who asked that he be identified by his first name only because he had not told his family about his predicament, moved into his Toyota RAV 4.
Finding somewhere safe to park was a daily struggle: “I was bouncing around between gyms, hotel parking lots, light industrial areas and the side streets off of hotels or apartments,” he said …
He called the Colorado Safe Parking Initiative, one of the newest in the country which operates thirteen [homeless parking] lots in Denver, and begged the operator for a spot. Josh now lives in one of the lots and commutes to his chemotherapy appointments.
Biden’s increased tax spending for landlords has prevented even greater levels of homelessness. For example, HUD declared:
Since Day One, the Biden-Harris Administration has been tackling the nation’s homelessness crisis with the urgency it requires, prioritizing new resources and programs to help communities quickly reconnect people experiencing homelessness to housing.
Homelessness is driven by Biden’s “Bidenomics” policy. The policy uses mass migration to expand government spending, suppress wages, spike real estate values, boost consumer spending, and spur the stock market.
The policy is a reverse of the economic policy through the Cold War, when tight curbs on immigration allowed people to buy homes for growing families and pressured companies to grow productivity and develop new technologies:
Biden’s strategy has succeeded for investors.
For example, rents have sharply increased since early 2020, according to Nerdwallet.com: “Since the beginning of the pandemic, rents have increased 29.4% overall, according to the real estate website Zillow.”
Similarly, Americans’ wages have flatlined, helping the stock market climb by 21 percent since Biden’s inauguration:
- Economy
- Immigration
- Politics
- George W. Bush
- homelessness
- illegal immigration
- immigration
- Immigration and Housing
- Joe Biden
Eyeing Record $68 Billion Deficit, California Institutes State Spending Freeze Until Summer of Next Year
Expecting a $68 billion deficit in the upcoming fiscal year, California’s Department of Finance has ordered a spending freeze for the rest of the current fiscal year (FY2024).
That means all state agencies will have to curtain all non-critical expense for over six months, until the current fiscal year ends next Summer, on June 30, 2024.
A California Department of Finance “Budget Letter” issued Tuesday directs “all state entities” to “take immediate action to reduce expenditures and identify all operational savings achieved:
“The State of California anticipates significant General Fund budget deficits in fiscal years 2023-24 and 2024-25. Accordingly, this BL directs all entities under the Governor’s direct executive authority to take immediate action to reduce current-year General Fund expenditures.”
If realized, the $68 billion deficit would be the largest in state history, local station KCRA reports, noting that state Republicans have been warning about California’s spending:
“‘Despite all warnings that it was unsustainable, California’s tax-and-spend majority increased state spending by $116 billion over the last six years, nearly doubling the general fund budget in that short time,’ said Republican State Sen. Roger Niello, who is the vice chairman of the Senate's budget committee.
“He said in part, ‘Republicans cautioned that this level of spending would lead to greater deficits, and it would be more prudent to show restraint. Unfortunately, the majority party ignored those warnings.’”
State agency Secretaries and cabinet-level directors will be required to submit monthly reports detailing all spending exemptions and savings achieved.
Expenditures specifically cited as subject to the spending freeze include:
New Goods and Services Contracts
- IT Equipment
- Fleet Vehicles
- Office Supplies
- Other (subscription renewals, training costs, furniture purchases, etc.)
- All non-essential ravel (both in-state and out-of-state)
- Leave Buy-Back
- Architectural Revolving Fund (ARF)
“Additionally, entities shall re-evaluate expenses related to current IT projects,” the letter states.
OPEN BORDERS TO KEEP WAGES DEPRESSED
Expecting a $68 billion deficit in the upcoming fiscal year, California’s Department of Finance has ordered a spending freeze for the rest of the current fiscal year (FY2024).
That means all state agencies will have to curtain all non-critical expense for over six months, until the current fiscal year ends next Summer, on June 30, 2024.
A California Department of Finance “Budget Letter” issued Tuesday directs “all state entities” to “take immediate action to reduce expenditures and identify all operational savings achieved:
“The State of California anticipates significant General Fund budget deficits in fiscal years 2023-24 and 2024-25. Accordingly, this BL directs all entities under the Governor’s direct executive authority to take immediate action to reduce current-year General Fund expenditures.”
If realized, the $68 billion deficit would be the largest in state history, local station KCRA reports, noting that state Republicans have been warning about California’s spending:
“‘Despite all warnings that it was unsustainable, California’s tax-and-spend majority increased state spending by $116 billion over the last six years, nearly doubling the general fund budget in that short time,’ said Republican State Sen. Roger Niello, who is the vice chairman of the Senate's budget committee.
“He said in part, ‘Republicans cautioned that this level of spending would lead to greater deficits, and it would be more prudent to show restraint. Unfortunately, the majority party ignored those warnings.’”
State agency Secretaries and cabinet-level directors will be required to submit monthly reports detailing all spending exemptions and savings achieved.
Expenditures specifically cited as subject to the spending freeze include:
New Goods and Services Contracts
- IT Equipment
- Fleet Vehicles
- Office Supplies
- Other (subscription renewals, training costs, furniture purchases, etc.)
- All non-essential ravel (both in-state and out-of-state)
- Leave Buy-Back
- Architectural Revolving Fund (ARF)
“Additionally, entities shall re-evaluate expenses related to current IT projects,” the letter states.
OPEN BORDERS TO KEEP WAGES DEPRESSED
New study says high housing costs, low income push Californians into homelessness
CA makes up third of homeless population in U.S., according to study
Study: More than 7-in-10 California Immigrant
Welfare
More than 7-in-10 households headed by immigrants in the state of California are on taxpayer-funded welfare, a new study reveals.
The latest Census Bureau data analyzed by the Center for Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of households headed by native-born Americans use welfare in California.
All four states with the largest foreign-born populations, including California, have extremely high use of welfare by immigrant households. In Texas, for example, nearly 70 percent of households headed by immigrants use taxpayer-funded welfare. Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of native-born households in Texas are on welfare.
In New York and Florida, a majority of households headed by immigrants and noncitizens are on welfare. Overall, about 63 percent of immigrant households use welfare while only 35 percent of native-born households use welfare.
President Trump’s administration is looking to soon implement a policy that protects American taxpayers’ dollars from funding the mass importation of welfare-dependent foreign nationals by enforcing a “public charge” rule whereby legal immigrants would be less likely to secure a permanent residency in the U.S. if they have used any forms of welfare in the past, including using Obamacare, food stamps, and public housing.
The immigration controls would be a boon for American taxpayers in the form of an annual $57.4 billion tax cut — the amount taxpayers spend every year on paying for the welfare, crime, and schooling costs of the country’s mass importation of 1.5 million new, mostly low-skilled legal immigrants.
As Breitbart News reported, the majority of the more than 1.5 million foreign nationals entering the country every year use about 57 percent more food stamps than the average native-born American household. Overall, immigrant households consume 33 percent more cash welfare than American citizen households and 44 percent more in Medicaid dollars. This straining of public services by a booming 44 million foreign-born population translates to the average immigrant household costing American taxpayers $6,234 in federal welfare.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.
More than 7-in-10 households headed by immigrants in the state of California are on taxpayer-funded welfare, a new study reveals.
The latest Census Bureau data analyzed by the Center for Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of households headed by native-born Americans use welfare in California.
All four states with the largest foreign-born populations, including California, have extremely high use of welfare by immigrant households. In Texas, for example, nearly 70 percent of households headed by immigrants use taxpayer-funded welfare. Meanwhile, only about 35 percent of native-born households in Texas are on welfare.
In New York and Florida, a majority of households headed by immigrants and noncitizens are on welfare. Overall, about 63 percent of immigrant households use welfare while only 35 percent of native-born households use welfare.
President Trump’s administration is looking to soon implement a policy that protects American taxpayers’ dollars from funding the mass importation of welfare-dependent foreign nationals by enforcing a “public charge” rule whereby legal immigrants would be less likely to secure a permanent residency in the U.S. if they have used any forms of welfare in the past, including using Obamacare, food stamps, and public housing.
The immigration controls would be a boon for American taxpayers in the form of an annual $57.4 billion tax cut — the amount taxpayers spend every year on paying for the welfare, crime, and schooling costs of the country’s mass importation of 1.5 million new, mostly low-skilled legal immigrants.
As Breitbart News reported, the majority of the more than 1.5 million foreign nationals entering the country every year use about 57 percent more food stamps than the average native-born American household. Overall, immigrant households consume 33 percent more cash welfare than American citizen households and 44 percent more in Medicaid dollars. This straining of public services by a booming 44 million foreign-born population translates to the average immigrant household costing American taxpayers $6,234 in federal welfare.
John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.
California approves ‘shocking’ policy giving weekly checks to migrants: Report
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bGCsB3LL1Nw
The state of California is home to more illegal aliens than any other state in the country. Approximately one in five illegal aliens lives in California, Pew reported.
Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
“The Democrats had abandoned their working-class base to chase what they pretended was a racial group when what they were actually chasing was the momentum of unlimited migration”. DANIEL GREENFIELD
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bGCsB3LL1Nw
The state of California is home to more illegal aliens than any other state in the country. Approximately one in five illegal aliens lives in California, Pew reported.
Immigration Studies (CIS) finds that about 72 percent of households headed by noncitizens and immigrants use one or more forms of taxpayer-funded welfare programs in California — the number one immigrant-receiving state in the U.S.
“The Democrats had abandoned their working-class base to chase what they pretended was a racial group when what they were actually chasing was the momentum of unlimited migration”. DANIEL GREENFIELD
Liberal California Emigrants are Toxic
When Arizona, a state that has historically leaned conservative, was won by Joe Biden and now-senator Mark Kelly this week, very few were taken by surprise. Extensive polling indicated Arizona was ripe for swinging liberal and in this instance, at least, the polling was correct.
The question is why? Why has a state that held two elected Republican senators as recently as 2018 and which held a dependable stable of electoral votes for GOP presidential candidates become a purple state on its way to becoming solidly blue? Have Arizona residents suddenly awaked to the idea that liberal policies and doctrines are more sensible than conservative ones? Hardly.
The answer regarding Arizona’s swing lies in its neighbor to the west, California. Since 2012, California has overwhelmingly sent more transplants to Arizona than any other state. When surveyed, escaping Californians cite high taxes, high crime rates, unaffordable housing, out-of-control homelessness, and high unemployment rates as their top reasons for fleeing.
Who is responsible for creating such an alarming living environment within the state? California liberals. A November, 2020 report produced by the Mercatus Center at George Mason University stated that California has 395,608 regulatory restrictions. The sheer volume and scope of California regulations creates such a compliance nightmare that they kill entire industries, send housing prices to unattainable heights, and restrict even commonplace liberties for which conservative leaning states are known.
Piled onto California’s endless river of regulations are its nonsensical laws and policies. Twenty major metropolitan cities or counties in California have established laws, ordinances, regulations, or other practices that shield illegal immigrants from prosecution after committing a crime. These counties brazenly safeguard illegal immigrant criminals against deportation either through noncompliance or by refusing to hand them over to federal agencies such as ICE. With over $1.5 trillion in state and local government debt, California effectively has little money to spare for conveniences such as criminal incarceration. What do sanctuary cities and counties see as the alternative to handing illegal immigrant criminals over for deportation? Release them back into the general population, of course.
Consider this: Between 2014 and 2017, the FBI reported that 49 states saw an average increase in crime annually of around 3%. After implementing “humane” alternatives to criminal prosecution, California crime increased more than 12% per year over the same time period. With irrational sanctuary policies that send a clear message of little to no consequence for offenses, is it any wonder California’s crime rate is now spiraling out of control?
Arizona is not the only beneficiary of the California exodus. The Colorado State Demography Office has published an active flow map of people moving into the state from 2010 on. Disturbingly, the state sending the most movers to Colorado since then has consistently been California. As recently as 2004, Colorado had the political trifecta of a Republican governor and a Republican-controlled House and Senate. A short ten years later, all three had turned irrevocably Democrat. The subsequent consequence? A drastic increase in state and local regulations, a dramatic increase in violent crimes, a severe shortage of home inventory and affordable housing, and a staggering increase in homelessness. Do these newfound troubles sound familiar to any other state mentioned here? The only safeguard against out-of-control tax hikes in Colorado is the TABOR Amendment passed by voters 1992, prior to the influx of California residents, that requires taxpayer approval for any new tax. Not surprisingly, emboldened liberals in Colorado are vigorously resolute in repealing this tax hike protection. As of the most recent election they are unsuccessful, yet remain undeterred.
What has coincided with Colorado’s decline? The mass inflow of Californians to the state. Californians have brought with them all the very same liberal doctrines and ideologies that forced their flight from California in the first place. Does this dissuade liberal Californians from shaping Colorado into the very image of California? Not in the least.
If there is any hope for Arizona, it is that they might learn from the resulting ruin of Colorado, however unlikely.
In the 2020 election, Texas was startlingly considered in play for liberals. Since 2015, which state has contributed the most emigrants into Texas? Not surprisingly, the state of California. The hope for liberals is that they can turn Texas into the next purple soon-to-be blue state. The coveted prize is Texas’ electoral votes. Even more insidious, if liberals are able to capture Texas as they have done in Colorado and Arizona, they will force the state to join the National Popular Vote Interstate Compact. They will then achieve their ultimate goal of a Democrat president reigning over the United States for endless generations until the point our country experiences the same collapse as other great civilizations throughout world history.
The obvious question is this: How can Texas avoid the same fate as states such as Colorado and Arizona? Simple. By being proactive.
It is much easier for liberals to enact new legislation than to argue for the removal of existing laws. With this in mind, Texas should take advantage of their current Republican-controlled Senate, House, and governor’s office by making haste and passing laws that would limit the future incursion of liberal meddling. Texas can presently enact laws that prohibit sanctuary cities, require voter approval to remove the state’s mandated balanced budget, require that any new regulation must necessitate the removal of an existing one, and compel voter approval of each new local or state tax including non-user fees. While such laws may only serve to stem the liberal takeover of the state, they would be roadblocks making it much more difficult for ideological infiltration in areas that affect inhabitant’s liberties and quality of life.
It would be absurd to suppose Californians have malintent. Rather, they are simply following the course with which they are most familiar while being blissfully ignorant of the negative unintended consequences their political ideology brings. To suggest that any act of suppression, aggression, or intimidation towards Californians moving into red states is acceptable would simply be un-American and subject to the same type of hypocrisy liberals practice. If conservatives stoop to their level, we have lost the battle and, perhaps, the war.
However, by taking aggressive legislative action in states that have not yet succumbed to liberal infiltration, Conservatives will effectively be planting our flag in a defiant refusal to hand over our institutions and our liberty.
NUMBER ONE MELTDOWN COUNTY IN LOS ANGELES FOR HOMELESSNESS, ILLEGALS AND CRIME IS LOS ANGELES. THIS COUNTY HANDS OUT $1.5 BILLION TO ILLEGALS IN WELFARE TO KEEP LA RAZA HAPPY AND VOTING DEM FOR MORE!
When Arizona, a state that has historically leaned conservative, was won by Joe Biden and now-senator Mark Kelly this week, very few were taken by surprise. Extensive polling indicated Arizona was ripe for swinging liberal and in this instance, at least, the polling was correct.
The question is why? Why has a state that held two elected Republican senators as recently as 2018 and which held a dependable stable of electoral votes for GOP presidential candidates become a purple state on its way to becoming solidly blue? Have Arizona residents suddenly awaked to the idea that liberal policies and doctrines are more sensible than conservative ones? Hardly.
The answer regarding Arizona’s swing lies in its neighbor to the west, California. Since 2012, California has overwhelmingly sent more transplants to Arizona than any other state. When surveyed, escaping Californians cite high taxes, high crime rates, unaffordable housing, out-of-control homelessness, and high unemployment rates as their top reasons for fleeing.
Who is responsible for creating such an alarming living environment within the state? California liberals. A November, 2020 report produced by the Mercatus Center at George Mason University stated that California has 395,608 regulatory restrictions. The sheer volume and scope of California regulations creates such a compliance nightmare that they kill entire industries, send housing prices to unattainable heights, and restrict even commonplace liberties for which conservative leaning states are known.
Piled onto California’s endless river of regulations are its nonsensical laws and policies. Twenty major metropolitan cities or counties in California have established laws, ordinances, regulations, or other practices that shield illegal immigrants from prosecution after committing a crime. These counties brazenly safeguard illegal immigrant criminals against deportation either through noncompliance or by refusing to hand them over to federal agencies such as ICE. With over $1.5 trillion in state and local government debt, California effectively has little money to spare for conveniences such as criminal incarceration. What do sanctuary cities and counties see as the alternative to handing illegal immigrant criminals over for deportation? Release them back into the general population, of course.
Consider this: Between 2014 and 2017, the FBI reported that 49 states saw an average increase in crime annually of around 3%. After implementing “humane” alternatives to criminal prosecution, California crime increased more than 12% per year over the same time period. With irrational sanctuary policies that send a clear message of little to no consequence for offenses, is it any wonder California’s crime rate is now spiraling out of control?
Arizona is not the only beneficiary of the California exodus. The Colorado State Demography Office has published an active flow map of people moving into the state from 2010 on. Disturbingly, the state sending the most movers to Colorado since then has consistently been California. As recently as 2004, Colorado had the political trifecta of a Republican governor and a Republican-controlled House and Senate. A short ten years later, all three had turned irrevocably Democrat. The subsequent consequence? A drastic increase in state and local regulations, a dramatic increase in violent crimes, a severe shortage of home inventory and affordable housing, and a staggering increase in homelessness. Do these newfound troubles sound familiar to any other state mentioned here? The only safeguard against out-of-control tax hikes in Colorado is the TABOR Amendment passed by voters 1992, prior to the influx of California residents, that requires taxpayer approval for any new tax. Not surprisingly, emboldened liberals in Colorado are vigorously resolute in repealing this tax hike protection. As of the most recent election they are unsuccessful, yet remain undeterred.
What has coincided with Colorado’s decline? The mass inflow of Californians to the state. Californians have brought with them all the very same liberal doctrines and ideologies that forced their flight from California in the first place. Does this dissuade liberal Californians from shaping Colorado into the very image of California? Not in the least.
If there is any hope for Arizona, it is that they might learn from the resulting ruin of Colorado, however unlikely.
In the 2020 election, Texas was startlingly considered in play for liberals. Since 2015, which state has contributed the most emigrants into Texas? Not surprisingly, the state of California. The hope for liberals is that they can turn Texas into the next purple soon-to-be blue state. The coveted prize is Texas’ electoral votes. Even more insidious, if liberals are able to capture Texas as they have done in Colorado and Arizona, they will force the state to join the National Popular Vote Interstate Compact. They will then achieve their ultimate goal of a Democrat president reigning over the United States for endless generations until the point our country experiences the same collapse as other great civilizations throughout world history.
The obvious question is this: How can Texas avoid the same fate as states such as Colorado and Arizona? Simple. By being proactive.
It is much easier for liberals to enact new legislation than to argue for the removal of existing laws. With this in mind, Texas should take advantage of their current Republican-controlled Senate, House, and governor’s office by making haste and passing laws that would limit the future incursion of liberal meddling. Texas can presently enact laws that prohibit sanctuary cities, require voter approval to remove the state’s mandated balanced budget, require that any new regulation must necessitate the removal of an existing one, and compel voter approval of each new local or state tax including non-user fees. While such laws may only serve to stem the liberal takeover of the state, they would be roadblocks making it much more difficult for ideological infiltration in areas that affect inhabitant’s liberties and quality of life.
It would be absurd to suppose Californians have malintent. Rather, they are simply following the course with which they are most familiar while being blissfully ignorant of the negative unintended consequences their political ideology brings. To suggest that any act of suppression, aggression, or intimidation towards Californians moving into red states is acceptable would simply be un-American and subject to the same type of hypocrisy liberals practice. If conservatives stoop to their level, we have lost the battle and, perhaps, the war.
However, by taking aggressive legislative action in states that have not yet succumbed to liberal infiltration, Conservatives will effectively be planting our flag in a defiant refusal to hand over our institutions and our liberty.
NUMBER ONE MELTDOWN COUNTY IN LOS ANGELES FOR HOMELESSNESS, ILLEGALS AND CRIME IS LOS ANGELES. THIS COUNTY HANDS OUT $1.5 BILLION TO ILLEGALS IN WELFARE TO KEEP LA RAZA HAPPY AND VOTING DEM FOR MORE!
Gavin Newsom, Local Lawmakers Argue over Responsibility of Homelessness in California BUT IT'S NOT MEXICO'S EXPORTATION OF POVERTY AND CRIMINALS OR THE DEMOCRAT PARTY'S OPEN BORDERS DOCTRINE!
American Counties in Crisis due to Poverty, Homelessness, and Crime
American Counties in Crisis due to Poverty, Homelessness, and Crime
Biden Admin Orders Starbucks to Reopen Closed Stores
Is there such a thing as "illegally closing stores"?
It’s hard to pick sides here. On the one hand, the Starbucks union is literally Hamas while on the other hand, Starbucks nurtured every leftist cause until there was an attempt to unionize its stores. And since unions hit its profit margins that was suddenly a bridge too far. But it’s still a remarkable move even for an administration that embraces every leftist agenda item and its NLRB appointees who are union hacks and radical leftists.
Starbucks is being accused of illegally shutting down six locations in the Los Angeles area to suppress union organizing activity.
A National Labor Relations Board regional director issued a complaint this week, claiming Starbucks shut down nearly two dozen stores across the country to discourage workers from unionizing.
The new NLRB complaint states Starbucks needs to reopen 23 stores – six of which are in the Los Angeles – and issue back pay to workers who were affected by the closures.
Is there such a thing as “illegally closing stores”? What happens if Starbucks doesn’t reopen them, the Biden administration will nationalize Starbucks and prove that it can lose money running a high-end coffee chain?
Starbucks declined to provide a representative for Eyewitness News to interview, but said the six stores that were closed in the L.A. area were not unionized, and instead were closed for safety reasons.
Starbucks claimed that these were “high-incident” stores with a lot of homeless issues and police responses. Companies are allowed to close stores for business reasons. The NLRB has failed to prove that the store closings were not for business reasons.
Only 7 of the stores had unionized.
But the NLRB is integrated with the SEIU radical leftist union which is trying to unionize Starbucks workers.
And so an insane regime that began with the New Deal is trying to run every aspect of a company’s business on the theory that Starbucks is obligated to open stores and provide jobs.
Then maybe the NLRB can come down and clean the toilets after the junkie vagrants are done with them.
It’s hard to pick sides here. On the one hand, the Starbucks union is literally Hamas while on the other hand, Starbucks nurtured every leftist cause until there was an attempt to unionize its stores. And since unions hit its profit margins that was suddenly a bridge too far. But it’s still a remarkable move even for an administration that embraces every leftist agenda item and its NLRB appointees who are union hacks and radical leftists.
Starbucks is being accused of illegally shutting down six locations in the Los Angeles area to suppress union organizing activity.
A National Labor Relations Board regional director issued a complaint this week, claiming Starbucks shut down nearly two dozen stores across the country to discourage workers from unionizing.
The new NLRB complaint states Starbucks needs to reopen 23 stores – six of which are in the Los Angeles – and issue back pay to workers who were affected by the closures.
Is there such a thing as “illegally closing stores”? What happens if Starbucks doesn’t reopen them, the Biden administration will nationalize Starbucks and prove that it can lose money running a high-end coffee chain?
Starbucks declined to provide a representative for Eyewitness News to interview, but said the six stores that were closed in the L.A. area were not unionized, and instead were closed for safety reasons.
Starbucks claimed that these were “high-incident” stores with a lot of homeless issues and police responses. Companies are allowed to close stores for business reasons. The NLRB has failed to prove that the store closings were not for business reasons.
Only 7 of the stores had unionized.
But the NLRB is integrated with the SEIU radical leftist union which is trying to unionize Starbucks workers.
And so an insane regime that began with the New Deal is trying to run every aspect of a company’s business on the theory that Starbucks is obligated to open stores and provide jobs.
Then maybe the NLRB can come down and clean the toilets after the junkie vagrants are done with them.
Daniel Greenfield
Reader Interactions
Rocker Rod Stewart Fleeing Los Angeles and Its ‘Toxic Culture’
British rock and pop singer Rod Stewart has become the latest celebrity seeking to flee the Democrat-run city of Los Angeles, as he has relisted his mansion.
Stewart, who is fed up with LA’s “toxic culture,” relisted his mansion with $10 million price increase, according to a report by New York Post.
The 78-year-old rocker had initially listed his home for $70 million six months ago, but upped the price to $80 million in his new listing.
Not too long after Stewart listed his mansion the first time, sources told Daily Mail that he sought to return home to London after becoming sick of the “toxic culture” in Los Angeles.
Stewart reportedly bought the property in 1991 for $12.08 million before having the current 12-bathroom, nine-bedroom mansion constructed by architect Richard Landry.
The mansion includes a double gated entry, a marble-floored speakeasy, a 4,500-square-foot guesthouse, two gyms, a tea room, a dining room, and a lot of “Old World-esque” touches, such as ceiling moldings, medallions, herringbone floors, and Corinthian columns.
The rocker’s home also has a long driveway to the house, several sculptures, a pool, a hot tub, a soccer field, and three landscaped acres. Other residents in the neighborhood reportedly include Justin Bieber, Barry Bonds, Adele, and Denzel Washington.
Nonetheless, Stewart reportedly has “no privacy” in Los Angeles, and traveling between LA and London became too daunting.
These days, “he lives in Europe a lot of the time,” Tomer Fridman of Compass’s the Fridman Group, which is representing Stewart in the sale, told the Times.
Stewart is not the only celebrity to recently decide to leave Los Angeles.
As Breitbart News reported earlier this month, Hollywood mega-star Angelina Jolie has revealed that she is pretty much done living in Los Angeles, declaring, “Hollywood is not a healthy place.”
Also this month, Jennifer Flavin, wife of movie star Sylvester Stallone, discussed the couple’s recent move to Florida from the state of California, saying she just had nothing left in the Golden State.
Earlier this year, iconic Superman actor Dean Cain left his long-time California neighborhood and moved to Las Vegas, Nevada.
In 2021, fashion mogul, model, and tattoo enthusiast Kat Von D announced she was leaving “corrupt” Los Angeles for good, noting that she had bought a home in a small town in Indiana, where she would be reopening her business.
You can follow Alana Mastrangelo on Facebook and X/Twitter at @ARmastrangelo, and on Instagram.
LOS ANGELES - MEXICO'S SECOND LARGEST CITY AND BIGGEST MEX WELFARE OFFICE IN THE WORLD!
Homeless RV Encampments are Polluting LA Water and Beaches | Barry Coe
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zkWbZVvcnxU
WHAT HAPPENED TO LOS ANGELES, A COLONY OF MEXICO, IS HAPPENING ALL OVER AMERICA BY INVITATION OF THE DEMOCRAT PARTY
https://mexicanoccupation.blogspot.com/2022/11/democrat-controlled-sanctuary-city-of.html
Try the reality that illegal immigrants are routinely given free public housing by the U.S., based on the fact that they are uneducated, unskilled, and largely unemployable. Those are the criteria, and now importing poverty has never been easier. Shockingly, this comes as millions of poor Americans are out in the cold awaiting that housing that the original law was intended to help.
Thus, the tent cities, and by coincidence, the worst of these emerging shantytowns are in blue sanctuary cities loaded with illegal immigrants - Orange County, San Francisco, San Diego, Seattle, New York...Is there a connection? At a minimum, it's worth looking at. MONICA SHOWALTER
THE FENTANYL COMES OVER THE OPEN BORDER FROM JOE BIDEN'S CRONIES IN RED CHINA THEN THROUGH NARCOMEX
Ryan Smith, a 36-year-old homeless addict, falls asleep after smoking fentanyl in Los Angeles, Thursday, Aug. 18, 2022. Nearly 2,000 homeless people died in the city from April 2020 to March 2021, a 56% increase from the previous year, according to a report released by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health. Overdose was the leading cause of death, killing more than 700. Jae C. Hong / AP
A NATION IN MELTDOWN AS DEMOCRATS FLOOD THE COUNTRY FROM BORDER TO OPEN BORDER WITH ILLEGALS
THIS IS WHAT THE GLOBALIST NAFTA DEMOCRAT PARTY HAS DONE TO ONE SANCTUARY CITY
British rock and pop singer Rod Stewart has become the latest celebrity seeking to flee the Democrat-run city of Los Angeles, as he has relisted his mansion.
Stewart, who is fed up with LA’s “toxic culture,” relisted his mansion with $10 million price increase, according to a report by New York Post.
The 78-year-old rocker had initially listed his home for $70 million six months ago, but upped the price to $80 million in his new listing.
Not too long after Stewart listed his mansion the first time, sources told Daily Mail that he sought to return home to London after becoming sick of the “toxic culture” in Los Angeles.
Stewart reportedly bought the property in 1991 for $12.08 million before having the current 12-bathroom, nine-bedroom mansion constructed by architect Richard Landry.
The mansion includes a double gated entry, a marble-floored speakeasy, a 4,500-square-foot guesthouse, two gyms, a tea room, a dining room, and a lot of “Old World-esque” touches, such as ceiling moldings, medallions, herringbone floors, and Corinthian columns.
The rocker’s home also has a long driveway to the house, several sculptures, a pool, a hot tub, a soccer field, and three landscaped acres. Other residents in the neighborhood reportedly include Justin Bieber, Barry Bonds, Adele, and Denzel Washington.
Nonetheless, Stewart reportedly has “no privacy” in Los Angeles, and traveling between LA and London became too daunting.
These days, “he lives in Europe a lot of the time,” Tomer Fridman of Compass’s the Fridman Group, which is representing Stewart in the sale, told the Times.
Stewart is not the only celebrity to recently decide to leave Los Angeles.
As Breitbart News reported earlier this month, Hollywood mega-star Angelina Jolie has revealed that she is pretty much done living in Los Angeles, declaring, “Hollywood is not a healthy place.”
Also this month, Jennifer Flavin, wife of movie star Sylvester Stallone, discussed the couple’s recent move to Florida from the state of California, saying she just had nothing left in the Golden State.
Earlier this year, iconic Superman actor Dean Cain left his long-time California neighborhood and moved to Las Vegas, Nevada.
In 2021, fashion mogul, model, and tattoo enthusiast Kat Von D announced she was leaving “corrupt” Los Angeles for good, noting that she had bought a home in a small town in Indiana, where she would be reopening her business.
You can follow Alana Mastrangelo on Facebook and X/Twitter at @ARmastrangelo, and on Instagram.
LOS ANGELES - MEXICO'S SECOND LARGEST CITY AND BIGGEST MEX WELFARE OFFICE IN THE WORLD!
Homeless RV Encampments are Polluting LA Water and Beaches | Barry Coe
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zkWbZVvcnxU
WHAT HAPPENED TO LOS ANGELES, A COLONY OF MEXICO, IS HAPPENING ALL OVER AMERICA BY INVITATION OF THE DEMOCRAT PARTY
https://mexicanoccupation.blogspot.com/2022/11/democrat-controlled-sanctuary-city-of.html
Try the reality that illegal immigrants are routinely given free public housing by the U.S., based on the fact that they are uneducated, unskilled, and largely unemployable. Those are the criteria, and now importing poverty has never been easier. Shockingly, this comes as millions of poor Americans are out in the cold awaiting that housing that the original law was intended to help.
Thus, the tent cities, and by coincidence, the worst of these emerging shantytowns are in blue sanctuary cities loaded with illegal immigrants - Orange County, San Francisco, San Diego, Seattle, New York...Is there a connection? At a minimum, it's worth looking at. MONICA SHOWALTER
THE FENTANYL COMES OVER THE OPEN BORDER FROM JOE BIDEN'S CRONIES IN RED CHINA THEN THROUGH NARCOMEX
Ryan Smith, a 36-year-old homeless addict, falls asleep after smoking fentanyl in Los Angeles, Thursday, Aug. 18, 2022. Nearly 2,000 homeless people died in the city from April 2020 to March 2021, a 56% increase from the previous year, according to a report released by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health. Overdose was the leading cause of death, killing more than 700. Jae C. Hong / AP
A NATION IN MELTDOWN AS DEMOCRATS FLOOD THE COUNTRY FROM BORDER TO OPEN BORDER WITH ILLEGALS
THIS IS WHAT THE GLOBALIST NAFTA DEMOCRAT PARTY HAS DONE TO ONE SANCTUARY CITY
I Went To Every Single Homeless Camp In Los Angeles
Fentanyl's scourge plainly visible on streets of Los Angeles
CBS Los Angeles - Yesterday 11:04 PM
In a filthy alley behind a Los Angeles doughnut shop, Ryan Smith convulsed in the grips of a fentanyl high — lurching from moments of slumber to bouts of violent shivering on a warm summer day.
When Brandice Josey, another homeless addict, bent down and blew a puff of fentanyl smoke his way in an act of charity, Smith sat up and slowly opened his lip to inhale the vapor as if it was the cure to his problems.
Smith, wearing a grimy yellow T-shirt that said "Good Vibes Only," reclined on his backpack and dozed the rest of the afternoon on the asphalt, unperturbed by the stench of rotting food and human waste that permeated the air.
For too many people strung out on the drug, the sleep that follows a fentanyl hit is permanent. The highly addictive and potentially lethal drug has become a scourge across America and is taking a toll on the growing number of people living on the streets of Los Angeles.
Ryan Smith, a 36-year-old homeless addict, falls asleep after smoking fentanyl in Los Angeles, Thursday, Aug. 18, 2022. Nearly 2,000 homeless people died in the city from April 2020 to March 2021, a 56% increase from the previous year, according to a report released by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health. Overdose was the leading cause of death, killing more than 700. Jae C. Hong / AP© Provided by CBS Los Angeles
Nearly 2,000 homeless people died in the city from April 2020 to March 2021, a 56% increase from the previous year, according to a report released by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health. Overdose was the leading cause of death, killing more than 700.
Fentanyl was developed to treat intense pain from ailments like cancer. Use of fentanyl, a powerful synthetic opioid that is cheap to produce and is often sold as is or laced in other drugs, has exploded. Because it's 50 times more potent than heroin, even a small dose can be fatal.
It has quickly become the deadliest drug in the nation, according to the Drug Enforcement Administration. Two-thirds of the 107,000 overdose deaths in 2021 were attributed to synthetic opioids like fentanyl, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention said.
The drug's toll spreads far beyond the streets.
Jennifer Catano, 27, has the names of two children tattooed on her wrists, but she hasn't seen them for several years. They live with her mother.
"My mom doesn't think it's a good idea because she thinks it's gonna hurt the kids because I'm not ready to get rehabilitated," Catano said.
Related video: Addressing the rise of fentanyl overdose
This California county started charging fentanyl deaths as murder. Others are following suitTLA-TV Los Angeles
She has overdosed three times and been through rehab seven or eight times.
"It's scary to get off of it," she said. "The withdrawals are really bad."
Catano wandered around a subway station near MacArthur Park desperate to sell a bottle of Downy fabric softener and a Coleman camping chair she stole from a nearby store.
Drug abuse can be a cause or symptom of homelessness. Both can also intersect with mental illness.
A 2019 report by the Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority found about a quarter of all homeless adults in Los Angeles County had mental illnesses and 14% had a substance use disorder. That analysis only counted people who had a permanent or long-term severe condition. Taking a broader interpretation of the same data, the Los Angeles Times found about 51% had mental illnesses and 46% had substance use disorders.
Billions of dollars are being spent to alleviate homelessness in California but treatment is not always funded.
A controversial bill signed by Gov. Gavin Newsom could improve that by forcing people suffering from severe mental illness into treatment. But they need to be diagnosed with a certain disorder such as schizophrenia and addiction alone doesn't qualify.
Help is available but it is outpaced by the magnitude of misery on the streets.
Rita Richardson, a field supervisor with LA Door, a city addiction-prevention program that works with people convicted of misdemeanors, hands out socks, water, condoms, snacks, clean needles and flyers at the same hotspots Monday through Friday. She hopes the consistency of her visits will encourage people to get help.
"Then hopefully the light bulb comes on. It might not happen this year. It might not happen next year. It might take several years," said Richardson, a former homeless addict. "My goal is to take them from the dark to the light."
Parts of Los Angeles have become scenes of desperation with men and women sprawled on sidewalks, curled up on benches and collapsed in squalid alleys. Some huddle up smoking the drug, others inject it.
Armando Rivera, 33, blew out white puffs to attract addicts in the alley where Smith was sleeping. He needed to sell some dope to buy more. Those without enough money to support their habit, hovered around him, hoping for a free hit. Rivera showed no mercy.
Catano couldn't sell the chair, but eventually she sold the fabric softener to a street vendor for $5.
It was enough money for another high.
CBS Los Angeles - Yesterday 11:04 PM
In a filthy alley behind a Los Angeles doughnut shop, Ryan Smith convulsed in the grips of a fentanyl high — lurching from moments of slumber to bouts of violent shivering on a warm summer day.
When Brandice Josey, another homeless addict, bent down and blew a puff of fentanyl smoke his way in an act of charity, Smith sat up and slowly opened his lip to inhale the vapor as if it was the cure to his problems.
Smith, wearing a grimy yellow T-shirt that said "Good Vibes Only," reclined on his backpack and dozed the rest of the afternoon on the asphalt, unperturbed by the stench of rotting food and human waste that permeated the air.
For too many people strung out on the drug, the sleep that follows a fentanyl hit is permanent. The highly addictive and potentially lethal drug has become a scourge across America and is taking a toll on the growing number of people living on the streets of Los Angeles.
Ryan Smith, a 36-year-old homeless addict, falls asleep after smoking fentanyl in Los Angeles, Thursday, Aug. 18, 2022. Nearly 2,000 homeless people died in the city from April 2020 to March 2021, a 56% increase from the previous year, according to a report released by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health. Overdose was the leading cause of death, killing more than 700. Jae C. Hong / AP© Provided by CBS Los Angeles
Nearly 2,000 homeless people died in the city from April 2020 to March 2021, a 56% increase from the previous year, according to a report released by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health. Overdose was the leading cause of death, killing more than 700.
Fentanyl was developed to treat intense pain from ailments like cancer. Use of fentanyl, a powerful synthetic opioid that is cheap to produce and is often sold as is or laced in other drugs, has exploded. Because it's 50 times more potent than heroin, even a small dose can be fatal.
It has quickly become the deadliest drug in the nation, according to the Drug Enforcement Administration. Two-thirds of the 107,000 overdose deaths in 2021 were attributed to synthetic opioids like fentanyl, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention said.
The drug's toll spreads far beyond the streets.
Jennifer Catano, 27, has the names of two children tattooed on her wrists, but she hasn't seen them for several years. They live with her mother.
"My mom doesn't think it's a good idea because she thinks it's gonna hurt the kids because I'm not ready to get rehabilitated," Catano said.
Related video: Addressing the rise of fentanyl overdose
This California county started charging fentanyl deaths as murder. Others are following suitTLA-TV Los Angeles
She has overdosed three times and been through rehab seven or eight times.
"It's scary to get off of it," she said. "The withdrawals are really bad."
Catano wandered around a subway station near MacArthur Park desperate to sell a bottle of Downy fabric softener and a Coleman camping chair she stole from a nearby store.
Drug abuse can be a cause or symptom of homelessness. Both can also intersect with mental illness.
A 2019 report by the Los Angeles Homeless Services Authority found about a quarter of all homeless adults in Los Angeles County had mental illnesses and 14% had a substance use disorder. That analysis only counted people who had a permanent or long-term severe condition. Taking a broader interpretation of the same data, the Los Angeles Times found about 51% had mental illnesses and 46% had substance use disorders.
Billions of dollars are being spent to alleviate homelessness in California but treatment is not always funded.
A controversial bill signed by Gov. Gavin Newsom could improve that by forcing people suffering from severe mental illness into treatment. But they need to be diagnosed with a certain disorder such as schizophrenia and addiction alone doesn't qualify.
Help is available but it is outpaced by the magnitude of misery on the streets.
Rita Richardson, a field supervisor with LA Door, a city addiction-prevention program that works with people convicted of misdemeanors, hands out socks, water, condoms, snacks, clean needles and flyers at the same hotspots Monday through Friday. She hopes the consistency of her visits will encourage people to get help.
"Then hopefully the light bulb comes on. It might not happen this year. It might not happen next year. It might take several years," said Richardson, a former homeless addict. "My goal is to take them from the dark to the light."
Parts of Los Angeles have become scenes of desperation with men and women sprawled on sidewalks, curled up on benches and collapsed in squalid alleys. Some huddle up smoking the drug, others inject it.
Armando Rivera, 33, blew out white puffs to attract addicts in the alley where Smith was sleeping. He needed to sell some dope to buy more. Those without enough money to support their habit, hovered around him, hoping for a free hit. Rivera showed no mercy.
Catano couldn't sell the chair, but eventually she sold the fabric softener to a street vendor for $5.
It was enough money for another high.
Gavin Newsom, Local Lawmakers Argue over Responsibility of Homelessness in California
28 Nov 2022Washington, DC0
4:38
California Democrat Gov. Gavin Newsom and local lawmakers argue over who should be responsible for the homelessness plaguing the state, as the governor threatened to withhold funds from those who dispute liability, according to the Wall Street Journal (WSJ).
The Democrat governor and local government officials, including many from his own political party, are arguing over the responsibility for the lack of progress in battling the ongoing homelessness problem across America’s most populated state.
The report explained that Newsom recently placed a temporary hold on $1 billion of state grants that were meant for city and county homelessness programs as he rejected the proposals from the officials that outlined how they would spend the money. He said the proposal was inadequate, even though it would have reportedly reduced homelessness statewide by two percent from 2020 to 2024.
WSJ added:
People who work in state politics say Mr. Newsom’s policy moves and comments echo many Californians’ rising frustration over housing costs and homelessness, and indicate a willingness by the governor, who recently won re-election, to pick fights with local leaders to try to get results in his second term.
Mayors and county officials, meanwhile, have said they need the Newsom administration to provide reliable, recurring revenue streams and a cohesive statewide framework to address the issue. Instead, they said, most state money comes in one-time allocations with little guidance.
Many mayors were also rankled when Mr. Newsom told the Los Angeles Times he froze the homelessness funds because local leaders needed to “deliver damn results,” adding that he would be willing to play “mayor of California” if they didn’t.
California Gov. Gavin Newsom, left, talks to Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti during a news conference at a joint state and federal COVID-19 vaccination site set up on the campus of California State University of Los Angeles in Los Angeles, on Feb. 16, 2021. (AP Photo/Jae C. Hong, File)
However, WSJ explained that local officials had said that withholding the money they were already expecting is making the problem worse. On the matter, Los Angeles Democrat Mayor Eric Garcetti said, “Lives are on the line, and we can’t afford for this work to get mired in more politics.”
The WSJ said that according to advocates, “Problems including bureaucratic slowdowns and community resistance have made it difficult to deliver services.” At the same time, researchers also said that “even as some people are successfully sheltered, others will keep falling into homelessness until housing becomes more affordable.”
Newsom recently met with over 100 local leaders and agreed at the time to release the funds he put a hold on if each jurisdiction agreed to submit a better proposal by the end of November. According to a spokesman for the governor, 21 jurisdictions had agreed and were expected to receive the frozen funds sometime this week.
For years in California, there have been disagreements over who should be in charge of the homelessness problem, as the state reportedly has over 116,000 residents sleeping on the streets — the most in the United States — in addition to being one of the most expensive housing markets across the county.
The WSJ also noted that under Newsom, the state saw a roughly 15 percent increase in the homeless population since 2019, despite having the most significant funding increase to fight the problem. In fact, since the start of the Chinese coronavirus pandemic, the state has committed around $15 billion towards homelessness, according to reports. Additionally, some majority cities like Los Angeles and San Francisco also raised taxes to help combat the problem as well.
The state’s homelessness problem also comes as Newson again reaffirmed his promise to Politico that he will not try to challenge President Joe Biden in the 2024 presidential election, despite his efforts of building a massive digital operation before the 2022 midterms.
In this Sept. 13, 2021, file photo President Joe Biden, center, smiles to the crowd as he is flanked by California Gov. Gavin Newsom and Jennifer Siebel Newsom at a rally ahead of the California gubernatorial recall election in Long Beach, CA. (AP Photo/Jae C. Hong, File)
Additionally, while the Democrat governor has been facing problems in his own state, he spent time during his reelection bid, which he largely ignored, attacking Republican governors who were running for reelection and are potential 2024 presidential candidates, such as Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis and Texas Gov. Greg Abbott. He even spent money running negative ads in Florida.
Over the last five years, Newsom has won three elections in America’s most populated state. He won his gubernatorial race in 2018 and 2022 and had to go through a recall election in 2021.
Jacob Bliss is a reporter for Breitbart News. Write to him at jbliss@breitbart.com or follow him on Twitter @JacobMBliss.
28 Nov 2022Washington, DC0
4:38
California Democrat Gov. Gavin Newsom and local lawmakers argue over who should be responsible for the homelessness plaguing the state, as the governor threatened to withhold funds from those who dispute liability, according to the Wall Street Journal (WSJ).
The Democrat governor and local government officials, including many from his own political party, are arguing over the responsibility for the lack of progress in battling the ongoing homelessness problem across America’s most populated state.
The report explained that Newsom recently placed a temporary hold on $1 billion of state grants that were meant for city and county homelessness programs as he rejected the proposals from the officials that outlined how they would spend the money. He said the proposal was inadequate, even though it would have reportedly reduced homelessness statewide by two percent from 2020 to 2024.
WSJ added:
People who work in state politics say Mr. Newsom’s policy moves and comments echo many Californians’ rising frustration over housing costs and homelessness, and indicate a willingness by the governor, who recently won re-election, to pick fights with local leaders to try to get results in his second term.
Mayors and county officials, meanwhile, have said they need the Newsom administration to provide reliable, recurring revenue streams and a cohesive statewide framework to address the issue. Instead, they said, most state money comes in one-time allocations with little guidance.
Many mayors were also rankled when Mr. Newsom told the Los Angeles Times he froze the homelessness funds because local leaders needed to “deliver damn results,” adding that he would be willing to play “mayor of California” if they didn’t.
California Gov. Gavin Newsom, left, talks to Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti during a news conference at a joint state and federal COVID-19 vaccination site set up on the campus of California State University of Los Angeles in Los Angeles, on Feb. 16, 2021. (AP Photo/Jae C. Hong, File)
However, WSJ explained that local officials had said that withholding the money they were already expecting is making the problem worse. On the matter, Los Angeles Democrat Mayor Eric Garcetti said, “Lives are on the line, and we can’t afford for this work to get mired in more politics.”
The WSJ said that according to advocates, “Problems including bureaucratic slowdowns and community resistance have made it difficult to deliver services.” At the same time, researchers also said that “even as some people are successfully sheltered, others will keep falling into homelessness until housing becomes more affordable.”
Newsom recently met with over 100 local leaders and agreed at the time to release the funds he put a hold on if each jurisdiction agreed to submit a better proposal by the end of November. According to a spokesman for the governor, 21 jurisdictions had agreed and were expected to receive the frozen funds sometime this week.
For years in California, there have been disagreements over who should be in charge of the homelessness problem, as the state reportedly has over 116,000 residents sleeping on the streets — the most in the United States — in addition to being one of the most expensive housing markets across the county.
The WSJ also noted that under Newsom, the state saw a roughly 15 percent increase in the homeless population since 2019, despite having the most significant funding increase to fight the problem. In fact, since the start of the Chinese coronavirus pandemic, the state has committed around $15 billion towards homelessness, according to reports. Additionally, some majority cities like Los Angeles and San Francisco also raised taxes to help combat the problem as well.
The state’s homelessness problem also comes as Newson again reaffirmed his promise to Politico that he will not try to challenge President Joe Biden in the 2024 presidential election, despite his efforts of building a massive digital operation before the 2022 midterms.
In this Sept. 13, 2021, file photo President Joe Biden, center, smiles to the crowd as he is flanked by California Gov. Gavin Newsom and Jennifer Siebel Newsom at a rally ahead of the California gubernatorial recall election in Long Beach, CA. (AP Photo/Jae C. Hong, File)
Additionally, while the Democrat governor has been facing problems in his own state, he spent time during his reelection bid, which he largely ignored, attacking Republican governors who were running for reelection and are potential 2024 presidential candidates, such as Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis and Texas Gov. Greg Abbott. He even spent money running negative ads in Florida.
Over the last five years, Newsom has won three elections in America’s most populated state. He won his gubernatorial race in 2018 and 2022 and had to go through a recall election in 2021.
Jacob Bliss is a reporter for Breitbart News. Write to him at jbliss@breitbart.com or follow him on Twitter @JacobMBliss.
Nolte: 17 Convenience Stores Robbed This Week in Democrat-Run San Diego
Over the course of a single week, 17 convenience stores were robbed at gunpoint in the Democrat-run city of San Diego, which sits in the Democrat-run state of California.
“San Diego Police said that over the past six weeks, several armed ‘take-over style’ robberies have occurred around the county,” reports San Diego 7. “Police believe that at least 10 of those robberies are committed by the same group and say the same group may be responsible for other robberies.”
That group is a gang of five thugs who flood the store in ski masks brandishing guns.
“Police describe the suspects as young men, possibly between 19-25 years old, wearing hooded sweatshirts and masks,” the report adds, “and are said to enter the stores in groups brandishing guns at store clerks while demanding money and products.”
So far, no one has been hurt.
Who would like to bet that if these guys are ever captured more than one will have a record out to here, or even be out on bail or released without bail?
What’s happening to San Diego is what happens wherever Democrats are in charge who refuse to enforce the law. It’s the Old West in these cities. No one’s afraid to commit crimes because no one believes there will ever be any serious accountability. The second point you can extract from this story is what I’ve always said… If there are 105 crimes, that doesn’t mean you have to put 105 people in prison. Generally, a small group of people commit a majority of crimes. If you put 11 people in prison, you will stop 85 of those crimes.
And, as usual, who are the victims? The working poor, the clerks behind the register just barely getting by working a shitty shift at a shitty job for shitty pay in a city that has decided police officers are a bigger danger to public safety than violent criminals.
San Diego has a serious crime problem. As of 2022, violent crime was up almost 11 percent, property crime was up 13.6 percent, and overall crime was up 13.1 percent.
San Diego hate crime reports jumped — this is not a typo — 77 percent(!) — proving once again that America’s hate and intolerance occur almost exclusively where Democrats live and govern.
Out where normal people live, out here in MAGA Country, the water, air, and streets are safe and clean, and people of all backgrounds live together in relative harmony.
Living with violent crime is a choice, and in America, you get what you vote for. If you want to decrease crime, all you have to do is vote for people who put violent criminals in prison. It really is that easy. Dummies.
Get a FREE FREE FREE autographed bookplate if you purchase John Nolte’s debut novel, Borrowed Time (Bombardier Books) in December. After your purchase, email JJMNOLTE at HOTMAIL dot COM with your address and any personalization requests. A new hardcover edition has just become available.
“Borrowed Time soothed my aching heart in many ways. It made me think about the things that really matter in life and the things that don’t. It made me think about true love, about finding one person to spend your life with—something that has always eluded me. And it made me think about death, about why we need to believe there is a hereafter because, without it, life becomes unbearable.” —Sasha Stone, Free Thinking Through the Fourth Turning
Over the course of a single week, 17 convenience stores were robbed at gunpoint in the Democrat-run city of San Diego, which sits in the Democrat-run state of California.
“San Diego Police said that over the past six weeks, several armed ‘take-over style’ robberies have occurred around the county,” reports San Diego 7. “Police believe that at least 10 of those robberies are committed by the same group and say the same group may be responsible for other robberies.”
That group is a gang of five thugs who flood the store in ski masks brandishing guns.
“Police describe the suspects as young men, possibly between 19-25 years old, wearing hooded sweatshirts and masks,” the report adds, “and are said to enter the stores in groups brandishing guns at store clerks while demanding money and products.”
So far, no one has been hurt.
Who would like to bet that if these guys are ever captured more than one will have a record out to here, or even be out on bail or released without bail?
What’s happening to San Diego is what happens wherever Democrats are in charge who refuse to enforce the law. It’s the Old West in these cities. No one’s afraid to commit crimes because no one believes there will ever be any serious accountability. The second point you can extract from this story is what I’ve always said… If there are 105 crimes, that doesn’t mean you have to put 105 people in prison. Generally, a small group of people commit a majority of crimes. If you put 11 people in prison, you will stop 85 of those crimes.
And, as usual, who are the victims? The working poor, the clerks behind the register just barely getting by working a shitty shift at a shitty job for shitty pay in a city that has decided police officers are a bigger danger to public safety than violent criminals.
San Diego has a serious crime problem. As of 2022, violent crime was up almost 11 percent, property crime was up 13.6 percent, and overall crime was up 13.1 percent.
San Diego hate crime reports jumped — this is not a typo — 77 percent(!) — proving once again that America’s hate and intolerance occur almost exclusively where Democrats live and govern.
Out where normal people live, out here in MAGA Country, the water, air, and streets are safe and clean, and people of all backgrounds live together in relative harmony.
Living with violent crime is a choice, and in America, you get what you vote for. If you want to decrease crime, all you have to do is vote for people who put violent criminals in prison. It really is that easy. Dummies.
Get a FREE FREE FREE autographed bookplate if you purchase John Nolte’s debut novel, Borrowed Time (Bombardier Books) in December. After your purchase, email JJMNOLTE at HOTMAIL dot COM with your address and any personalization requests. A new hardcover edition has just become available.
“Borrowed Time soothed my aching heart in many ways. It made me think about the things that really matter in life and the things that don’t. It made me think about true love, about finding one person to spend your life with—something that has always eluded me. And it made me think about death, about why we need to believe there is a hereafter because, without it, life becomes unbearable.” —Sasha Stone, Free Thinking Through the Fourth Turning
No comments:
Post a Comment